‘alsin a κῶν κῶς ἐὰν an pt wena ρος de Nai Aa δι Cornell University Library The original of this book is in the Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http ://Awww.archive.org/details/cu31924060029984 3 1924 060 029 984 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES OR THE LITTLE GENESIS OTHER WORKS BY THE SAME AUTHOR The Apocalypse of Baruch. Translated from the Syriac: Chapters I.- LXXVIL, from the Sixth Century MS. in the Ambrosian Library of Milan, and Chapters LXXVIII.-LXXXVII.—The Epistle of Baruch. —From a New and Critical Text based on Ten MSS. and published herewith. Edited, with Introduction, Notes, and Indices. 7s. 6d. net. The Assumption of Moses. Translated from the Latin Sixth Century MS., the unemended Text of which is published herewith, together with the Text in its restored and critically emended Form. Edited, with Introduction, Notes, and Indices. 7s. 6d. A Critical History of the Doctrine of a Future Life in Israel, in Judaism, and in Christianity ; or Hebrew, Jewish, and Christian Eschatology, from pre-Prophetic Times till the Close of the New Testament Canon. 165s. The Ascension of Isaiah. Translated from the Ethiopic Version, which, together with the New Greek Fragment, the Latin Versions, and the Latin Translation of the Slavonic, is here published in full, Edited with Introduction, Notes, and Indices. 7s. 6d. net. A. ἃ C. BLACK, SOHO SQUARE, LONDON. The Book of Enoch. Translated from Dillmann’s Ethiopic Text (emended and revised in accordance with hitherto uncollated Ethiopic MSS. and with the Gizeh and other Greek and Latin Fragments), with Introduction, Notes, and Indices. 8vo, 16s. The Ethiopic Version of the Hebrew Book of Jubilees. Edited from Four MSS. and critically revised, emended, and restored in accordance with the Hebrew, Syriac, Greek, and Latin Fragments of this Book. 4to, 12s. 6d. The Book of the Secrets of Enoch. Translated from the Slavonic by W. R. Morritt, M.A., and edited, with Introduction, Notes, and Indices, by R. H. Cuarzes, M.A. 8vo, 7s. 6d. THE CLARENDON PRESS, OXFORD. THE BOOK OF JUBILEES OR THE LITTLE GENESIS TRANSLATED FROM THE EDITOR'S ETHIOPIC TEXT AND EDITED, WITH INTRODUCTION, NOTES, AND INDICES BY R. H. CHARLES, D.D. PROFESSOR OF BIBLICAL GREEK, TRINITY COLLEGE, DUBLIN LONDON ADAM AND CHARLES BLACK 1902 ΤΟ Che Weberend George Salmon, DD. D.C.L., LL.D., FBS, PROVOST OF TRINITY COLLEGE, DUBLIN WITH AN OLD PUPIL’S ADMIRATION AND GRATITUDE PREFACE I HAD hoped to issue this Commentary on the Book of Jubilees quite six years ago, as a sequel to my edition of the Ethiopic and other fragmentary versions of this work ; but after writing a large portion of it, I was obliged to abandon the task, as I felt that somehow I had failed to give a satisfactory interpretation of the text, though at the time I could not understand wherein my disability lay. A year or two later when making a special study of the Testaments of the XII. Patriarchs, I came to discover that the source of my failure lay in my acceptance of the tradi- tional view that Jubilees was written in the first century of the Christian era. So long as I wrote from this standpoint, my notes became more and more a laboured apologetic for the composition of this work in the first century. The earliest approximation to the right date appeared in my article on the “ Testaments of the XII. Patriarchs ” in the Hneyclopedia Biblica, i. 241, 1899, where, after giving grounds for the view that the main bulk of that work was written before 100 s.c., I concluded that we should “regard both works (i.e. the Testaments and Jubilees) as almost contemporary, and as emanating from the same school of thought.” This vil viii THE BOOK OF JUBILEES view was advocated in the following year by Bohn and by Bousset on various grounds, and it is from this standpoint that the present Commentary is written. The difficulties that beset almost every page of Jubilees vanish for the most part when once we understand that it was written by a Pharisaic upholder of the Maccabean dynasty, who was also probably a priest. It is difficult to exaggerate the value of Jubilees. The fact that it is the oldest commentary in the world on Genesis, is in itself a distinction. But it is not on this ground that we value it, but rather for the insight it gives us into the religious beliefs of Judaism in the second century B.c. Its interests are many sided. It appeals to the textual critic, as it attests the form of the Hebrew text, which was current in that century. It appeals to the Old Testament scholar, as exhibiting further developments of ideas and tendencies which are only in their incipient stages in the Old Testament. It appeals to the New Testament scholar, as furnishing the first literary embodiment of beliefs which subsequently obtained an entrance into the New Testament, and as having in all probability formed part of the library of some of the apostolic writers. It appeals to the student of theological doctrine, as providing certain indispensable links in the process of development. Finally, to the Jewish scholar, a Pharisaic work of the second century 8.0. cannot fail to be of transcendent interest, as it gives the earlier forms of certain legislative enactments that appear in the Mishna, and of legends which in later Judaism have undergone much transformation. Although half a century has elapsed since the discovery PREFACE ix of Jubilees in its complete form in the Ethiopic Version, no scholar has hitherto attempted a commentary on the entire work. Some thirty years ago Rénsch edited a very learned and laborious work on the Latin Fragments, which constitute slightly more than one-fourth of the original writing, but since his time scholars have contented themselves with short studies on various views of our author. I cannot conclude without thanking Mr. Cowley for his help in verifying references in the Talmud. 17 Brapmore Roap, OxForp, May, 1902. CONTENTS PAGE INTRODUCTION : xiii-lxxxix § 1. Short Account of the Book (pp. xiii, xiv)—§ 2. The Various Titles of the Book (pp. xiv-xx)—§ 3. The Ethiopic Manuscripts (p. xx)—-§ 4. Editions of the Ethiopic Version (pp. xx, xxi)—§ 5. Translations (pp. xxi, xxli)—§ 6. Critical inquiries (pp. xxii-xxvi)—§ 7. The Versions of Jubilees—Greek, Ethiopic, Latin, Syriac (pp. xxvi-xxix)—§ 8. The Ethiopic and Latin Versions— Translations from the Greek (pp. xxx, xxxi)—§ 9. The Greek—a Translation from the Hebrew (pp. xxx-xxxiii)— 810. Textual Affinities of the Text of the Book of Jubilees (pp. XXxiii-xxxix)—§ 11. Lacunae, Dittographies and Dis- locations in our Text (pp. xxxix-xlii)—§ 12. Poetical Element in Jubilees (pp. xlii-xliii)—§ 13. Jubilees from one author but based on earlier books and traditions (pp. xliv-xlvii)—§14. Jubilees—a Product of the midrashic tendency at work in the Old Testament Chronicler, but represented by its author as an Esoteric Tradition (pp. xlvii-li)—§ 15. Object of Jubilees—the Defence and Exposition of Judaism from the Pharisaic standpoint of the second century Bc. (pp. li-lvi)—§ 16. Angelology and Demonology of Jubilees (pp. Ivi-lviii)—§ 17. The Date of Jubilees (pp. lviii-lxvi)—§ 18. The Jubilees and Years used by our author (pp. lxvii-lxviii)—§ 19. Value of Jubilees in determining the Dates of the various Sections of the Ethiopic Enoch and the Book of Noah (pp. Ixviii- lxxii)—§ 20. The relation of Jubilees to the Testaments of the XII. Patriarchs (p. lxxii)—§ 21. The author—a Pharisee who recognised the Maccabean Pontificate and xi xii THE BOOK OF JUBILEES was probably a priest (p. Ixxiii)—$ 22. Jubilees in Jewish, Samaritan and Christian non-canonical literature (pp. lxxiii- lxxxiii)—§ 23. Influence of Jubilees on the New Testa- ment (pp. Ixxxiii-lxxxvi)—§ 24. Views of the author on the Messiah, the Messianic Kingdom, the Priesthood of Melchizedek, the Law, Circumcision and the Sabbath, the Future Life, the Jewish Calendar (pp. lxxxvii-lxxxix). SYMBOLS AND BRACKETS USED IN THIS EDITION . TRANSLATIONS AND Notes Inpex I. Inpex II. PAGE INTRODUCTION § 1. Snort AccounT oF THE Book THE Book of Jubilees was written in Hebrew by a Pharisee between the year of the accession of Hyrcanus to the high- priesthood in 135 and his breach with the Pharisees some years before his death in 105 B.c. It is the most advanced pre-Christian representative of the midrashic tendency, which had already been at work in the Old Testament Chronicles, As the Chronicler had rewritten the history of Israel and Judah from the basis of the Priests’ Code, so our author re- edited from the Pharisaic standpoint of his time the history of events from the creation to the publication, or, according to the author’s view, the republication, of the law on Sinai. In the course of re-editing he incorporated a large body of traditional lore, which the midrashic process had put at his disposal, and also not a few fresh legal enactments, that the exigencies of the past had called forth. His work con- stitutes an enlarged Targum on Genesis and Exodus, in which difficulties in the biblical narrative are solved, gaps supplied, dogmatically offensive elements removed, and the genuine spirit of later Judaism infused into the primitive history of the world. His object was to defend Judaism against the attacks of the hellenistic spirit that had been in the ascendant one generation earlier and was still power- ful, and to prove that the law was of everlasting validity. ΧΙ] xiv THE BOOK OF JUBILEES From our author’s contentions and his embittered attacks on the paganisers and apostates, we may infer that Hellen- ism had urged that the levitical ordinances of the law were only of transitory significance, that they had not been observed by the founders of the nation, and that the time had now come for them to be swept away, and for Israel to take its place in the brotherhood of the nations. Our author regarded all such views as fatal to the very existence of Jewish religion and nationality. But it is not as such that he assailed them, but on the ground of their falsehood. The law, he teaches, is of everlasting validity. Though revealed in time it was superior to time. Before it had been made known in sundry portions to the fathers it had been kept in heaven by the angels, and to its observ- ance henceforward there was no limit in time or in eternity. Writing in the palmiest days of the Maccabean dominion, he looked for the immediate advent of the Messianic king- dom. This kingdom was to be ruled over by a Messiah sprung, not from Levi—that is, from the Maccabean family, as some of his contemporaries expected—but from Judah. This kingdom would be gradually realised on earth, and the transformation of physical nature would go hand in hand with the ethical transformation of man till there was a new heaven and a new earth. Thus, finally, all sin and pain would disappear and men would live to the age of 1000 years in happiness and peace, and after death enjoy a blessed immortality in the spirit world. § 2. THe Various TITLES OF THE Book Our book was known by two distinct titles even in Hebrew. These were: INTRODUCTION XV (a) “ Jubilees” -- τὰ Ἰωβηλαῖα or οἱ ᾿Ιωβηλαῖοι -- mana 21 and (b) “ The Little Genesis” =1) λεπτὴ Γένεσις = son renna.? (c) Apocalypse of Moses and other alleged names of our book. (a) Jubilees—According to the citation of Epiphanius (Haer, xxxix. 6), ἐν τοῖς ᾿Ιωβηλαίοις εὑρίσκεται, τῇ καὶ λεπτῇ Tevéoes, the name Jubilees would seem to have been its more usual designation, and “the little Genesis” its less usual, This name is found in the Syriac Fragment entitled “Names of the Wives of the Patriarchs according to the Hebrew Book called Jubilees” (see Ceriani, Mon. Sacra, ii. Fasc. 1. 9-10; also my Ethiopic Text of Jubilees, p. 183). This name is admirably adapted to our book as it divides into jubilee periods of forty-nine years each the history of the world from the creation to the legislation on Sinai. By his peculiar redaction of the biblical history down to this period, our author has shown that the law was already in force before its republication as a whole on Sinai. Moreover, his chronological heptadic system has received a perfectly symmetrical development. Israel enters Canaan at the close of the fiftieth jubilee, de. 2450. In the Assumption of Moses, where a jubilee period of fifty years is used, Israel enters Canaan in the year 2500 (see p. lxviii). (Ὁ) The Lnttle® Genesis—The fact that our book was ‘1 In the Hebrew book Josippon xxxii. 3, “The Book of Jubilees”’ is mentioned mbavn 150 (see Eppstein, “ Le Livre des Jubilés,” Revue des Etudes juives, 1890, xxi. 80-97 ; 1891, xxii. 1-25). 2 Cf. Treuenfels, ‘‘ Die kleine Genesis” in Fiirst’s Leteraturblatt des Orients, 1846, No. 6, p. 81. 3 The epithet “little” does not refer to the extent, for it is larger than the canonical Genesis, but rather to the character of Jubilees. It deals more fully with the details and minutiae (1.6. τὰ λεπτά) than the biblical work. Severus of Antioch, 0b. 542 a.D., after an account of the death of Moses and the strife between Michael and the evil angels for Moses’ body, adds that these matters were said to be described in a book which gave a more detailed account of the xvi THE BOOK OF JUBILEES known in Greek, not only as ἡ λεπτὴ Γένεσις but also ἡ Μικρογένεσις, points quite clearly to an authoritative Hebrew title, ΜΟῚ ΓΝ, which was variously rendered in Greek, There were, indeed, four renderings of the Hebrew : 1. ἡ λεπτὴ Γένεσις (or Λεπτὴ Γένεσις). 2. ἡ Λεπτογένεσις. 8. τὰ λεπτὰ Γενέσεως. 4. ἡ Μικρογένεσις. 1. ἡ λεπτὴ Téveors.—This title is found sixteen times: in Epiphanius, Haer, xxxix. 6 (twice); Syncellus 1. 7, 183, 192; Cedrenus i 6, 9, 16, 48, 53, 85, 87; Zonaras, p. 18 (twice); Glycas, 206 (twice). As Aewrn Γένεσις in Syncellus i. 5, 185, 203 and Cedrenus i. 7. As ἡ λεγο- μένη λεπτὴ Γένεσις in Glycas, pp. 198, 392. For the above passages see pp. lxxvii-lxxx. 2. ἡ Aemroyéveous—This form of the title is found in Didymus of Alexandria (see p. Ixxvii) and in one of the MSS of Epiphanius, Haer. xxxix. 6 (τῇ καὶ Λεπτογενέσει), where the Cod. Venet. has τῇ καὶ λεπτῇ Tevéoes. On the other hand, it follows from the Decree of Gelasius (see p. lxxviii) that this form was current among Latin writers. 3. τὰ λεπτὰ T'evécews.—This form is found in Syncellus i. 13 (see p. Ixxix). 4. ἡ Mexpoyéveous.—This designation is found only in Jerome, Epist. 78 ad Fab. See my note on p. 83, where, instead of Λεπτή (a.l. Μικρογένεσις), we should read simply Μικρογένεσις. This is Jerome’s independent rendering of the Hebrew title, for Jerome was acquainted with the original of Jubilees. creation: Tatra δὲ ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ βιβλίῳ λέγεται κεῖσθαι λεπτοτέραν ἔχοντι τῆς Γενέσεως ἦτοι τῆς κτίσεως τὴν ἀφήγησιν. INTRODUCTION xvii (c) 1. The Apocalypse of Moses. 2. The Testament of Moses. 3. The Book of Adam’s Daughters. 4. The Life of Adam. 1. The Apocalypse of Moses.—This title is found in Syncellus i. 5 and repeated from him in Cedrenus i. 7: λεπτῇ ... Γενέσει, ἣν καὶ Maicéas εἶναί φασί τινες ἀπο- κάλυψιν: and in Syncellus i. 49 : ἐν τῇ Μωύὐσέως λεγομένῃ ἀποκαλύψει. From the words φασί τινες and λεγομένῃ we conclude that this title had some currency in Syncellus’ time. It was undoubtedly a very appropriate designation, since our author makes Moses the recipient of all the dis- closures in his work (see the Greek scholion in my note on ii. 1). Cedrenus 1, 16 speaks of Jubilees as ἡ λεπτὴ Μωσέως Γένεσις. The Apocalypse of Moses mentioned in Syncellus i. 48, from which he says Gal. vi. 15 (οὔτε περιτομή τι ἔστιν οὔτε ἀκροβυστία, ἀλλὰ καινὴ κτίσις) Was derived, can have nothing to do with Jubilees, the main aim of which is the glorification of circumcision. 2. The Testament of Moses=% διαθήκη τοῦ Maticéws.— This was an older title than the preceding. Thus it is found in the Catena of Nicephorus i. 175, where the words ἡ διαθήκη precede a quotation from Jubilees x. 21 (see note in loc.). Here ἡ διαθήκη, as Ronsch (p. 275) has rightly argued, stands for ἡ διαθήκη τοῦ Maicéws. It is im- possible to determine whether the Testament of Moses which is here to be identified with Jubilees has anything to do with the διαθήκη Μωύσέως mentioned in four catalogues of the canonical and uncanonical writings. Ronsch (pp. 480-481) argues for their identification on the ground that the Assumption of Moses forms a suitable close to the Book of Jubilees; that they are found together in this order in the Latin MS which was edited by Ceriani; that the Testament of Moses and the Assumption are enumerated together and ὃ xviii THE BOOK OF JUBILEES in this order in the Catalogues of Nicephorus, the Ps. Athanasius and of the Sixty Canonical Books. If, however, the number of stichoi—1100—assigned to this Testament of Moses by the first catalogue is right, then this Testament cannot be the same as Jubilees; for Jubilees is longer than Genesis which, according to the same catalogue, has 4300 stichoi. On the other hand, there may have been in circulation a Testament of Moses which was an expansion of Jubilees ii-iii. To such a work—one-fourth the size of Genesis— the quotation given in my note on ii. 1 may possibly point, and probably the statement made by Severus of Antioch (see footnote on p. xv), and the quotation from a Catena on the Pen- tateuch in Fabricius ii. 121-122: Est quidem in apocrypho mysticoque codice legere, ubi de creatis rebus subtilius agitur, nubem lucidam, quo tempore mortuus est Moses, locum sepulchri complexam oculos circumstantium perstrinxisse ita, ut nullus neque morientem legislatorem neque locum videre potuerit, ubi cadaver conderetur. Here we have a combina- tion of the Testament of Moses and the Assumption of Moses (see my Assumption of Moses, pp. xlv. sqq.). 3. The Book of Adam’s Daughters—This book is identi- fied with Jubilees in the Decree of Gelasius (see p. xviii) : Liber de filiabus Adae, hoc est Leptogenesis, Apocryphus. The designation is far from inappropriate for our book, as it aims at giving the names of the wives of all the patriarchs from Adam onwards. On the other hand, it may not have been applied to the entire Book of Jubilees but to a short work based on Jubilees, and consisting mainly or solely of the names (and histories) of the women mentioned in Jubilees. Such a collection we find in the Syriac with the title: “ Names of the Wives of the Patriarchs according to the Hebrew Book called Jubilees” (see p. xxix). The glosses in the LXX MS used by Holmes and Parsons, and later by INTRODUCTION xix Lagarde (see p. Ixxxii), may point to such a collection; for these glosses relate to the wives of the patriarchs and go back ultimately to Jubilees. It is possibly worth while to call attention to the fact that some of these names are found in the Annals of the Arabic writer Tabari (see Lidzbarski, De propheticis, quae dicuntur, Legendis Arabicis, 1893, pp. 11-12). 4, The Life of Adam.—This designation is found only three times, so far as I am aware, in Syncellus i. 7, and always as ὁ λεγόμενος Bios ᾿Αδάμ. According to Syncellus this life of Adam recounted the number of days it took Adam to number the various creatures, the making of Eve, the entrance of Adam into Paradise, and the subsequent admis- sion of Eve, ete. (i. 7-9): κεῖται γοῦν ἐν τῷ λεγομένῳ Bio ᾿Αδὰμ ὁ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀριθμὸς τῆς τε ὀνομασίας τῶν θηρίων καὶ τῆς πλάσεως τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ ᾿Αδὰμ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ" καὶ τῆς περὶ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς βρώσεως ἐντολῆς τοῦ θεοῦ πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ τῆς μετὰ τούτου εἰσόδου Kia ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ, τά τε τῆς παραβάσεως καὶ τὰ μετὰ τὴν παράβασιν, ὡς ὑποτέτακται... ταῦτα ἐκ τοῦ Βίου λεγο- μένου ᾿Αδὰμ φιλομαθίας χάριν ἐν συντόμῳ ἐστοιχειώσαμεν. If Syncellus is right here as to the contents of the Life of Adam, it treated of the same subjects as Jubilees 11. 1-29. It may, therefore, have been an excerpt from ora section of Jubilees, as Rénsch suggests (475-477). Accordingly, he accepts Treuenfels’ proposal that the words in Syncellus occurring just before the above extract—é« τῆς λεπτῆς Tevécews καὶ τοῦ λεγομένου Biov *Adaw— should be rendered: “from the Leptogenesis, that is, from the so-called Life of Adam.” Since the statements in the Life of Adam are fuller than in Jubilees, the former would be an enlarged edition of a portion of the latter. Both may have been before Syncellus. From the Life of Adam—the fuller account—he quotes on pp. 7-9, and continues his narrative on XX THE BOOK OF JUBILEES pp. 13-15 from Jubilees. Rénsch quotes in support of this view the statement of Jellinek, Bet ha-Midrasch ii. '7, anm. 3: “Ein Theil derselben (der Kleinen Genesis), der von Adam handelt, wurde das Leben Adam’s genannt und war den Alten als PwNIT DINT NIDD (Zunz, Die gottesdienstl. Vortrige der Juden, p. 128; J. First im Ldl. des Orients, 1848, p. 589) bekannt.” § 3. Tae Eruroric MSS There are four MSS of this book in Europe, a, 8, ¢, d, which belong respectively to the National Library in Paris, the British Museum, the University Library of .Tiibingen, and to the collection of M. d’Abbadie. Of these ad (of the fifteenth and sixteenth cent. respectively) are the most valuable, but in not a few readings the true text is preserved by ed (both of recent date). αἱ is more nearly allied to a andcto ὁ. 6 is the most trustworthy of the four. For a full description of these MSS the reader can consult Charles's Ethiopic Version of the Hebrew Book of Jubilees, pp. Xii sqq. § 4. Epitions or THE Erniopic VERSION Ditimann, Mashafa kifalé sive Liber Jubilaeorum, qui idem a Graecis Ἢ Λεπτὴ Γένεσις inscribitur, aethiopice ad duorum librorum manuscriptorum fidem primum edidit Dilimann, 1859. This edition is based on MSS ed. CHARLES, The Ethiopic Version of the Hebrew Book of Jubilees—otherwise known among the Greeks as Ἢ Λεπτὴ Téveois—edited from four MSS and critically revised through a continuous comparison of the Massoretic and Samaritan Texts, and the Greek, Syriac, Vulgate and Ethiopic INTRODUCTION xxi Versions of the Pentateuch, and further emended and restored in accordance with the Hebrew, Syriac, Greek and Latin Fragments of this book, which are here published in full, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1895. This edition is based on the only four MSS hitherto known. It is from this text that my translation is made. In some dozen or more passages, however, to which attention is called in the notes, I have withdrawn emendations which I had introduced into the text—-some in deference to criticisms of Drs. Praetorius and Littmann and others as a result of further study of the text and subject-matter. On the other hand, I have been enabled, from the much larger knowledge I now have of the literature than I had in 1893-1895, to discover the true text underlying corruptions that had defied detection, and likewise to recognise the occurrence of many dittographies and not a few lacunae (see § 11). The criticism of the text has been further greatly advanced by my discovery of a large poetical element in the book (see § 12). § 5. TRANSLATIONS Dittmann, Das Buch der Jubilden oder die kleine Genesis, aus dem Aethiopischen ‘tibersetzt (Ewald’s Jahrbiicher der bibl. Wissensch. 1850-51, Band ii, 230-256; ii. 1-96). This translation is based on only one MS. Scuoppe, Zhe Book of Jubilees, translated from the Ethiopic (Bibliotheca Sacra, 1885-1887). CuarLes, The Book of Jubilees translated from a text based on two hitherto wuncollated Ethiopic MSS (Jewish Quarterly Review, 1893, vol. v. 703-708; 1894, vi. 184- 217, 710-745; 1895, vii. 297-328). The above translation agrees for the most part with the text which I published subsequently. It is, however, xxii THE BOOK OF JUBILEES untrustworthy in some passages, and is now superseded by the very much improved edition of it which appears in the present volume. Littmann, Das Buch der Jubiliien (Kautzsch’s Apokryphen und Pseudepigraphen des A. Testaments, 1900, ii. 31-119). This admirable translation is based mainly on my Ethiopic text of Jubilees, but occasionally Dr. Littmann prefers to follow the readings of ὁ ὦ in Dillmann’s text, and in some cases the grounds for this preference are so good that I have followed his lead. His translation is on the whole very accurate, though there are of course some passages where corrections will be introduced on the oceasion of a second edition. To Dr. Littmann I owe many corrections of my English translation in the Jewish Quarterly. § 6. CriticaL INQUIRIES Fasricius, J. A., Codex Pseudepigraphus Veteris Testa- menti, 1713, i. 849-864. Fabricius here collects under the head of Parva Genesis, passages in Jerome and Greek writers which are expressly assigned to our book. At the close of this collection he adds: “Non dubito tum apud Hieronymum Quaest. et tradit. Hebraeicis in Genesin, tum apud Georgium Syncellum et Cedrenum plura legi ex parva Genesi repetita: quoniam tamen diserte illa non indicant, haec satis esse volui.” TREUENFELS, Die kleine Genesis nov meri (Fiirst’s Literaturbl. des Orients, 1846, Nr. 1-6; 1851, Nr. 15). Treuenfels ascribes our book to a Jewish author, who wrote most probably before the Christian era. Ditimann, Das Buch der Subiléen (Ewald’s Jahrbticher der bibl. Wissensch. 1851, 111. 72-96). These pages consist of a series of learned and masterly notes which throw great INTRODUCTION xxiii light on the text and its interpretation. Dillmann was of opinion that Jubilees was written originally in Hebrew or Aramaic in the first cent. a.D. before the fall of Jerusalem. Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenldnd. Gtesellsch. 1857, xi. 161-163. “ Pseudepigraphen des A. Testaments ” (Herzog’s Real-Eneye. xii, 364-365). Here Dillmann sets the composition of Jubilees at the beginning of the Christian era and regards a still earlier date as possible. “ Beitriige aus dem Buche der Jubilien zur Kritik des Pentateuch Textes” (Sitzwngsberichte der Kéniglich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1883, pp. 323-340). With this contribution to the criticism of the Ethiopic text and its value in determining the criticism of the Pentateuch I have already dealt (Ethiopic Vers. of Heb. Bk. of Jubilees, pp. xviii-xix). JELLINEK, Ueber das Buch der Jubiliien und das Noah- Buch, Leipzig, 1855 (a reprint from the third volume of his Bet ha-Midrasch). Although the main contention of this treatise, that Jubilees is of Essene origin, cannot be sustained, Jellinek’s observations on its relations to Jewish Midrashim (i.e. Wajissau and Tadshe) and legends generally are most illuminating and helpful. Jellinek justly recognises that Jubilees was written when the essential character of the Jewish calendar was not definitely fixed. Breer, Das Buch der Jubilien und sein Verhdliniss zu den Midraschim, Leipzig, 1856; Noch ein Wort iiber das Buch der Jubiliien, 1857. The former work is the ablest con- tribution from the Jewish side that has yet been made towards the interpretation of Jubilees. On pp. 25-39 he deals with the points of similarity existing between Jubilees and Jewish tradition, and on pp. 39-56 the points of divergence. Beer ascribes our book to a Samaritan, who made use of the Samaritan Pentateuch, the LXX, and χχὶν THE BOOK OF JUBILEES Jewish tradition, and wrote in Africa. This Samaritan authorship was shown to be impossible by Ewald (Jahrb. d. bibl. Wissensch. 1856, viii. 184 sq.), in a short review of Beer’s work, and Dillmann (ZDMG, 1857, xi. 161-163). In the Monatsschrift f. Gesch. d. Judenthums, 1855, pp. 59-65 and his Leben Abrahams, 1859; Leben Moses, 1863, Beer has made many valuable indirect contributions to the exegesis of Jubilees. FRANKEL, Monatsschrift fiir Glesch. und Wissensch. des Judenthums, 1856, pp. 311-316, 380-400. Frankel sought to prove that Jubilees was of Egyptian origin and repre- sentative of the cult at the Onias Temple at Leontopolis. To this view of Frankel, Beer rejoined in the treatise cited above under his name: Noch ein Wort tiber das Buch der Jubilden. Krtcer, “Die Chronologie im Buche d. Jubilien” (ZDMG, 1858, xii. 279-299. Kriiger ascribes the com- position of Jubilees to the year 320 B.c., but such a view has rightly failed to obtain a single suffrage. LancEn, Das Judenthum in Paldstina, 1866, pp. 84-102. Jubilees according to this writer is to be assigned to the years 30-60 A.D. (p. 100). SINKER, Testaments of the XII. Patriarchs, 1869, pp. 42- 43, 81-85. Rusin, Das Buch der Jubilden oder die kleine Genesis in’s Hebrivische ‘ibersetzt, mit einer LHinleitung und mit Noten versehen, Wien, 1870. Ginspure, Art. “ Jubilees, Book of” in Kitto’s Cyclopaedia of Biblical Literature. Ronscu, Zetischrift f. wissensch. Theologie, 1871, pp. 60-98; Das Buch der Jubilien, Leipzig, 1874. Rénsch assigned our book to the years 50-60 a. It was directed against the rising Christianity, and was an attempt to draw together all the opposing parties in Judaism against the new religion. INTRODUCTION XXV HILGENFELD, Zeitschrift 7. wissensch. Theologie, 1874, pp. 435-441, Drummonn, The Jewish Messiah, 1877, pp. 143-147. Eppstein, “Midrasch Tadsche,” in Bedtriige zur Jiid. Alterthumskunde, 1887. “Le Livre des Jubilés, Philon et le Midrasch Tadsché” (Revue des Etudes jwives, 1890, xxi. 80-97 ; 1891, xxii, 1-25, Sack, Dre altjiidische Religion, 1889, pp. 350-368. Bacon, “Calendar of Enoch and Jubilees” (Hebraica, 1891-1892, viii. 79-88; 124-131). Deane, Pseudepigrapha, 1891, pp. 193-236. We have here an excellent account of the book from the older stand- point. THomson, Books which influenced our Lord and His Apostles, 1891, pp. 297-320, 433-439. BALDENSPERGER, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu,” 1892, pp. 20-24, KuEnEN, Gesammelte Abhandlungen, 1894, pp. 113 sqq. Scuttrer, Gesch. des Jiid. Volkes,” 1898, iii. 274-280. Schiirer follows the ordinary view as to the date of Jubilees : “Tt may with considerable probability be assigned to the first cent. of the Christian era.” Notwithstanding its many divergencies from Pharisaic usage and doctrine at that period he holds that in its essential aspects it represents the prevailing Pharisaic standpoint. A good bibliography closes the article. Singer, Das Buch der Jubilden oder die Leptogenesis, I. Theil; Tendenz und Ursprung, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Religionsgeschichte, Stuhlweissenburg (Ungarn), 1898. Rénsch, as we have seen above, was of opinion that Jubilees was directed against Christianity, but Singer thinks that he can establish that it was the work of a Jewish Christian, written (about 58-60 4.0.) with a polemic purpose against xxvi THE BOOK OF JUBILEES the teaching of St. Paul—especially against his doctrine of the abrogation of the law. This work exhibits much learning both in the field of Judaism and Christianity. But the main thesis is not in any sense proved by him nor is it possible of proof. Heapiam, Art. “Jubilees,” in Hastings’ Bible Dictionary, 1899, ii, 791. CuHaRLes, Art. “Book of Jubilees,” in Encyc. Biblica, 1899, i 230-233. Boun, “Die Bedeutung des Buches der Jubilaéen (Theol. Stud. und Kritiken, 1900, pp. 167-184). This article shows admirable insight. Its writer recognises rightly that the book belongs to the second cent. B.c. He ascribes its composition to 150 B.c. or thereabouts. Litrmann, Kautzsch’s Apokryphen und Pseudepigraphen des Alten Testaments, 1900, ii. 31-38. We have here as good an introduction to our author as was possible from the stage of criticism at the time, and one that is meritori- ous alike for its learning and judgment. In 1899 Littmann reviewed Singer’s book (see above) in the ZDMG, pp. 368 sqq. § 7. THE VERSIONS OF JUBILEES—GREEK, ETHIOPIC, Latin, SYRIAC 1. The Greek Version—Numerous fragments of this version have come down to us in J. Martyr (? see note on p. 41), Origen (see notes on pp. 194, 227), Diodorus of Antioch (see p. 85), Isidore of Alexandria (see p. lxxxi), Epiphanius (see notes on pp. 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 18, 32, 33, 47, 59, 61, 68, 69, 73, 74, 75, 77, 84, 86), John Malala (see notes on pp. 37, 41, 66), Anastasius Sinaita (flor. seventh cent.—preserved only in Latin; see note on p. 23), Syncellus (see notes on pp. 41, 59, 66, 68, 69, 71, INTRODUCTION xxvii 73, 74, 78, 85, 89, 93, 95, 191, 192. It is remarkable that Syncellus attributed to Genesis what comes from our text—see note on p. 164, and similarly to Josephus—see notes on pp. 157, 186, 208), Cedrenus (see notes on pp. 37, 41, 66, 67, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 116, 191, 252), Suidas (see note on p. 91), Zonaras (see p. 35), Glycas (see notes on pp. 37, 84, 85, 164), Joel (see notes on pp. 37, 67). For probable mistranslations in this version see notes on xxx. 25, xliii. 11, xlvii. 9; for corruptions in the MSS before the Ethiopic and Latin translators, see notes on i. 29, 1. 2, v. 4, xiv. 12, xxiii. 10, xxx. 27, 29. This version is the parent of the Ethiopic and the Latin, as we shall prove below. 2. The Ethiopic Version—This version is most accurate and trustworthy and indeed as a rule servilely literal. It has, of course, suffered from the corruptions naturally incident to transmission through MSS. Thus dittographies are frequent and lacunae are of occasional occurrence (see § 11), but the version is singularly free from the glosses and corrections of unscrupulous scribes, though the temptation must have been great to bring it into accord with the Ethiopic version of Genesis. To this source, indeed, we must trace a few perversions of the text: “my wife” in iii. 6 instead of “wife”; xv. 12 (see note); xvii. 12 (“her bottle ” instead of “the bottle”); xxiv. 19 (where the words “a well” are not found in the Latin version of Jubilees, nor in the Mass, Sam., LXX, Syr., and Vulg. of Gen. xxvi. 19). In the above passages the whole version is influenced, but in a much greater degree has this influence operated on MS a. Thus in iii. 4, 6, 7, 19, 29, iv. 4, 8, v. 3, vi. 9, etc. the readings of the Ethiopic version of Genesis have replaced the original text. In the case of 6 I can discover only one instance of this nature in xv. 15 (see my Text, pp. xii. sqq.). xxviii THE BOOK OF JUBILEES For instances of corruption native to this version, see notes on ii. 2, 7, 21, vi. 21, vii. 22, x. 6, 21, xvi. 18, xxiv. 20, 29, xxxi. 2, xxxix. 4, xli 15, xlv. 4, xlviii. 6. 3. The Latin Version.—This version, of which about one fourth has been preserved, was first published by Ceriani in his Monumenta sacra et profana, 1861, tom. i. fase. 1, 15- 62. It contains the following sections: xiii, 10°-21; xv. 20°-31%; xvi, 5-xvii. 67; xviii, 10°-xix. 25; xx. 5°-xxi. 105, xxii, 2-19°; xxiii, 8°-23°; xxiv. 13-xxv. 1°; xxvi. 85.988. xxvii, 11.245; xxviii, 16°-27%; xxix. 8-xxxi 1". χχχί. 9°-18, 290-92; xxxii. 1-3", 18>-xxxiii, 9%, 18°- xxxiv. 5°; xxxv. 3°12?; xxxvi 20?-xxxvii. 5°; xxxviil. 10.165. xxxix. 9-xl 8"; xli 6-18; xlii 2>-14°; xlv. 8-xlvi. 1, 12-xlviii 5; xlix. 7°-22. This version was next edited by Roénsch in 1874, Das Buch der Jubilien . . unter Beifiigung des revidirten Textes der . . . lateinischen Fragmente. This work attests enormous industry and great learning, but is deficient in judgment and critical acumen. Rénsch was of opinion that this Latin version was made in Egypt or its neighbourhood by a Palestinian Jew about the middle of the fifth cent. (pp. 459-460). In 1895 I edited this text afresh in conjunction with the Ethiopic in the Oxford Anecdota (The Lthiopie Version of the Hebrew Book of Jubilees). To this work and that of Rénsch above the reader must be referred for a fuller treatment of this subject. Here we may draw attention to the following points. This version, where it is preserved, is almost of equal value with the Ethiopic. It has, however, suffered more at the hands of correctors. Thus it has been corrected in conformity with the LXX in xlvi. 14 where it adds “et Oon” against all other authorities. The Eth. version of Exod. i. 11 might have been expected to bring about this addition in our Ethiopic text but it did not. Two similar instances will be found in xvii. 5, xxiv. 20. Again the Latin INTRODUCTION xxix version seems to have been influenced by the Vulgate in xxix. 13, xlii, 11 (canos meos where our Ethiopic text = μου τὸ γῆρας as in LXX of Gen. xlii. 38); and probably also in xlvii. 7, 8, and certainly in xlv. 12 where it reads in tota terra for in terra. Of course there is the possibility that the Latin has reproduced faithfully the Greek and that the Greek was faulty; or in case it was correct, that it was the Greek presupposed by our Ethiopic version that was at fault. Two other passages are deserving of attention, xix. 14 and xxxix. 13. In the former the Latin version “et creverunt et juvenes facti sunt ” agrees with the Eth. version of Gen. xxv. 27 against the Ethiopic version of Jubilees and all other authorities on Gen. xxv. 27. Here the peculiar reading can be best explained as having originated in the Greek. In the second passage, the clause “eorum quae fiebant in carcere ” agrees with the Eth. version of Gen. xxxix, 23 against the Ethiopic version of Jubilees and all other authorities on Gen. xxxix. 23. On the other hand, there is a large array of passages in which the Latin version preserves the true text over against corruptions or omissions in the Ethiopic version: cf. xvi. 16, xix. 5, 10, 11, xx. 6, 10, xxi 3, xxii. 3, ete. (see my Text, p. Xvi). 4. The Syriac Version.—The evidence as to the exist- ence of a Syriac is not conclusive. It is based on the fact that a British Museum MS (Add. 12,154, fol. 180) contains a Syriac fragment entitled, “Names of the Wives of the Patriarchs according to the Hebrew Book called Jubilees.” It was first published by Ceriani in his Monwmenta Sacra, 1861, tom. ii. fasc. 1. 9-10, and reprinted by me as Appendix III. to my Text of Jubilees (p. 183). XXX THE BOOK OF JUBILEES § 8. Tue Eruiopic and LaTIN VERSIONS—TRANSLATIONS FROM THE GREEK Like all the biblical literature Jubilees was translated into Ethiopic from Greek. We have seen above (p. XXVi) that the Greek version had a very wide currency. To show that our text is a translation from the Greek version it will be sufficient to point out that in xxxiv. 11 we have a transliteration of ἡλίου (“of the sun”); that in 1. 29, 11. 2, v. 4, xiv. 12, xxiii. 10, xxviii. 27, xxxiil. 4, 27, 29, xlvii. 5 (see notes ¢n loc.) we must retranslate into Greek before we can discover the source of the various corruptions. Further, Greek words such as δρύς, βάλανος, λίψ', σχῖνος, φάραγξ, etc. are transliterated in the Ethiopic. The Greek article is rendered by the demonstrative 11. 2, iii, 25, xxiv. 19, 29. Finally, proper names are transliterated as they appear in Greek and not in Hebrew: viii. 5, x. 18, ete. It is no less obvious that the Latin is also a translation from the Greek. Thus in xxxix. 12, timoris = δειλίας, a cor- ruption of δουλείας ; in xxxviii. 13, honorem = τιμήν, which should have been rendered by tributum (so Eth.); in xxxii. 26, celavit = ἔκρυψε, corrupt for ἔγραψε (so Eth.). Again, in xxx1. 30, orasti orationem is a mistranslation of ηὔξω εὐχήν, Which here = vovisti votum; in xxxii. 30, sub glande = ὑπὸ τῆς βαλάνου, which here=sub quercu. The Greek article is often rendered by the Latin demonstrative as in the Ethiopic version: hujus Abrahae, xxix. 16; huic Jacob . . . huic Istrael, xxxi. 15. Greek constructions are re- produced: memor fuit sermones, xvii. 3 = ἐμνήσθη τοὺς λόγους : consummavit loquens, xv. 22 = συνετέλεσε λαλῶν: in omnibus quibus (for quae) dedisti, xxii. 8 = ἐν πᾶσιν ols ἔδωκας. We should observe also the extraordinary mis- translation of μήποτε = (ne forte) by ne quando in xlii, 11. (See Ronsch, pp. 439 sqq.) INTRODUCTION xxxi We have seen above (pp. xxviii-xxix) that the Ethiopic and Latin versions presuppose in some cases different forms of the Greek version. § 9. THE Greex—A TRANSLATION FROM THE HEBREW The early date and place of composition speak for a Semitic original, and the following evidence for such an original is irresistible. But the question at once arises: was this original Aramaic or Hebrew? Certain proper names in the Latin version ending in -in seem to bespeak an Aramaic, as Cettin, xxiv. 28; Adurin, xxxviii. 8, 9; Filistin, xxiv. 14-16. But since in all these cases the Ethiopic transliterations end in -m and not in -2, it is not improbable that this Aramaising in the Latin version is due to the translator, who, as Roénsch has concluded on other grounds, was a Palestinian Jew. Moreover, it is most dangerous to con- clude from Aramaic proper names to an Aramaic original ; for Aramaic forms occur not infrequently in the Greek versions of the Old Testament. Thus this very word Cettim (o°n>) appears as Χεττάν in Symmachus (Gen. x. 4), Χεττείν in the LXX (B) and Lucian of Judg. i. 26, Χεττιείν in the LXX (B) of 1 Kings x. 33. As regards Adurin (which in the Eth. version = ’Adiiram), we should observe that this word appears as ᾿Ανονιράμ, 1.0. ᾿Αδονιράμ, in the sister work Test. Iud. 9. Thus we may here again conclude to an original Hebrew form. It is noteworthy also that whereas in xxxviii. 3 of the Latin we have Adoram, in the Ethiopic we have ’Adéran. Another Aramaic form is Mastéma (xa winn [Μαστιφάμ in Syncellus, Μαστιφάτ in Cedrenus, and Mas- tima in the Latin version, xvill. 12, xlviii. 2], from the hiphel participle, no»). But the presence of such a proper name in a Semitic document is inconclusive as we have shown above. Cf. Littmann, in Kautzsch’s Apok. τι. Pseud. 11. 34. ΧΧΧΙΪ THE BOOK OF JUBILEES The grounds, on the other hand, for a Hebrew original are weighty and numerous: 1. A work which claims to be from the hand of Moses would naturally be written in Hebrew—Hebrew, our author teaches, was the sacred and national language (see notes on xii. 25-26; xlii. 15). 2. The revival of the national spirit of the nation is universally, so far as we know, accompanied by a revival of the national language—Thus the Psalms of Solomon (70- 40 8.0.) were written in Hebrew, and the Similitudes in the Ethiopic Enoch (xxxvii.-lxx.), as I hope to prove later. As regards the sections of Enoch which were written before the revival of the national spirit under the Maccabees other grounds must decide. 3. The text must be retranslated into Hebrew in order to ex- plain unintelligible expressions and restore the true text—Thus in xliii, 11 1aéléja = ἐν ἐμοί, which is a mistranslation of ‘2. 12 in this context = δέομαι, “ pray,” as in Gen. xliv. 18, which our text reproduces almost word for word. In xvi. 31 lebba dabart (Lat. Vers. corde palmarum) = ἼΘΙ 25, where Ὁ is corrupt for yb. ‘In xlvii. 9 the text =domum Fara- onis, but the context demands filiam Faraonis. Hence the a a “ Greek translator here misread p-ma as Ὡ ΤῊΣ or A-na. The true Aramaic word for daughter is man. See also notes on i, 29, iii, 15, vi. 35, xviii. 12. Under this head also we might draw attention to the presence of dittographies already existing in the Hebrew text. See notes on iii. 16, xviii. 15, xxx. 1. 4. Hebroisms survive in the Ethiopic and Latin versions. —Thus in ii. 9,25 the Ethiopic wahaba =“ gave” goes back to jn3, which must here be translated “appointed.” In xxii. 10 eligere in te is a reproduction of 2772; in xxiv. 25 sermo hic=“this thing”=mm7 ὙΥΤΙΙ, a purely Hebrew expression; in xix. 8 in qua... in ipsa (so also Eth.) INTRODUCTION XXxXili =& 9... ἐν αὐτῇ -- τῷ ἼΩΝ ; in xl. 7 (see note) we have a transliteration of a Hebrew phrase ἘΠ OBL wa ‘Abirér where we should read ’Abirél. Again in iv. 4 nfha is a corrupt transliteration of "5. See also vi. 35, xxxiii. 1, xl. 10. 5. Many paronomasiae discover themselves on retranslation into Hebrew.—Thus in iv. 9 there is a play on Enoch the son of Cain; on Jared in iv. 15, on Noah in iv. 28, on Peleg in viii. 8,on Reu in x. 18, on Serug in xi. 6, on Terah in xi. 12 (see notes a Joc.). 6. Many passages of this book are preserved in rabbinic writings, such as the Hebrew Book of Noah, the Midrash Wajjissau, the Chronicles of Jerahmeel, the Book of Jashar, and the Midrash Tadshe. It has also much matter in common with the Testaments of the XII. Patriarchs which was also originally written in Hebrew. δ 10. TexruaL AFFINITIES OF THE TEXT OF THE Book OF JUBILEES In order to understand the position which the Hebrew text of Jubilees occupied in relation to the texts and versions of the Pentateuch, it will be necessary to summarise briefly its affinities with them. We shall now discover that our text agrees in turn with the Samaritan (twice ?), LXX, Syriac, Vulgate, and with Onkelos. In the following list, where the corresponding passages in Jubilees and the Pentateuch are given without further comment, the details will be found in the notes accompanying the translation. Thus in the first sub-heading i. (a), where xxvi. 34 of our text is equated with Gen. xxvii. 40, the needful information is given in the notes on xxvi. 34. On the other hand, where the notes do not supply such details the read- 6 xxxiv THE BOOK OF JUBILEES ing given by our text and its supporters and the opposing text and its authorities are supplied in brackets. Thus we are to interpret the statement “xli. 14 (‘his shepherd ’)— Gen. xxviii. 40 (‘his friend’),” which occurs under the sub- heading ii. (7), “It agrees with the LXX and Vulg. against the Mass., Sam., and Syr.”’ as meaning that our text, sup- ported by the LXX and Vulg. of Gen. xxviii. 40, reads “his shepherd,” whereas the Mass., Sam., and Syr. read “ his friend.” For fuller information the reader can refer to my Ethiopic Text. i. First as to its agreement with individual authorities in opposition to the rest: (a) It agrees with the Sam. against the Mass., LXX, Syr., Onk. in iv. 7 (“he called ”)—Gen, iv. 25 (“she called”); xxvi. 34 (?)—Gen. xxvii. 40. (8) It agrees with the LXX against the Mass. Sam., Syr., Vulg. in iii, 24 (“thy pains”)—Gen. iii, 16 (“thy conception”); v. 1—Gen. vi. 2; vii. 8—Gen. ix. 22; viii. 1 —Gen. xi. 13; xiii. 2—Gen. xii. 6; xiv. 2, 12—Gen. xv. 2,11; xv. 15 (“her name will be called ”)—Gen. xvii. 15 (“thou shalt call her name”); xviiii 2—Gen. xxil. 2; xxiv. 25—Gen. xxvi. 32; xxvi. 25 (+“his son”)—Gen. xxvii. 30 (see my Text, p. 97, note 20); xxviii, 11 (+ Jacob)—Gen. xxix. 32; xxviii. 29—-Gen. xxx. 43; xxix. 4 —Gen. xxxi. 20; xlvi. 14 (“he set over”)—-Exod. 1. 11 (“ they set over”). (y) It agrees with the Syriac version against the Mass., Sam., LXX, Vulg. in xi. 15 (“went forth” in sing.)—Gen. xi. 31 (Mass.=“ went forth” in pl., Sam, LXX, Vulg. = “led forth”); xviii. 11 (“I have shown ”)—Gen. xxii. 12 (“I know”); xlii. 21 (“by the command of the mouth of Pharaoh ”)—Gen. xlv. 21 (“by the mouth of Pharaoh ”) ; xlvii. 7—Exod. ii. 7; xlix. 9 (“the guilt”)}—Num. ix. 13 (“his guilt ”). INTRODUCTION XXXV (6) It agrees with the Vulg. against Mass., Sam., LXX, Syr. in vil. 9 (“ their shoulders ”)—Gen. ix. 23 (“both their shoulders”); xiv. 1 (“and thy reward ”)—Gen. xy. 1 (“thy reward”); xiv. 22 (“shall build up”)—Gen. xvi. 2 (“shall be builded up”); xxiv. 3 (“give me”)—Gen. xxv. 30 (feed me”); xxiv. 19 (“living water”)—Gen. xxvi. 19 (“well of water”); xxvi. 31 (“Isaac”)—Gen. xxvii. 39 (“ Isaac his father”). (ce) It agrees with the Targum of Onkelos against the Mass, Sam., LXX, Syr, Vulg. in xiii 20 (“not be numbered ”)—Gen. xiii, 16 (“be numbered”); xiii, 24 —Gen. xiv. 14; xv. 17 (“rejoiced”)—Gen. xvii. 17 (“ laughed ”). ii. We shall next give its affinities with two or more of the above authorities in opposition to the rest. (a) Its agreement with the Mass. and Sam.: It agrees with the Mass. and Sam. against the LXX, Syr., Vulg. in iii, 3—Gen. ii. 20; vi. 7 (“with the life thereof with the blood”)—Gen. ix. 4 (LXX ἐν αἵματι ψυχῆς). It agrees with the Mass. and Onk. against the Sam., LXX, Syr., Vulg., Ps.-Jon. in iii. 7—Gen. ii 24. (8) Its agreement with the Mass. Sam., Syr., or with these + Vulg. or + Vulg. and Onk. : It agrees with Mass., Sam., and Syr. against the LXX and Vulg. in iii, 25 (“for thy sake,” qyy1ya)—Gen. iii. 17 (LXX (and Vulg.) ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις cou=FNTAIYA); vi. 8 (“by man”)—Gen. ix. 6 (LXX ἀντὶ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτοῦ); xxvi, 27 (“thy firstborn ””)—Gen. xxvii. 32 (LXX + Vulg. om. “thy”); xxvi. 29 (“unto his father”)—Gen. xxvii. 34 (LXX + Vulg. om.); xxvii. 21 (“behold ”)—Gen. xxviii. 13 (LXX + Vulg. om.). It agrees with the Mass., Sam., Syr., Vulg. against the LXX in v. 27 (“prevailed ”)—Gen. vil. 24 (LXX ὑψώθη); ΧΧΧΥΪ THE BOOK OF JUBILEES xii, 15 (“from Ur”)—Gen. xi. 31 (LXX ἐκ τῆς χώρας); xiv. 3 (“out of thine own bowels”)—Gen. xv. 4 (LXX ἐκ σοῦ = Jn instead of 709}; xiv. 12—Gen. xv. 11; xv. 3 (« Almighty ”)—Gen. xvii. 1 (LXX σου). It agrees with the Mass. Sam., Syr., Vulg., and Onk. against the LXX in xv. 20—-Gen. xvii. 22; xxvi. 23 (“ peoples”)—Gen. xxvii. 29 (LXX ἄρχοντες = OD} corrupt for ond); xxvi. 24 (“brethren ”)—Gen. xxvii. 29 (LXX τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ cov). It agrees with the Mass., Sam., Syr., Aq., Symm., Vulg,, and Onk. against the LXX in xiii. 10 (“ towards the south ἢ) —Gen. xii. 9 (LXX ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ). (y) Its agreement with the Sam. and LXX or with these +Syr. or + Onk. or + Vulg. or +Syr. and Vulg. : It agrees with the Sam. and LXX against the Mass., Syr., Vulg. in xiv. 18—Gen. xv. 20; xv. 14—Gen. xvii. 14; xvii. 1 (“his son”)—Gen, xxi. 8 (om.); xxvii. 11 (“my father ”)—Gen. xxviii. 4 (om.). It agrees with the Sam., LXX, and Syr. against the Mass., Vulg., and Onk. in ii. 16—Gen. ii. 2. It agrees with the Sam., LXX, Syr., and Vulg. against Mass., Onk., and Ps.-Jon. in xii. 23 (“them that curse ”)— Gen. xii. 3 (“him that curses”); xvii. 7—Gen. xxi. 13; xxviii. 8 (“I shall give”)—Gen. xxix. 27 (“we will give”); xliti. 12 (“with us”)—Gen. xliv. 31 (om.), It agrees with the Sam., LXX, Syr., and Vulg. against the Mass. and Onk. in xv. 16—Gen. xvii. 16; xv. 19 (“and for his seed ”)—Gen. xvii. 19 (“for his seed ”). It agrees with the Sam., LXX, and Onk. against Mass. Syr., and Vulg. in iii, 6—Gen. 11. 23. It agrees with the Sam., LXX, and Vulg. against the Mass. and Syr. in xiv. 13 (“it was said”)—Gen. xv. 13 (“He said”), (δ) Its agreement with the Sam. and Syr. + the Vulg. or others: ? INTRODUCTION XXXVii It agrees with the Sam., Syr., Ps.-Jon., Graec.-Ven. against the Mass., Vulg., and Itala in xviii. 12 (“a single (= 1m») ram ”)—Gen. xxii. 23 (“behind (14x) him a ram”). Onk. combines both readings. It agrees with the Sam., Syr., Vulg., Onk. against Mass. and LXX in xliv. 16 (“ Phia”)—Gen. xlvi. 13 (“ Puvvah ”). (e) Its agreement with the Sam. version ++ LXX or with the Sam. version + Syr. and others : It agrees with the Sam. vers., LXX, Syr. (?), Onk. against Mass., Sam., Vulg. in xviii. 15—Gen. xxii. 17. It agrees with the Sam. Vers., Syr., Vulg. (and possibly Sam.) against Mass. and LXX in xviii. 13 (“hath seen” or “seeth ”)—Gen. xxii. 14 (Mass. “ will be seen” or “ pro- vided”) (LXX ὠφθη). (ζῶ Its agreement with the LXX and Syr. and with these + others : It agrees with the LXX and Syr. against Mass., Sam. in iii, 24 (“thy return ”)—Gen. iii. 16 (“thy desire”); xiv. 2 (“son of my handmaid”)—Gen. xv. 2 (“of my house” ?); xli, 9—Gen. xxxviii. 14. It agrees with the LXX and Syr. and, in the main, with the Sam. and Vulg. against the Mass. and Onk. in vi. 32 (“beasts and cattle and birds and every moving thing” ; LXX πάντα τὰ θηρία καὶ πάντα τὰ κτήνη Kal πᾶν πετεινὸν καὶ πᾶν ἑρπετὸν κινούμενον. So Syr. save that it omits καὶ after πετεινόν; Sam. and Vulg. agree with LXX save that Vulg. omits καὶ πᾶν πετεινόν and Sam. omits καὶ πάντα τὰ xTHvn)—Gen. vill. 19 (“every beast, every creeping thing, and every fowl, whatsoever creepeth ”). It agrees with the LXX, Syr. and Vulg. against the Mass. and Sam. in v. 8 (“will . . . abide”)—Gen. vi. 3 (“will . . . strive”); xiv. 4 (“said unto him”)—Gen. xv. 5 (“said”); xv. 16—Gen. xvii. 16; xxiv. 3 (“said to him”) xxxviii THE BOOK OF JUBILEES —Gen. xxv. 31 (“said”); xliii, 12 (“our father”)—Gen. xliv. 30 (Mass. “my father ἢ). (n) Its agreement with the LXX and Vulg.: It agrees with the LXX and Vulg. against the Mass., Sam., and Syr. (+ “and dancing”) xvii. 4—Gen. xxi. 9 ; xxvii. 8—Gen. xxvii. 46 (+ “of the daughters of Heth”); xxvu. 11 (“after thee”)—Gen. xxviii. 4 (“with thee”); xxviii. 1 (“land of the east”)—Gen. xxix. 1 (“land of the sons of the east”); xlii 14 (“his shepherd ” = sy5)—Gen. xxviii. 20 (“his friend ” = yy). It agrees with the LXX, Vulg, and Onk. in xv. 14 (“for he has broken ”)—Gen. xvii. 14 (“he has broken”). (6) It agrees with the LXX (de, πατρός pov, but other MSS give πατρός cov as in the Sam. and Eth. vers.) against the Mass., Syr., and Vulg. in xxvii. 11—Gen. xxviii. 4 (om.). Though the above list is not exhaustive it is sufficiently so for our purposes. It follows from it that our book attests an independent form of the Hebrew text of the Pentateuch. Thus it agrees at times with the Sam. or LXX or Syr. or Vulg. or even with Onk. against all the rest. Similarly it agrees with various combinations of these against the rest. In the next place we infer from the following phenomena that our book represents some form of the Hebrew text of the Pentateuch midway between the forms presupposed by the LXX and the Syriac. For it agrees more frequently with the LXX, see i. (8), or with combinations into which the LXX enters, see iL (y), (e), (7), (@), than with any other single authority or with any combination excluding the LXX. Next to the LXX it agrees most often with the Syriac, see i. (y), or with combinations into which the Syriac enters, see ii. (@), (6). On the other hand its independence of the LXX is shown by such passages as i. (a), (y), (δ), (e), and its actual superiority in a large array of readings, ii. (a), (9), INTRODUCTION xxxix where it has the support of the Sam. and Mass., or of these with various combinations of Syr., Vulg. and Onk. If to the above considerations we add the facts that, so far as I am aware, (1) it never agrees against all the rest with the Mass., which is in some respects the latest form of the Hebrew text; (2) that it agrees in a few cases with Onk., oftener with the Vulg., and still oftener with the Syr., and oftenest with the LXX, against all the rest; (3) that, when it enters combinations, it is almost universally in attestation of the earlier reading, it may be reasonably concluded that the textual evidence points to the composition of our book at some period between 250 8.0. (LXX version of Pentateuch) and 100 a.D., and at a time nearer the earlier date than the latter. δ 11. Lacunaz, DirToGRaPHIEs AND DISLOCATIONS IN OUR TEXT Lacunae—In addition to the occasional small lacunae which are supplied from the Latin version or other independent sources, there are four larger lacunae in ii, 22, iii, 23, vii 37, xiii, 25. The first consists of two clauses according to the Greek authorities: “As there were two and twenty letters, and two and twenty books,” but, according to the Midrash Tadshe, only of one: “As there were two and twenty letters” (see ii. 23 notes). Since the earliest testimony elsewhere to this reckoning of the books of the Old Testament as twenty-two is that of Josephus (6. Apion. i. 8), it is possible that the clause in question in Epiphanius and Syncellus may be an addition to the text of Jubilees. This reckoning is mentioned also by Origen, Athanasius, Cyril of Jerusalem, in the Canons of the Council of Laodicea, Jerome, etc. (see Ryle, Canon of the Old Testament, 1892, p. 221). On the other hand, it is xl THE BOOK OF JUBILEES not improbable that the disputed clause belongs to the original text: for its omission by the Midrash Tadshe is far from conclusive. We have already seen in the notes on ii. 2-3 that this Midrash (written cic. 1000 a.D.) bas deliberately altered the text of Jubilees, where it is rightly transmitted by Epiphanius and Syncellus, in order to accommodate it to Talmudic Judaism. And in the present instance the motive for this omission was not wanting; for the usual reckoning of the books of the Old Testament in Talmudic writings (Taanith 8a; Shem. rabba 41, etc.) and later Jewish scholars, such as Isaac Abarbanel, was twenty-four (see Strack, Herzog’s Real - Encyo. vii. 434-436). Moreover, a passage in Isidore of Seville, which is clearly based on Jub. ii, supports the evidence of Epi- phanius and Syncellus. It runs: Et xxii generationes sunt ab Adam usque ad Jacob,. . . et xxii libri Veteris Testa- menti usque ad Hester et xxii literarum sunt elementa (see p. xxxi for the rest of the quotation). Accordingly, since the negative evidence of the Midrash is thus largely discounted and since on the other hand we have the positive evidence of Epiphanius, Isidore, and Syncellus, and artificial analogies of this nature are characteristic of our author, I am in- clined to accept the clause as original.’ 1 Since writing the above I have come across the following excerpt from the Greek version of Jubilees in Lambros’ Catalogue of the Greek MSS on Mt. Athos, vol. i, pp. 292, which confirms my view. It is: Ἰωάννου ἀναγνώστου Κωνσταντινουπόλεως Λεπτῆς Γενέσεως. Ἐν τῇ Ge [ΑἸπ’ ὧδε διαλαμβάνει βιβλίον τὸ καλούμενον λεπτὴ γένεσις. “Ev τῷ κειμένῳ: Ἔργα ὡς λέγει ἔκτησεν (read ἔκτισεν) 6 Θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐξ ἡμέραις, δὲ ὃ καὶ κβ' γράμματα rap’ “Ἑβραίοις καὶ x" βιβλία καὶ κη΄ γενεαρχίαι ἀπὸ ᾿Αδὰμ ἕως Ἰακώβ. Κάϊν, ὡς λέγει, τῆς οἰκίας πεσούσης ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀπέθανεν. Lambros wrongly prints κβ΄ as xn’ twice in the above passage. I owe the corrections to Mr. Lake, who has just collated it afresh for me on Mt. Athos, The excerpt is from a thirteenth-cent. MS. The last sentence regarding Cain is from Jub. iv. 31. INTRODUCTION xli The third lacuna in vii. 37 appears to have extended to two or more verses, which dealt with the right of eating the fruit of trees in the fifth year after they were planted, and of sowing and reaping the land during six years and the duty of letting it lie fallow on the seventh (see notes in ἰ00.). The greatest loss which our book has sustained is that which occurs in xiii. 25. Here the text still stands in a mutilated condition. The subject of the lost verses was undoubtedly Abram’s pursuit of the kings, his recovery of the captives, and his meeting with Melchizedek. Since on other grounds it appears that the Maccabean princes claimed in some respects to represent the priesthood of Melchizedek, this loss is most deplorable (see notes on xiii, 25, xxxil. 1, xxxvi. 16). Dittographies—We have already drawn attention to three passages where dittographies most probably existed already in the Hebrew text. These are far from infrequent in the Ethiopic version. Thus in i. 29, vi. 33, viii. 6, 16, ix. 1, xv. 34, xix. 10, xxii, 24, xxxi 18, xxxiv. 18, xxxv. 13, the dittographies are verbal repetitions of clauses in immediate or mediate juxtaposition. Some of these repetitions may, of course, have already occurred in the Greek. But there is another class of dittographies present in our version which are due to incorporation in the text of duplicate renderings. Thus in xxx. 16 the clause “and no consideration of persons” follows immediately on “ And there will be no respect of persons,” and both are alternative renderings of καὶ οὐκ ἔσται προσωποληψία or some such phrase. This conclusion is confirmed by the Latin version which shows no such dittography. We have the evidence of the same version for excising the dittography in xxiii. 11. Other duplicate renderings, which have found their way into the Ethiopic version, our text exhibits in xx. 3, xxi. 10, 13, xxiv. 3. Possibly in xxxii. 21 “read and xlii THE BOOK OF JUBILEES read,” which I have emended with the Latin legit et cognovit into “read and knew,” should be regarded as a simple dittography within the Ethiopic ; and legit et cognovit as due to two alternative renderings of ἀνέγνω, where the first is right. Dislocations—A most probable instance of this nature occurs in xxxvii. 20°. These two prose lines intervene in the midst of a poem. They are corrupt in all the MSS, but by an easy emendation could be adapted to follow after the first clause of the preceding verse. See note in loc. Another passage is v. 17-18 which deals with the Day of Atonement. I have treated it as interpolated or else as transposed from after xxxiv. 18-19, which treats of the first institution of this festival. It is possible, however, that these verses did belong to the original. Thus 10°-12 refer to the final judgment and the renewal of the world. The subject of the final judgment is there further dealt with in its general character in 13-16, and in 17-18 the writer turns aside to show the special grace accorded to Israel on that day if they observe the Day of Atonement. But I still incline to the view that 17-18 are foreign to their present context. Again, 1. 28 should probably be read before i. 26, and xxi. 16 after xxiii. 19. § 12. PorticaL ELEMENT IN JUBILEES Just before completing my commentary on Jubilees, I was so fortunate as to discover that no small proportion of it was originally written in verse. Accordingly the reader will find the following passages arranged as verse: x. 3; xii, 2-5, 18-20, 23, 29; xv. 6-8; xviii, 15-16; xix. 17, 20-22, 25; xx. 6-10; xxi. 21-25; xxii. 11-23 3 Xxiii. 23-31; xxiv. 30-32; xxv. 15-23; xxvi. 23-24, 31-34; INTRODUCTION xliii Xxxi. 15-20; xxxvii. 20-23. This discovery not only adds to the interest of the book but also illuminates many a dark passage, suggests the right connections of wrongly separated clauses, and forms an admirable instrument of criticism generally. Thus, if the reader turns to xxxvii. 20-23 he will find a poem—probably an old one—consisting of five stanzas of three lines each. Our recognition of this fact enables us to excise as an interpolation the unintelligible words occurring in the MSS at the close of the first stanza. Even if we emended these words we should only have a distich, which would be suspicious in the midst of a poem consisting of tristichs. But not only is the form against their genuineness here, but also their subject matter (see notes im loc.). Again, in xxxi. 18 we reject a line both on the ground of the parallelism and of its being a dittography, and in xxi, 22 a line on the ground of the parallelism, The most important of these poems is the apocalypse in xxiii. 23-31 which consists of ten stanzas, the first nine of which are tristichs and the last a tetrastich. Of the rest some are composed in distichs, as xii. 23, 29; xvii. 15-16 ; xx, 6-10; xxii. 11-23; xxv. 15-23, xxvi. 23-24, 31-34; xxxi. 15-20; some in tristichs xix. 17, 25; xxi. 21-25; xxxvii. 20-23; and the rest partly in distichs and partly in tristichs in xii, 18-20 (consisting of a tristich + distich + tristich + 2 distichs); xv. 6-8 (distich + 2 tristichs) ; xix. 20-22 (2 tristichs + 2 distichs). While on the one hand it must be confessed that in xv. 6-8; xvii. 15-16; xxxi. 20, and in one or more other passages, it is difficult to arrive at a satisfactory arrangement; on the other it seems most probable that much of the first chapter was originally written in verse; also vi. 10°-12; xxvii. 23-24; xxxii. 18-19, and many passages elsewhere. xliv THE BOOK OF JUBILEES § 13. JUBILEES FROM ONE AUTHOR, BUT BASED ON EARLIER Books AND TRADITIONS Our book is the work of one author, but is largely based on earlier books and traditions. The narrative of Genesis forms, of course, the bulk of the book, but every page of it contains materials characteristic of the age of our author. By referring to Index I. the reader will see at a glance the books of the Old Testament laid under contribution. But our present chief interest is the relation of our author to non-canonical Jewish literature. Thus he borrows vi. 20-39, x. 1-15 from the Book of Noah. Of this book happily the greater part of x. 1-2, 9-14 is still preserved in the Hebrew Book of Noah (see Jellinek’s Bet ha-Mid- rasch, 111. 155, and my Text of Jubilees, p. 179). Our author had before him also the greater part of the Book of Enoch vi.-xvi., xxiii.-xxxvi., lxxii.-xe. Besides these he also made use of current traditions and legends, which were already reduced to writing, and have come down to us in Hebrew and Greek in other inde- pendent works. Thus the war of Jacob and his sons against the Amorite kings, xxxiv. 1-9, is found in the Test. Judah 3-7, a contemporary work, in the Midrash Wajjissau, which contains if not the original legend, at all events a very early recast of it, and in the Book of Jashar—a late work. Again, our author drew on existing writings for his description of the fratricidal war between Jacob and Esau in xxxvii.-xxxviii. Here the only contemporary authority that still exists for our text is Test. Jud. 9. But with a few reservations the same state- ment may be made of the Hebrew document preserved in the Jalkut Shimeoni i. 132 and the Chronicles of Jerah- meel (see my notes on pp. 214-215), INTRODUCTION xlv Other incidents in our text, which are attested also in the contemporary Testaments of the XII. Patriarchs, are the story of Bilhah’s dishonour at the hands of Reuben during Jacob’s absence (Jub. xxxiii. 1-9—Test. Reuben 3); Levi’s dream as to the priesthood (xxxii. 1—Test. Levi 2, 4, 5, 8, 9), and his consecration to it by Isaac (xxxi. 13-17 —tTest. Levi 9); the names of the wives of Levi and Judah (xxxiv. 20—Test. Levi 11; Test. Jud. 8, 13, 16); the story of Tamar, Er and Onan, and Judah’s repentance (xli. —Test. Jud. 10, 12, 14, 19); the burial of Jacob’s sons in Hebron (xlvii 9—Test. Reub. 7, Levi 19, Jud. 26 Zeb. 10, Dan. 7, Naph. 9, Gad 8, Asher 8; cf. Jos. Ant. ii. 8. 2) during a war between Egypt and Canaan (xlvi. 9— Test. Sim. 8, Benj. 12 [Arm. Vers.]). Also the insertion of Kainaém in vii. 1 is supported by the LXX of Gen. xi. 13. Other legendary matter in Jubilees, for which con- temporary or earlier documents are, as a rule, not at hand, though most probably belonging to ancient tradition, furnishes us with a large number of proper names—par- ticularly the names of women—’Awan, wife of Cain (iv. 9), *Aztira, wife of Seth (iv. 11), Mialéléth, the wife of Kenan (iv. 14), and the wives of the various patriarchs down to Terah (see iv. 15, 16, 20, 27, 28, 33; vii. 14, 15, 16; viii. 1, 5, 6, 7; xi. 9, 14, etc.), and of the twelve sons of Jacob (xxxiv. 20), and the daughter of Pharaoh (xlvii. 5). As other proper names of persons we might observe: Barak?’él (iv. 15), Rasfijal (iv. 16), Danél (iv. 20), and so on for the fathers of the wives mentioned above (iv. 27, 28, 33; viii 1, 5, 6, etc.); also Makamarén, king of Canaan (xlvi. 6), and the flys 1(vii. 22). Again, as names of places: "Elda (iii. 32), the mount of the East (iv. 26), the three 1 This name is found in the Greek Version (Syncellus) of the Eth. Enoch vii. 2 as ᾿Ελιούδ. xlvi THE BOOK OF JUBILEES cities built by Noah’s sons (vii. 14, 15, 16), the various mountains, islands, towns, rivers, and seas mentioned in viii. 12-ix. 13 (most of which can, however, be identified with actual places), ’Eymén ( = Heroonpolis, xlvi. 6). Other legendary matter was in many instances (see notes in loc.), and possibly in all, the source of the following state- ments and incidents: the period of five days spent by Adam in naming the creatures (iii. 1-3), the common language of all animals before the Fall (iii. 28), the number of Adam’s sons, 2.6. twelve (iv. 10), his burial—the first that was made in the earth (iv. 29), the manner of Cain’s death (iv. 31), Kainam’s discovery of writings of the Watchers (vii. 1-4), the detailed account of the tower of Babel and its destruction by a mighty wind (x. 21-26), the beginning of wars and idolatry in Serug’s time (xi. 2-4), the history of Abraham’s early days and exploits (xi. 16-24), his campaign against idolatry and burning of a heathen temple, death of Haran, Abraham’s astronomical knowledge and miraculous acquisition of Hebrew (xii. 1-8, 12-14, 16-21, 25-27), Abraham’s ten temptations (xvii. 17), the fact of Zilpah and Bilhah being sisters (xxviii. 9), and of Zebulon and Dinah being twins (xxviii. 23), rape of Dinah at the age of twelve (xxx. 1-3), Jacob’s presents to his parents four times a year (xxix. 14-17, 19-20), Isaac’s blessing of Levi and Judah (xxxi. 13-20), appointment of Levi to the priesthood as the tenth son (xxxii. 2-3), the deaths of Bilhah and Dinah after news of Joseph’s death (Xxxiv. 15-16), Simeon’s marriage to a woman of Mesopotamia on his repentance (xxxiv. 21), after having first married a woman from Zephath (xliv. 13), the years of famine traced to the failure of the Nile (xlv. 9), the temporary stay of many Israelites in Canaan after burial of the patriarchs (xlvi. 10), the number of months during which the Hebrew children were cast into the river (xlvii. 2), the burning of INTRODUCTION xlvii the Egyptian gods (xlviii. 5), destruction of 1000 Egyptians in the Red Sea for every Hebrew child that was cast into the river (xlviii. 14), ὃ 14. Jupitezes—A Propuct or THE MipRAsHic TENDENCY AT WORK IN THE OLD TESTAMENT CHRONICLER, BUT REPRESENTED BY ITS AUTHOR AS AN ESOTERIC TRADI- TION Our book represents an extreme product of the mid- rashic process which is apparent on most pages of the Old Testament Chronicler. (a) The Chronicler, as we know, to a certain extent rewrote with an object the earlier history of Israel and the history of Judah already recounted in Samuel and Kings. In his hands the history of the nation is so recast as to make it a history of the church, the temple and its cultus, and to represent David and his pious successors as observing all the prescripts of the law according to the Priests’ Code. (6) In the course of this process facts that will not square with the writer’s pre- suppositions are omitted or transformed in character. This applies particularly to breaches of the Priests’ Code; also to statements such as that in 2 Sam. xxiv. 1, which ascribes David’s temptation to Yahweh. This temptation the Chronicler attributes to Satan (1 Chron. xxi. 1). (a) Now the author of Jubilees sought to do for Genesis * what the Chronicler had done for Samuel and Kings (observe especially his recasting of 2 Kings xi. in 2 Chron. xxii, 10-xxiii. 21), and so he rewrote it in such a way as to 1 The procedure of our author is, of course, in direct antagonism with the presuppositions of the Priests’ Code in Genesis. Thus according to it “ Noah may build no altar, Abraham offer no sacrifice, Jacob erect no sacred pillar. No offering is recorded till Aaron and his sons are ready ” (Carpenter, The Hewateuch, i. 124). xl viii THE BOOK OF JUBILEES show that the law had been rigorously observed, even by the patriarchs. (b) Like the Chronicler our author found many state- ments in Genesis that did not square with his presupposi- tions, and accordingly we find that in many instances he alters the text before him,’ and in others he simply omits. Thus he omits? the sending out of the raven (Gen. viii. 7) possibly on the ground of its being an unclean bird (Lev. xi. 15), and of the doves, Abraham’s entertainment of the angels (Gen. xviii. 2-8), his intercession for Sodom (xviii. 22-33), the mention of Lot’s wife and many details regarding the destruction of Sodom (Gen. xix. 1-24), Abraham’s deception of the Egyptians (xii. 11-14, 18), and of Abimelech in regard to Sarah (Gen. xx. 2-3), Isaac’s prayer that Rebecca may have offspring, etc. (Gen. xxv. 21-26), his deception of Abimelech in regard to Rebecca (Gen. xxvi. 7-10), Jacob’s meeting with Rachel and his welcome by Laban (Gen. xxix. 2-15), the story of the mandrakes (Gen. xxx. 14-16), Jacob’s devices to increase his flocks at the expense of Laban (Gen. xxx. 37-42), the mutual recriminations of Jacob and Laban (Gen. xxxi. 26-32, 36-42), Jacob’s meeting with the angels (Gen. xxx. 1-2), his wrestling with the angel (xxxii. 24-32), his fear of Esau and efforts to propitiate him (Gen. xxxii.-xxxiii.), the circumcision of the Shechemites and their covenant with Jacob (Gen. xxxiv. 14-24). The omissions in the history of Joseph are numerous, but they can be explained almost wholly on the ground of the author’s desire for brevity. But as regards Gen. xlix. the case is different. It is 1 See pp. xlix, liv. 2 The narrative about Melchizedek is lost in the course of trans- mission, but was not omitted by our author (see xiii. 25 note). Nor yet was the reference to fasting on the Day of Atonement (see xxxiv. 18 note). INTRODUCTION xlix purposely suppressed because of its severity on Levi and its giving the pre-eminence to Judah. Our author through- out reverses this relation, and everywhere sets Levi before Judah. Again, like the Chronicler he takes offence at the fre- quent mention of men being tempted or slain by God in Genesis and Exodus, and after the example of the Chronicler he represents the temptation of Abraham to offer Isaac (Gen. xxii.) as due to Mastéma (Jub. xvii. 16), the attempt on Moses’s life (Exod. iv. 24) as made by the same evil agent ; likewise the hardening of the hearts of the Egyptians (xlviii. 17-—Exod. xiv. 8), and the slaying of the first-born (xlix. 2—Exod. xii. 29), he ascribes to the activities of Mastéma and his angels. Again, just as we must not suppose that the peculiar im- press which the Chronicler gave to his historical materials was the result of his individual activity but rather the out- come of a process, which in the course of successive genera- tions had in many respects been transforming history into legend, so we must be careful to recognise in our author’s book only a more advanced stage of the process above referred to. Possibly this process would not, in the natural course of things, have thrust the completed law further back than the time of Moses, but the exigencies of our author’s time and the corroding influences of Hellenism seemed to him to demand the recognition of the law as superior to time, though revealed in time, and valid not only unto eternity but from eternity. The materials which suggested such a view were already at hand. If the earthly tabernacle was only a copy of a heavenly original (Exod. xxv. 9-40, xxvi. 30), it was but natural to infer that the various elements of the law, which were established in the course of tradition, were likewise copies of divine originals engraven on the heavenly tables. Such a view seemed to d 1 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES be called for by the necessities of the time. Hellenism had for many a decade been undermining circumcision and the observance of the Sabbath, which were the bulwarks of Judaism, before these destructive tendencies came to a head . in the reign of Antiochus Epiphanes (see note on Xv. 14). Our author is a late representative of the strong reactionary movement which asserted the everlasting validity and sanctity of these elements of the law. Thus he teaches that, though circumcision was first ordained in Abraham’s time, it had been ordained in heaven from the beginning, for the two highest orders of the angels had been created circumcised, and that Israel was through circumcision sancti- fied together with them (xv. 27 note), Similarly the Sabbath, though first ordained in Jacob’s time (see ii. 23, 31 notes), was originally celebrated in heaven by God and by the same two chief orders of angels. Israel was to unite with these angels in observing it. It was to be a sign like circumcision marking off Israel from all the other nations of the earth (ii, 19-21), and making them one with the two chief orders of angels in heaven. Subilees—an Esoteric Tradition according to its Author. —The Book of Jubilees claims as a whole to be a revela- tion of God to Moses, and thus to form a supplement to, and an interpretation of, the Pentateuch, which it calls “ the first law’ (vi. 22). According to 4 Ezra xiv. 6 Moses was to reveal the latter but not the former. This second appears from our author to have embraced in a final authenticated form various revelations which had been made to the patriarchs, and constituted in their hands an esoteric tradition. This secret tradition had been handed down from father to son. Thus Enoch committed it to Methuselah, and Methuselah to Lamech, and Lamech to Noah (vii. 38, xxi. 10). Noah in turn entrusted all his 1 See 1 Mace. i. 39, 43. INTRODUCTION li books to his eldest son, Shem (x. 14). Between Shem and Abram the knowledge of the sacred language was lost. But the latter was taught this language by an angel, and he thereupon studied “the books of his fathers” (xii. 27). From these books of his forefathers embracing the writings of Enoch and Noah, Abraham instructed Isaac (xxi. 10). These books contained regulations regarding sacrifices as well as other matters (vii. 38, xxi. 10; cf. Test. Zeb. 3). To Jacob also Abraham transmitted the traditions directly (xxv. 7, xxxix. 6) Again, Jacob educated Joseph from the writings of Abraham (xxxix. 6-7), and finally handed over “all his books and the books of his fathers to Levi his son that he might preserve them and renew them for his children until this day” (xlv. 16), Thus this secret tradition was to be preserved in the hands of the priest- hood till the time should come for its publication. From this last statement it would not be unreasonable to infer that our author was a member of the priestly caste. § 15. OpsEct oF JUBILEES—THE DEFENCE AND ΕἸΧΡΟΒΙΤΙΟΝ OF JUDAISM FROM THE PHARISAIC STANDPOINT OF THE SECOND CENTURY B.C. The object of our author is to defend Judaism against the disintegrating effects of Hellenism. Our author defends Judaism (a) by glorifying the law as an eternal ordinance and representing the patriarchs as models of piety; (Ὁ) by glorifying Israel and insisting on its separation from the Gentiles; and (0) by denouncing the Gentiles generally and particularly Israel’s national enemies. (a) Our author glorifies the law—We have already (p. 1) drawn attention to our author's glorification of cir- cumcision and the Sabbath, the bulwarks of Judaism, as lii THE BOOK OF JUBILEES heavenly ordinances, the sphere of which was so far ex- tended as to embrace Israel on earth. The law, as a whole, was to our author the realisation in time of what was in a sense timeless and eternal. He is careful to set forth the historical occasions when the various elements of the law were first celebrated on earth, and herein he followed a tendency already well established in post-exilic Judaism. We shall now enumerate these briefly. The levitical law of purification after childbirth was enacted after the creation of Adam and Eve (ili. 8-14). On the expulsion of Adam from Eden the law of covering one’s shame was enacted (iii. 30-32). This law does not belong to the Mishna or later Jewish legislation. It was manifestly levelled against the custom of baring the person in the Greek games, and is not explicable of any other than the early Maccabean period. The daily incense-offering began after Adam’s expulsion from Eden (iii. 27). The law relating to the jubilees was first set forth by Enoch (iv. 18). The law of retribution in kind—“ an eye for an eye”—was first carried out in the case of Cain (iv. 31-32). Noah instituted the feast of weeks, which had been observed in heaven since the creation (vi. 17-22), also the feasts on the new moons (vi. 23-27); he offered sacrifices, which anticipate later ritual (vi. 1-4, vii. 3-5), and enunciated the laws regarding fruit-trees and the land keeping Sabbath (vii. 2, 35-37), though he ascribed these laws to Enoch (vii. 38). Abram enacted the law of tithes (xiii, 25-29); celebrated the feast of first- fruits of the grain harvest on the 15th of the third month (xv. 1-2) and instituted the feast of tabernacles (xvi. 20-3 1), ordained peace-offerings and the regulations relating to the use of salt, wood for sacrifices, washing before sacrifices, and the duty of covering blood (xxi. 7-17), and forbade all intermarrying with the Canaanites (xxii. 20, xxv. 5), and adultery (xxxix. 6). Laban set forth the law—unknown to INTRODUCTION 11 Jewish tradition—that the younger sister should not be given in marriage before the elder (xxviii. 6). The penalty of death was ordained for intermarriage with the heathen in connec- tion with the destruction of Shechem (xxx. 7-17). Levi was ordained priest by Jacob at the feast of tabernacles (xxx. 18- 23, xxxii. 2-3), and blessed by Isaac as such (xxxi. 13-17). Jacob offered tithes through Levi at the feast of tabernacles —also the second tithe (xxxii. 4-9), and re-enacted the δὴν of tithes (xxxii. 10-15 ; see xiii, 25-29); added the eighth day to the feast of tabernacles as a permanent institution (xxxii. 27-29). The law regarding incest was published in connection with Reuben’s outrage (xxxiii. 10-20). The day of Atonement was instituted as a day of fasting and mourning in commemoration of the day when the news of Joseph’s death arrived (xxxiv. 18-19; οἷ ν.ὄ 18). The law of incest was re-enacted and extended in connection with Judah’s sin with Tamar (xli. 25-26). Jacob celebrated the feast of the first-fruits (xliv. 1, 4) Glorification of the patriarchs.—This glorification of the patriarchs was also characteristic of the Priests’ Code (see Carpenter, Hexateuch, i. 123). They are transformed into saints by our author. It is for this reason that Gen. xii. 11-13 (which tells of Abram’s representing Sarai as his sister) is omitted, and likewise Isaac’s lie about Rebecca, Gen. xxvi. 7. Abram, according to our author, knew the true God from his youth (xi. 16, 17, xii. 1 sqq.). Jacob is 1 In the course of rewriting Genesis from the standpoint of the law our author explains certain difficulties. According to Gen. ii. 17 Adam was to die on the day that he eat of the tree of knowledge. This was fulfilled : for one day is a thousand years in the testimony of the heavens, and Adam died at 930 (iv. 29-30). Esau gave up his birth- right because he was suffering from the famine in the land (axiv. 2 sqq.). This explanation our author arrives at by transposing Gen. xxvi. 1 before Gen. xxv. 29 sqq. Isaac’s failure to recognise Jacob was due to a dispensation from heaven (xxvi. 18). liv THE BOOK OF JUBILEES represented as a model of filial affection and obedience ! (xxv. 4 sqq., xxxv. 9-12). The passages relating to J: acob’s devices for increasing his flocks (Gen. xxx. 35-38) and his fear of and measures for propitiating Esau (Gen. xxxil- xxxiii.) are omitted. Indeed our author represents Jacob as declaring that he was not afraid (xxvii. 4) and as ultimately killing Esau (xxxviii, 2). The text in Gen. xliv. 15 is changed in order to clear Joseph from the charge of divina- tion, and the word “Esau” omitted in Gen. xxvii. 24 in order to cover Jacob’s lie, and the words “his brother is dead” (Gen. xliv. 20) are changed into “one went away and was lost” (xliii. 11) in order to avoid making Joseph’s brethren tell a deliberate lie.” (Ὁ) Glorification of Israel and its separation from the Gentiles— Whereas the various nations of the Gentiles were subject to angels, Israel was subject to God alone (xv. 32). Not Japheth (Gen. ix. 27) but God was to dwell in the tents of Shem (vu. 12). Israel, moreover, was God’s son; and not only did the nation stand in this relation to God, but also 1 Our author is careful to show that Abram did not leave Terah (xii, 28-31) unless with the full approval of the latter. Jacob did not leave Isaac till the latter approved and sent him off with a blessing (xxvii. 9 sqq.). Esau stole the possessions of his father, but Jacob supplied all his parents’ need four times a year (xxix. 15 sqq.). ? To the above class we might add the long addition in chaps. viii. and ix. regarding the division of the earth under Noah. According to this division Palestine fell to the descendants of Shem, and thus our writer justifies the subsequent annihilation of the Canaanites by Israel. Again, Abraham’s marriage with Keturah is defended on the ground that Hagar was already dead (xix. 11). Reuben was not so guilty because the law against which he offended had not yet been revealed (xxxiii. 16). Levi's destruction of Shechem is declared to be the ground of his election to the priesthood (xxx. 18); his deed was righteous, for marriage with a Gentile is equivalent to idolatry (xxx. 10). As our author took up this standpoint he had to omit the league that was formed Letween Jacob and Shechem and the reception of circumcision by the latter (Gen. xxx.). INTRODUCTION lv its individual members (i. 24, 25, 28, xix. 29). Israel was to receive circumcision as a sign that they were the Lord’s (xv. 26), a privilege which they were to enjoy in common with the two chief orders of angels (xv. 27). They were also to unite with God and these two orders in the observance of the Sabbath (ii. 18, 19, 21). Finally, the destinies of the world were bound up with Israel. The world was to be renewed in the creation of the true man Jacob (xix. 24-25, 11. 22), and its final renewal to syn- chronize with the setting up of God’s sanctuary on Zion and the establishment of the Messianic kingdom (i. 29, iv. 26, v. 12). Israel to be separate from the Gentiles—Israel was not in any way to imitate the conduct of the Gentiles (xv. 34, xxli. 16); not to eat with them (xxii. 16), nor to form leagues with them (xxiv. 25, 27), nor to intermarry with them; for he that gave his daughter to a Gentile, gave her to Moloch (xxii. 20, xxv. 9, xxx. 7, 10, 11, 13). (ὁ The Gentiles denounced generally and particularly Israel's national enemies.—With the immeasurable arrogance of Judaism there went necessarily, hand in hand, an im- measurable hatred and contempt of the Gentiles. Tacitus, more than two centuries later, called attention to this characteristic of the Jews (“adversus omnes alios hostile odium,” Hist. v. 5). Judaism regarded its own attitude to the Gentiles as not only justifiable but also just, because it was but a reflection of the divine. God had placed the nations under the authority of spirits or angelic guardians with the object of compassing their destruction (xv. 31). Here, most probably, the ultimate result of an action is declared to be the immediate object of it. Our author de- nounces particularly the national enemies of Israel, and these, as we shall have more than once occasion to observe, were the very nations with whom Israel was frequently lvi THE BOOK OF JUBILEES at war in the second century B.c. First of all our author's maledictions are fulminated against the Philistines both in this world and in the next. The chief cities of this nation were either subjected or destroyed by the Maccabean princes (see xxiv. 28-32 notes). Next they are directed against Edom. Thus Isaac is represented as declaring in the bless- ing of Esau, that, if Esau’s seed rebelled against Israel, they should be “rooted out from under heaven” (xxvi. 94). A war between Jacob and Esau is described in xxxvill. 1-14, in which Edom was reduced to servitude “until this day.” Edom was thoroughly subdued by John Hyrcanus and forced to accept circumcision (xxxviii. 8 note). Again, in a descrip- tion of a war between Jacob and seven kings of the Amorites, the writer forecasts the Maccabean victories of later times (xxxiv. 1-9). In an earlier passage he enumerates the chief seats of the Amorites. These were associated with Macca- bean victories, in which the Amorites were all but annihilated (xxix. 10-11). Of the Amorites who were “wicked and sinful” and had “wrought to the full all their sins,” our author grimly remarks “they have no longer length of life on earth” (xxix. 11). This was practically the result of the Maccabean wars. § 16. ANGELOLOGY AND DEMONOLOGY OF JUBILEES Angelology.—The angelology of the author, like that of the Ethiopic Enoch, is in an advanced stage. There are two supreme classes, the angels of the presence and the angels of sanctification (ii. 2, 18), and a very large order of inferior angels who presided over natural phenomena (ii. 2 note). The two first classes joined with Israel in observing the Sabbath and circumcision (see p. 1) and other elements of the law, as the feast of weeks (vi. 18). In addition to the above there were the (seventy) angels who formed the angelic INTRODUCTION lvii patrons of the nations (xv. 31), and the angels who were the guardians of individuals (xxxv. 17). The duties assigned to the angels in connection with mankind are numerous. They brought Adam into the Garden of Eden and afterwards Eve (iii. 9,12), and instructed Adam in tillage in the Garden (iii. 15). They report to God all the sin committed on the earth (iv. 6). The order called “Watchers” descended in the days of Jared to instruct the children of men (iv. 15), and afterwards sinned with the daughters of men (iv. 22). The angels showed to Enoch all that was “on earth and in the heavens” during 294 years (iv. 21), and conducted him into the Garden of Eden (iv. 23). They bound the fallen Watchers in the depths of the earth (v. 6); took to Noah the animals that were to enter the ark (v. 23). In the presence of an angel the earth was divided among Noah’s sons (viii. 10). Angels bound nine-tenths of the demons in the place of condemna- tion (x. 9-11), and instructed Noah in the remedies against all diseases (x. 12); they accompanied the Lord in visiting the tower of Babel (x. 23). An angel bade Abram to go to the land of promise (xii. 22), and instructed him in the knowledge of Hebrew, and explained to him what he found unintelligible (xii. 26,27). Angels announced to Abraham the birth of Isaac and admonished Sarah for laughing (xvi. 1-4); saved Lot from Sodom (xvi. 7); blessed Abraham and disclosed to him what had been decreed about him (xvi. 16). An angel comforted Hagar (xvii. 11), and withheld Abraham’s hand from sacrificing Isaac (xviii.10). Angels tested Abra- ham’s patience after the death of Sarah (xix. 3). The angels will remember unto a thousand generations Levi’s righteous judgment on Shechem (xxx. 20). An angel showed Jacob in a vision of the night seven tablets which recorded all that would befall him and his posterity, and bade him copy them (xxxii. 21, 24-25). Angels disclosed to Judah that [νεῖ THE BOOK OF JUBILEES he was forgiven for his sin with Tamar (xli. 24). An angel delivered Moses out of the hands of Mastéma (xviii. 2-4). Angels prevented the magicians from furnishing any remedies to the Egyptians (xlviii. 10), and delivered the Israelites out of the hands of the Egyptians (xlviii. 13), and bound Mastéma from the 14th to the 18th and let him loose on the 19th, when they led Israel forth (xlviii. 15-19). An angel made known to Moses the Sabbaths, year-weeks, and jubilees, etc. (. 1-4). Demonology.—Over against the angelic kingdom stands a well-organised demonic or satanic kingdom. This kingdom is governed by “ the prince of the Mastéma,” where Mastéma is in point of derivation and meaning the equivalent of Satan. His subjects comprise both satans and demons. The demons are the spirits which went forth from the bodies of the slain children of the Watchers and the daughters of men (x. 5; Eth. En. xvi.). According to Eth. En. liv. 6 the guilt of the Watchers originated in their becoming sub- ject to Satan. By means of these demons the prince of the satans is able to compass his evils, which are the seduction and destruction of men. But these have no power over the righteous and over Israel (see note on x. 8). § 17. Tae Date or JUBILEES The date of our book can only be established by a series of indirect evidence. But this evidence is so plentiful and powerful, when apprehended, that no room is left for reagon- able doubt. i. First of all the book was written during the pontificate 1 In all the Ethiopic MSS the phrase is wrongly given as “prince Mastema” in xvii. 16, xlviii. 2, but a} rightly attest “ prince of the Mastéma” in xviii. 9, 12, xlviii. 9, 12, 15. INTRODUCTION lix of the Maccabean family, and not earlier than 135 B.c.— Thus in xxxii. 1 Levi is called a “ priest of the Most High God.” Now, the only Jewish high-priests who ever bore this title were the Maccabean (see note on xxxii. 1). They appear to have assumed it as reviving the order of Melchize- dek when they displaced the Zadokite order of Aaron. Jewish tradition ascribes the assumption of this title to John Hyrcanus, but it seems to have been already assumed by Simon ; cf. Ps. cx. 4: “Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek,” and 1 Macc. xiv. 41. If, how- ever, we follow the Jewish tradition in this matter, we must fix on 135 8.0., when Hyrcanus became high-priest, as the earliest possible date for the composition of Jubilees. Notwithstanding the objections of the Pharisees to this title, it was used by the Maccabean princes down to the time of Hyrcanus II. (Jos. Ant. xvi. 6. 2). li. Neat, ἐξ was written before 96 B.C., or some years earlier in the reign of Hyrcanus.—Since our author is of the strictest sect a Pharisee, and at the same time approves of the Macca- bean pontificate, Jubilees cannot have been written later than 96 B.c., when the Pharisees and Alexander Jannaeus came to open strife. Indeed, it is hard to conceive of its com- position after the public breach between Hyrcanus and the Pharisees which is described in Josephus (Ant. xiii. 10. 5-6), and in the Talmud (Kiddush. 66a) with some varia- tions in names and details. After that event—unfortunately the year is not given by any authority—Hyrcanus joined the Sadducean party, and forbade, under penalties, the observance of Pharisaic ordinances. Hence we may con- clude that our book was written between 135 and the year of Hyrcanus’ breach with the Pharisees. The above conclusions are confirmed by a large mass of evidence, which may be arranged under seven heads. Of these the first four point definitely to the latter half of the Ix THE BOOK OF JUBILEES second century B.c. as the date of the composition of Jubilees; the remaining three give various grounds for postulating a pre-Christian date at any rate. 1, Our book points to the period—already past—of stress and persecution that preceded the recovery of national inde- pendence under the Maccabees—Thus, it is impossible to ascribe to any other period the causes which led to the enactment or accentuation of the following laws : (a) The Jews (“those who know .. . the law”) were forbidden to expose their persons by a law “ prescribed on the heavenly tables.” This law was devised to forbid Jews taking part in the Greek games established by Jason the high-priest (see iii. 30-31, notes). It was not unnaturally derived from Gen. 111. 21, and was probably current for a generation before embodied by our author in his book. (Ὁ) The law of circumcision is affirmed under the severest penalties (xv. 11-14, 26, 28). This law was observed in the creation of the highest angels (xv. 27). Yet Israel will, our author says, neglect it and “ treat their members like the Gentiles” (xv. 33-34). Antiochus for- bade circumcision under the penalty of death (1 Mace. 1. 48, 60,61; 2 Macc. vi. 10). There may be a reference also in our text to the Jews uncircumcising themselves, a practice which they resorted to under Antiochus Epiphanes in order to escape the scoffs of the heathen in the palaestra (1 Mace. 1. 15; Joseph. Ant. xii. 5. 1). (c) The Sabbath is re-enacted and its profanation is to be followed by the death penalty (ii 17-32, 1. 6-18). Non-observance of the Sabbath had been prevalent accord- ing to our author (xxiii. 19). Antiochus had forbidden the Jews to keep it (1 Macc. 1. 39,45; 2 Mace. vi. 6), Our text lays down the strictest sabbatical laws, such as were not in force at any time save in the second century B.c, or earlier. Thus war is absolutely forbidden (1. 12), INTRODUCTION lxi and this prohibition was carried out, as we know, in the early Maccabean wars (see 1. 12, note). But it was soon found impossible in practice (see note just referred to), and warfare on the Sabbath was subsequently permitted under a variety of circumstances (Bab. Shabb. i. 8; Shabb. 19a; Erub. 45a). Again, a man is forbidden to cohabit with his wife (l. 8). This was the practice of the early Chasids; but this ascetic attitude to marriage is abandoned in the Mishna (see 1. 8, note). Again, riding on any beast is forbidden (1.12). The enforcement of the law during the Syro-Grecian suzerainty is mentioned in the Talmud. (ὦ) Intermarriage with the heathen is absolutely pro- hibited by the penalty of death (xxx. 7-17). To give one’s daughter to a Gentile was to give her to Moloch (xxx. 10, note). This question had for a long time before our author’s date been of vital importance to Israel. But at no time could the danger from this source have been greater than during 200-160 Bc, when the destructive tendencies of Hellenism on Jewish character and religion had come to a head. ii. Our book: presupposes as its historical background the most flourishing period of the Maccabean hegemony. (a) Only such a period could explain the assured spirit of triumph which led our author to anticipate a world-wide dominion and introduce that expectation into God’s promise to Jacob in Gen. xxxv. 11-12: “1 shall . . . multiply thee exceedingly, and kings will come forth from thee, and they will judge the sons of men wherever their foot has trodden! And I shall give to thy seed all the earth which is under heaven . . . and they will get possession of the whole earth and inherit it for ever” (Jub. xxxii. 18-19). 1 See note on p. Ixx note. lxii THE BOOK OF JUBILEES (6) Only such a period could explain the pre-eminence assigned by our book to Levi over Judah. We have seen above (p. xlviii) that our author omitted Gen. xlix. because of the absolute pre-eminence above his brethren which is there assigned to Judah and the denunciation of Levi. But he goes further. Thus he ascribes to Levi’s descendants the supreme offices of high-priest and civil ruler (xxxi. 14-17), but in regard to Judah, only Judah himself and one of his descendants (i.e. the Messiah) are mentioned as holding civil authority (xxxi. 18-20). Our author seems to imply that the royal descendants of David are no more, and that till the Messiah comes the Maccabees would hold the offices of high-priest and king. In later days when the Maccabees became a name of reproach, they were charged with usurping the throne of David (Pss. of Solomon xvii. 5, 6, 8) and the high-priesthood (Assumpt. Mos. vi. 1). (c) The legend of the conquests of Esau’s sons by the sons of Jacob in xxxvii.-xxxviii., points very clearly to the complete conquest of Edom by Judah in the Maccabean wars. In these wars the Edomites had sided with the Syrians till they were made tributary by John Hyrcanus. This subjection of Edom is referred to in xxxviii. 14, “The sons of Edom have not got quit of the yoke of servitude . until this day” (16. the author’s time). See notes on xxxvil. 9-10, xxxviii. 4-9, where the fuller account in the Jalkut refers to “Aqrabbim (1 Mace. v. 3), which as well as Adora were memorable as scenes connected with the Maccabean struggle. This period also best explains the hatred which trans- formed Isaac’s blessing of Esau into a curse (xxvi. 34), (ὦ Again the Maccabean wars are adumbrated in the struggle of Jacob's sons with the Amorite kings in xxxiv. 1-9. This is clearer in the completer narrative in INTRODUCTION Ixiii Test. Judah 3-7. The cities, Tappuah, Hazor, and Bethoron, which are mentioned here, are associated with notable victories and incidents in the Maccabean war. See notes on xxxiv. 4. So also Bousset, Zeitschrift 7. NTliche Wissensch. 1900, pp. 202-205. But the reference to the Amorites is much more obvious in xxix. 10-11, where our author enumerates their chief cities and then grimly adds: “They have no longer length of life on the earth” (xxix. 10-11). Their practical annihilation, which is here referred to, was effected by Judas (see notes on xxix. 10). (6) Our text reflects accurately the intense hatred of Judah towards the Philistines in the second cent. B.c. It declares that they will be put to the sword by the Kittim, ae. the Macedonians under Alexander the Great, and subsequently fall into the hands of “the righteous nation” (xxiv. 28-29), and be exterminated, as they practically were by the Maccabees (see xxiv. 28-32, notes). ili, Our author gives in an apocalypse a history of the Maccabean times (xxiii, 12-31), from the persecution of Antiochus Epiphanes to the Messianic kingdom, the advent of which is just at hand. In this section we have the rise of the Chasids, who rebuke their elders for forsaking the law and the covenant (xxiii. 16), the general corruption which entails judgment on man and beast and leads to civil strife (xxiii. 17-20), the warlike efforts of the Maccabeans to reclaim the Hellenisers to Judaism (xxii. 20-22), the sufferings of the nation through the repeated attacks of Syria (xxiii. 23-25), Israel’s return to the law, and its gradual ethical and physical transformation in the Messianic kingdom and its triumph over its national foes (xxiii. 26-30). Our author stands already on the threshold of this happy time. It is, therefore, in the most prosperous days of the Maccabean dynasty, 1.6.,ϑὄ in the days of Simon or John Hyrcanus. Ixiv THE BOOK OF JUBILEES iv. Our book was used by the author of Eth. Enoch xci.-civ., and must, therefore, have been written at latest at the beginning of the first cent. Β.0. (see ὃ 19). v. The textual affinities of our text connect it more closely with the form of Hebrew text, which is presupposed by the LXX (250 Bc.) and found in the Samaritan Pentateuch, than with that which lay behind the Syriac and later versions or Targums. From this evidence we may conclude at all events to a pre-Christian date (see § 10). vi. Our text preserves older forms of the Haggada and Halacha than are found in the Talmud and later Jewish literature. The details will be found on referring to the notes on the various passages. Haggada.—In i. 27 (see note) an angel reveals the law to Moses: according to later Judaism Moses receives it from God Himself. In ii. 2-3 angels are said to have been created on the first day: in later Judaism on the second or fifth. According to ii. 7 the Garden of Eden was created on the third day: according to later Judaism before the world. In xi. 2-6 the corruption of mankind is ascribed to the time of Serug: in later Judaism to that of Enos. In xii. 1-14 we have the primitive form of the saga so much developed in later Judaism about Ur of the Chaldees. In xix, 11 Abraham’s marriage to Keturah is justified on the ground that Hagar was already dead, whereas later Judaism identifies Hagar and Keturah. In xxx. 2-6 the praise given to Levi and Simeon accords with Jewish views of the first and second cent. B.c. Later Judaism on the whole accepts the judgment pronounced on them in Genesis. Again our author records honestly the marriages of Simeon, Judah, and Joseph, to Gentile women, though such marriages must have in his eyes. been full of offence. But later Judaism felt the offence to be too grave for toleration, and sought to establish the Hebrew descent of the women in INTRODUCTION lxv question (see xxxiv. 20, xl. 10 notes). In xxxvii-xxxviii. we have the oldest form of the legend of the war between Jacob’s sons and the sons of Esau, and similarly in the case of the war between Egypt and Canaan in xlvi. 6-11. Later developments of these legends are found in rabbinic litera- ture. Again, our text retains the original form of the traditions in Genesis, where later Judaism explained them away as offensive. Thus in iv. 15 the sons of God are rightly taken to be angels: in xxxiii. 2 the story of Reuben and Bilhah is accepted, but later Judaism manages to remove all that is objectionable in it. See also notes on iv. 12, xl. 10. Halacha.—The severe halacha regarding the sabbath in 1, 8, 12, were indubitably in force in the second cent. B.c., if not earlier, but were afterwards mitigated by the Mishna and later Judaism. Again the strict halacha in xv. 14 regarding circumcision on the eighth day was a current, probably the current, view in the second cent. B.c. and earlier, since it has the support of the Samaritan text and the LXX. This strict law was subsequently relaxed in the Mishna. In xxxii. 15 the severe law of tithing found in Lev. xxvii. 15 is enforced, but rabbinic tradition sought to weaken the statement. As regards the halacha laid down in iii. 31 regarding the duty of covering one’s shame, it is highly probable that such a halacha did exist in the second cent. B.c., when Judaism was protesting against the exposure of the person in the Greek games. See also iii. 8-14 notes, and xx. 4 note. Finally, we might draw attention to the fact that the Pharisaic regulation about pouring water on the altar (Jer. Sukk. iv. 6; Sukk. 44a) at the feast of tabernacles appears to have been unknown to him. We know that the attempt of the Pharisees to enforce its adoption on Alexander Jannaeus resulted in a massacre of the former. é Ixvi THE BOOK OF JUBILEES vii. The following facts postulate a pre-Christian date for the composition of our book :— (a) The calendar was in an unsettled state when our author wrote. No strict Pharisee, such as our author, could have advanced such a system as is laid down in vi. 28-33, unless at a period when no uniform calendar system was established. With it we may compare an allied system in Eth. Enoch Ixxii-lxxxii, There are good grounds for believing that our author grounded his system on the chronological statements regarding the flood in Genesis (see notes on p. 56). (6) The divine title “Most High God.” The use of this title is frequent in our author. This frequency, as appears in the note on xxxvi. 16, is characteristic of writings before the Maccabean era in the second cent. B.c. When once, however, the Maccabeans had assumed the title “priests of the Most High God,” the divine title would naturally remain popular amongst those who, like our author, recognised the validity of the Maccabean pontificate. On the other hand, we should expect a decline in its use to set in with the rising unpopularity of the Maccabean dynasty. This disuse, indeed, is not apparent in the oldest anti- Maccabean work, Eth. Enoch xci.-civ., where the hostility to the Maccabeans is in an incipient stage. There the title “Most High” occurs nine times. But in the Pss. of Solomon and Eth. Enoch xxxvii-lxx., where the hatred is open and unconcealed, this title is not found in the former and only twice in the latter. In the latter half of the first cent. A.D. there was a revival in its use as its Maccabean associations were forgotten. (c) The phrase “feast of Pentecost,” as a description of the feast of weeks, seems to have been unknown to our author (see note on vi. 17), though it was in use in the first cent. 8.0. INTRODUCTION Ixvii § 18. THE JUBILEES AND YEARS USED BY OUR AUTHOR Our author claims that his chronological system is derived from the heavenly tables. From these tables it was made known to Moses directly by the angel of the presence, who assured Moses with regard to his disclosures on the solar year of 364 days: “It is not of my own devising, for the book (lies) written before me, and on the heavenly tables the division of days is ordained” (vi. 35). For the convenience of the reader I have reduced the jubilee reckonings to years and placed them in the margin. The Jubilees—The chronology is essentially heptadic. Each jubilee consists of seven year-weeks, and each year- week of seven years. It is probably on the ground of the sacred character of the number seven, and possibly also for the sake of symmetry, that our author makes his jubilee consist of forty-nine years instead of fifty, which was the usual reckoning among the Jews. R. Jehuda (Nedarim 61a—quoted by Beer), however, set down the jubilee at forty-nine years; and in the Samaritan Chronicle (Jowrnal Asiatique, 1869, tom. xiv. No. 55, pp. 421-467) a system closely analogous to that of our author is found. Here the jubilee is reckoned at forty-nine and a fraction, which varies unintelligibly in extent, if the text is correct. Thus five jubilees= 246 years, forty jubilees=1968 years, but sixty jubilees = 2951 years. It is noteworthy also that, whereas our author applies the jubilee reckoning from the creation to the date of Israel’s entering into Palestine, the Talmudic treatise Erachin 12-13a@ and the Samaritan Chronicle make the jubilee to begin with the settlement of Israel in Palestine, and while the former carries it down to the destruction of the first temple, the latter carries it down to many centuries after the Christian era. lxviii THE BOOK OF JUBILEES In the Assumption of Moses the jubilee is also used in the chronological system of its author. Thus (i 2) he reckons 2500 years to have elapsed from the creation of the world to the death of Moses, that is, fifty jubilees of fifty years each. Again, in x. 12 it is stated that from the death of Moses to the Messianic kingdom there will be 250 times (i.e. year-weeks) that is thirty-five jubilees of fifty years each. Thus from the creation to the Messianic kingdom there would be eighty-five jubilees. Cf. Sanh. 970. In one other work, the Seder Olam 23, 25, the jubilee period is occasionally used in the history of Israel and Judah contemporary with the reigns of Sennacherib and Nebuchadnezzar. The Years.—Our author seems to have used a civil year and an ecclesiastical year, both of 364 days. The civil year consisted of twelve months (iv. 17, v. 27, vi. 29-30 note) of thirty days each and four intercalary days (vi. 23 note), one at the beginning of each quarter. The ecclesiastical year consisted of thirteen months of twenty-eight days each, and in accordance with it were regulated the great festivals, the Sabbaths, Passover, and Feast of Weeks (see notes on vi. 29-30, 32). Furthermore, this impossible solar year of 364 days was undoubtedly put forward in Pharisaic circles in the second cent. B.c., and its currency may date from a much earlier period. See note on vi. 32. § 19. VaLuz oF JUBILEES IN DETERMINING the DaTEs oF THE VARIOUS SECTIONS OF THE ETHIOPIC ENOCH AND THE Book or NOAH. In my edition of the Ethiopic Enoch in 1893 I was the first to point out (pp. 25-29, 221-222, 263-264) that chaps. i-xxxvi., lxxxili-xc., and xci.-civ. were from different authors. To the two former sections I assigned a date INTRODUCTION Ixix anterior to 161 Bc. and to the third a date subsequent to 95 Bc. We shall now find that the above critical results are confirmed in the main by the evidence of our text. Thus in my note on iv. 17-23 I have shown that our author had Eth. Enoch vi.-xvi., xxiii.-xxxvi., lxxii.-xc. before him. In confirmation of the conclusions in that note we should observe also that v. 1, 2, vii. 21, 22, 23, 24 of our text (see notes) presuppose vii. 1, 2, 5, ix. 1, 9 of the Eth. Enoch (see also Index I.). Eth. Enoch xei.-ctv. later than Jubilees.—Next as regards xci.-civ. we shall prove that it was subsequent to Jubilees and made use of that work. To begin with, these two writings exhibit certain resemblances. In both there is a temporary Messianic kingdom and an immortality of the soul implied or taught. On the other hand, the tone of Jubilees is optimistic and was written before the breach between the Pharisees and the Maccabean rulers, whereas Eth. Enoch xci.-civ. is pessimistic in tone and was written after the breach had led to the persecution of the Pharisees. We shall now adduce a variety of passages from both books which will establish the dependent relation of this section of the Eth. Enoch on Jubilees. (a) From a comparison of vii. 29 (see note) and xxii. 22 of our text with Eth. Enoch ciii. 7, 8 it follows that the latter is based on the former. In our text Sheol is not yet associated with fire and burning; but this stage, which combines the characteristics of Sheol and Gehenna, is already attained in the latter work. (Ὁ) In Jub. i. 16 it is promised to Israel that “they will be the head and not the tail.” In Eth. Enoch ciii. 11 we have: “they hoped to be the head and have become the tail.” (c) In Jub. 1. 29 a new heavens and a new earth were promised. In the despondent Eth. Enoch xci. 16 only a new heaven. Ιχχ THE BOOK OF JUBILEES (ἃ) According to Jub. xxxii. 18 Israel is to “judge all the nations according to their desires.”1 In Eth. Enoch xev. 3 righteous Israel is to “execute judgment on them (the sinners) according to their desires,’ and in xevi. 1 is to “have lordship over them according to their desires.” (ὁ With Jub. xxiii. 31, “their spirits will have much joy,” compare Eth. Enoch civ. 4, “ye will have great joy as the angels,” where both expressions are applied to the spirits of the blessed after death. Also ciii. 4, “And your spirits—the spirits of you who have died in righteousness —will live and rejoice.” (f) In Jub. xxii. 16 it is said with regard to the wicked “ become not their associate,” and in Eth. Enoch civ. 6, “have no companionship with them,” and in xci. 4, “associate not with those of a double heart. In xevii. 4, the wicked are said to be the “ companions of sinners.” (9) With Jub. xii. 2,“ What help and profit have we from those idols,” cf. Eth. Enoch xcix. 7, “No help will be found in them” (ie. idols). (h) Eating blood is condemned in Jub. vii. 28, 29, etc. ef. Eth. Enoch xeviii. 11, (Ὁ The law is spoken of as “the eternal law” Eth. Enoch xcix. 2, “the law for all future generations” xcilii. 6, (ef. xcix. 14), as we might expect in a writer influenced by Jubilees. Throughout all the older sections of Enoch the law is not mentioned. (0) The references to “ the plant of righteousness” (Eth. Enoch xciii. 10), or “ of righteous judgment ” (xciii. 5), or “ of uprightness ” (xciii. 2), may be due in part to Jub. i. 16 “plant of uprightness,” or “a plant of righteousness ” (xvi. 1 In xxxii. 18 for “judge everywhere wherever the foot of the sons of men have trodden,” read with Latin “judge the sons of men wherever their foot has trodden.” Based partly on Deut. xi. 24. INTRODUCTION Ixxi 26, xxi 24). The phrase, however, occurs already in Eth. Enoch x. 16. (ἢ Eth. Enoch ci. 2: “whenhe . . . withholds the rain and the dew from descending on the earth” (cf. c. 12), is found almost verbally in Jub. xii. 4, “who causes the rain and the dew to descend on the earth” (cf. xii. 18, xx. 9). Eth. Enoch, i-v. later than Jubilees—The evidence in respect to the relative dates of this section and Jubilees is not conclusive, but so far as it exists it implies the priority of the latter. Thus, in Eth. Enoch iii. the words “all the trees .. . shed all their leaves except fourteen trees,” most probably go back to Jub. xxi. 12-13 where fourteen evergreen trees are enumerated which were to be used on the altar, cp. Test. Levi 9. Again, Eth. Enoch v. 9, “They will complete the number of the days of their life, and their lives will grow old in peace and the years of their joy will be many,” seems to be an expansion of Jub. xxiii. 29, “All their days they will complete and live in peace and in joy.” Finally, Eth. Enoch i-v. appears to be later than the Test. XII. Patriarchs, a sister work of Jubilees, but this subject cannot be pursued further here. The Book of Noah—This book is referred to twice in our text, 1.6. in x. 13, xxi. 10. Our author, moreover, has taken over bodily two considerable sections from it and incorporated them in vii. 20-39, x. 1-15. Thus the Book of Noah was written before 135-105 Bc. But its com- position goes back to a much earlier date. Chapters vi-xi. of the Ethiopic Enoch are clearly from the same source ; for they make no reference to Enoch but bring forward Noah (x. 1), and treat of the sin of the angels that led to the flood, and of their temporal and eternal punishment. This section is compounded of the Semjaza and Azazel Ixxii THE BOOK OF JUBILEES myths, and in its present composite form is already pre- supposed by Eth. Enoch Ixxxviii.-lxxxix. 1. Hence in its present form it is earlier than 166 Bc. Chapters Ix., Ixv.-lxix. 25, evi-cvii. of the same work are also derived from the Book of Noah and probably xxxix. 1, 2", xli. 3-8, xliii.-xliv., liv. 7-lv. 2, lix., but not in their present form. There appears to be no adequate ground for assigning these sections of that ancient work to a later date than those above discussed. The above facts throw some light on the strange vicissi- tudes to which even the traditional legends were subject. Thus it would appear that the Noah saga is older than the Enoch, and that the latter was built up in part on the debris of the former. And just as the Noah saga made way for the Enoch, so the Enoch saga in turn made way for the Seth, as I have shown at some length in the notes on pp. 33-36. § 20. ΤῊΣ RELATION oF JUBILEES TO THE TESTAMENTS OF THE XII. PaTRIARCHS From a comparison of the passages in our author and the Testaments which treat of the same subjects, it is clear that neither of the two works is dependent on the other, but that both draw independently from the same sources. See notes on XXVill. 9, xxx. 2-6, 18, 25, xxxi. 3-4, 13, 15, 16, xxxii. 1, 8, xxxii. 1, 2, 4, xxxiv. 1-9, xxxvii-xxxviii, xli. 8-14, 24-25, xlvi. 6-9, I hope to treat this question exhaustively in my edition of the Testaments. INTRODUCTION Ixxiii § 21. Tue AvTHoR—A PHARISEE WHO RECOGNISED THE MaccaBgEan POoNTIFICATE AND WAS PROBABLY A PRIEST From §§ 15, 17 it follows without further need of proof that our author was a pharisee of the straitest sect. He was an upholder of the everlasting validity of the law, he held the strictest views on circumcision, the sabbath and on the duty of shunning all intercourse with the Gentiles: he believed in angels and demons § 16, and in a blessed immortality. In § 14 we have shown that he was an extreme representative of the midrashic tendency which had been already at work for centuries. In the next place our author was a supporter of the Maccabean pontificate. He glorifies Levi's successors as high-priests and civil rulers (xxxi. 13-17), and applies to them the title assumed by the Maccabean princes (xxxii. 1). He was not, however, so thorough-going an admirer as the authors of the Test. Levi 18, or Psalm cx. who expected the Messiah to come forth from the Maccabean family (see notes on xxxi. 18-19, xxxii. 1). That our author was a priest might be reasonably inferred from the exaltation of Levi over Judah (xxxi.-xxxil.) and from the statement in xlv. 16, that the secret traditions, which our author claims to publish, were kept in the hands of Levi’s descendants. § 22. Jupinezs mn JEWISH, SAMARITAN, AND CHRISTIAN NON-CANONICAL LITERATURE In Jewish Literature. In Jewish and Samaritan Literature—Eth. Enoch i.-v. (0), xci.-civ.; Wisdom (?), 4 Ezra, Chronicles of Jerahmeel, Midrash Tadshe, Book of Jashar, Samaritan Chronicle. On Eth. Enoch i.-v., xci.-civ. see pp. lxix-lxxi above. Ixxiv THE BOOK OF JUBILEES Wisdom.—It is not possible to establish conclusively that our book was used by the author of Wisdom. There are, however, amid great differences, strong affinities between them. Thus both teach a temporary Messianic kingdom and a blessed immortality of the soul. In Jubilees apparently for the first time God is called the Father of the righteous individual Israelite (i. 24 note): in Wisdom this view is frequently and emphatically taught (ii. 13, 18, v. 5, xii. 7, 21). Again in Jubilees the law of retaliation is enunciated in its most literal form (iv. 31, xlviii. 14, notes), and the same phenomenon meets us in Wisdom, xl. 16: δι’ ὧν τις ἁμαρτάνει, διὰ τούτων κολάζεται, Cf. also xi. 7, xii. 23, xvi. 1, xviii. 4,5. Finally either xlviii. 14 of our text or some authority of a like nature seems to have been before the writer of Wisdom xviii. 5: βουλευσαμένους αὐτοὺς τὰ τῶν ὁσίων ἀποκτεῖναι νήπια καὶ ἑνὸς ἐκτεθέντος τέκνου [καὶ σωθέντος] εἰς ἔλεγχον τὸ αὐτῶν ἀφείλω πλῆθος [τέκνων], καὶ ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἀπώλεσας ἐν ὕδατι σφοδρῷ. In both passages the destruction of the Egyptians in retaliation for the casting of the Hebrew children into the river is dealt with, though this is obscured by the glosses καὶ σωθέντος and τέκνων, which I have bracketed as additions of an early scribe who misinterpreted the passage of Moses. In Jub. xlviii. 14 it is said that 1000 Egyptians were de- stroyed on account of every Hebrew child that was cast into the river. This sense we recover from the Greek on omitting the gloss: “In retribution for even a single child that was exposed Thou didst take away the multitude of them.” But the passage is still unsatisfactory, for πλῆθος in the text which = 29 was corrupt in the original source (? Jubilees) as in Hosea viii. 12 for Ἵ31-- 10.000. Thus we have: “In 1 Observe independently the awkwardness of τέκνων after αὐτῶν. INTRODUCTION Ixxv retribution for even a single child that was exposed Thou didst take away 10,000 of them,” ie. of those who had taken counsel to destroy the Hebrew children. 10,000 may be more accurate than the 1000 which stands in Jub. xlviii. 14. I have found the same corruption in Ethiopic MSS. 4 Hzra—tThere can be little doubt that our book is referred to in 4 Ezra xiv. 4-6, where it is said of Moses: Et misi eum et eduxit populum meum de Aegypto, et adduxi eum super montem Sina et detinui eum apud me diebus multis, Et enarravi ei mirabilia multa, et ostendi ei temporum secreta et temporum finem, et praecepi ei dicens: Haec in palam facies verba et haec abscondes. The haec here refers to Jubilees (see i. 26 notes), which was handed down in the tribe of Levi (xlv. 16) till its publication by our author. In 4 Ezra vi. 20 the words, libri aperientur ante faciem firmamenti et omnes videbunt simul, refer to the books in which the deeds of men are recorded. These books were kept by Enoch according to our text iv. 23, x. 17. In x. 46, the date in the words: factum est post an- norum tria millia (Syr., Eth., Arab., but Lat. = annos tres) aedificavit Salomon civitatem et obtulit oblationes, appears to be based on that given in Jubilees. If with Joseph. (Ant. viii. 3. 1.) we reckon 592 years from the Exodus to the building of Solomon’s temple or 588 years with Sulpicius Severus (Chron. i. 40, 4 sq.) and take, as our author, 2410 to be the year of the Exodus, then we arrive at 3002 or 2998 (see for these and other reckonings Hilgenfeld, Messias Judeorum, p. 83). Again on p. 109 of the work just mentioned Hilgenfeld gives good grounds for assuming that in 4 Ezra xiv. 48 (Syr. Eth.,) the text originally contained a computation in jubilees. See also Ronsch, Das Buch der Jubiléien, pp. 412-414. Chronicles of Jerahmeel—This Hebrew work, which has Ixxvi THE BOOK OF JUBILEES been translated by Gaster, contains a great deal of subject- matter in common with our book. At times it reproduces the actual words of our text. I have no doubt that our text was ‘used by some of the authors of this compilation. See Index II. for references to the parallel passages. Midrash Tadshe—This Midrash was written about the beginning of the eleventh cent. a.D. by Moses ha-Darshan, but was based on an early work by Rabbi Pinchas ben Jair who in turn drew his materials from our text (see Eppstein, Revue des Etude juives, 1890, xxi. 80-97; 1891, xxii. 1- 25; Bacher, Die Agada der Tannatten, ii. 499). By con- sulting Index II. the reader will find the passages which are common to this Midrash and our text. The Book of Jashar.—This late Hebrew work contains much matter in common with our text, and there is every probability that some of it is derived from it ultimately as its source. See Index II. for a list of parallels. The Hebrew text of this book which I have quoted occasionally, is that which was published at Venice in 1629. Generally, however, I have referred to the French translation of it in Migne’s series. The Samaritan Chronicle-—This book, to which we have already drawn attention (see p. lxvii), belongs for the most part to the twelfth cent. a. It appears to contain a deliberate polemic (see vi. 36 note) against the view of our author that calculations should be made according to the sun only. In keeping with the fact that our author gives his calendar in connection with the flood (vi. 29-38), this Chronicle says that the Samaritan system was known to Noah in the Ark. For a remarkable point of agreement between this Chronicle and our text see note v. 22. Also it cannot be an accident that in the case of the antediluvian patriarchs, their respective ages on the birth of their eldest sons agree in both books in every instance except in that of INTRODUCTION Ixxvii Seth. Ronsch (p. 362) has tabulated the numbers as follows : Jub. Sam. Chron. Adam on the birth of his eldest son was aged 130 130 Seth "ἢ A 55 130 60-66 Enoch Ἢ 3 j 90 90 Kenan $5 ὃς = 70 70 Mahalalel 35 ἊΝ ἊΣ 65 66 Jared ὃν 3 5) 62 61 Henoch δὲ i δ 65 65 Methuselah __,, a " 67 67 Lamech 5 τς 3 53 53 Hence it is not strange that in some cases we are able to determine missing dates in our text from this Chronicle (see iv. 28 note). On the other hand these two works hardly ever harmonise on the ages of the post-diluvian patriarchs till Terah’s time, and the Chronicle, as we should expect, omits Kainam which our text (viii. 1) along with the LXX puts forward as the son of Arpachshad. In Christian literature—The Christian literature in which Jubilees is reproduced either by name or anony- mously will be treated under the following heads: 1. Authors who cite Jubilees or the Little Genesis by name. ii. Patristic and other writings which reproduce its teat or matter anonymously} i. Authors who cite Jubilees or the Little Genesis by name : DipyMus oF ALEXANDRIA (309 or 314 to 394 or 399 ap.) in epist. canonicas enarrationes, ad I. Joan. iii. 12 (Gallandi, Biblioth. patr. vi. 300): Nam et in libro qui leptogenesis (MS leprogenesis) appellatur, ita legitur, quia Cain lapide aut ligno percusserit Abel. See Jub. iv. 31. EprpHanius (οὗ. 404 a.D.), Haer. xxxix. 6: ὡς δὲ ἐν 1Cf, Fabricius, Cod. Pseud. V.T. i. 849-864, ii. 120-121 ; Ronsch, Das Buch der Jubiliien, 250-382. Ixxviii THE BOOK OF JUBILEES τοῖς Ἰωβηλαίοις εὑρίσκεται, τῇ Kat λεπτῇ Γενέσει καλου- μένῃ καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν γυναικῶν τοῦ τε Κάϊν καὶ τοῦ Σὴθ ἡ βίβλος περιέχει"... of τε τούτου υἱοὶ συνήφθησαν ὁ μὲν Κάϊν τῇ ἀδελφῇ τῇ μείζονι Lavy, οὕτω καλουμένῃ, ὁ δὲ Σὴθ... τῇ λεγομένῃ αὐτοῦ ἀδελφῇ ᾿ΑξουρᾷᾷὨ,. See Jub. iv. 9, 11 and the continuation of the quotation in my note on iv. 10. For passages where Epiphanius has used our text without acknowledgment see Index II. JEROME (οὗ. 420).—See quotations in notes on x. 21, xi, 11-13. For other quotations see Index II. Decretum Gelasit—In this decree (de libris recipiendis et non recipiendis), the date of which is doubtful (see Zahn, Gesch. des Kanons, τι. i. 259-267), our book is included among the writings to be rejected: Liber de filiabus Adae, hoc est Leptogenesis, apocryphus. SEVERUS OF ANTIOCH (οὗ. 542).—In an exposition of Deut. xxxiv. 6 this author has (see Nicephorus, Catena, i. 1672- 1672) described the destinies that await the good and the evil souls on their separation from the body, and various incidents relating to the contest between Michael and Satan for the soul of Moses. He adds that his statements are drawn from our author: ταῦτα δὲ ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ βιβλίῳ λέγεται κεῖσθαι λεπτοτέραν ἔχοντι τῆς Γενέσεως ἤτοι τῆς κτίσεως τὴν ἀφήγησιν. On this question see above, p. xv note. NicepHorus, Catena, i. 175.—(This catena, published over 120 years ago, contains extracts from writers from the beginning of the Christian era to the seventh cent.) Before the words quoted from this work in the note on x. 21 we find the title of the source given as ἡ διαθήκη. It is most probable that we should add here τοῦ Μωύσέως (see p. XVii). SYNCELLUS (flor. 800 A.D.), Chronographia (ed. Dindorf), i. 5: ὡς ἐν λεπτῇ φέρεται Τενέσει, ἣν καὶ Μωῦσέως εἶναί φασί τινες ἀποκάλυψιν. 1. ἴ: ἐκ τῆς λεπτῆς Γενέσεως καὶ INTRODUCTION Ixxix τοῦ λεγομένου βίου “Addy. 1. 18: ἐκ τῶν λεπτῶν Tevé- σεως. i, 14: (see quotation in note on p. 28). i. 49 (see quotation in note on x. 1). i 183: τὸν κατὰ μητέρα πάππον τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἡ λεπτὴ Tévecis φησιν ὅτι ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐκαλεῖτο, ἡ δὲ Σάρρα ἀδελφὴ ὁμοπατρία τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ ὑπῆρχε. 1. 185 (see quotation in note on xii. 26). 1.192: Μαστιφὰμ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν δαιμονίων, ὥς φησιν ἡ λεπτὴ Γένεσις, προσελθὼν τῷ θεῷ εἶπεν, εἰ ἀγαπᾷ σε ᾿Αβραάμ, θυσάτω σοι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ (see our text, xvii. 16). 1. 203: βιασθεὶς Ἰακὼβ ὑπὸ Ἰούδα ἐνέτεινε τόξον καὶ πλήξας κατὰ τοῦ δεξιοῦ μαζοῦ τὸν Ἡσαῦ κατέβαλε. τοῦ δὲ θανόντος ἀνοίξαντες τὰς πύλας οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰακὼβ ἀνεῖλον τοὺς πλείστους. ταῦτα ἐν λεπτῇ Τενέσει φέρεται (see our text, xxxviii. 1 sqq.). For passages where Syncellus has used our text without acknowledgment see Index II. CEDRENUS (ed. Bekker), i. 6: ἀπὸ τῆς λεπτῆς Tevécews. 1.9: ὡς ἐν λεπτῇ φέρεται Τενέσει, ἣν καὶ Μωσέως εἶναί φασί τινες ἀποκάλυψιν. i. 16 (see quotation in note on iv. 31-32). 1. 48: ἄγγελος δὲ κυρίου ἐδίδαξεν αὐτὸν τὴν ‘EBpaisa γλῶσσαν, καθὼς αὐτὸς ὁ ἄγγελος τῷ Μωῦσῇ εἶπεν, ὡς ἐπὶ τῇ λεπτῇ Γενέσει. i. 53: ἐν τῇ λεπτῇ Γενέσει κεῖται, ὅτε Μαστιφὰτ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν δαιμονίων (and so on as in Syncellus, i. 192, above). i. 85 (see quotation in note on xlvil. 3). 1, 87: νόμους δὲ πρῶτον Μωῦσῆς γράφει τοῖς ‘lovdalos . . . διδασκόμενος παρὰ τοῦ apyary- γέλου Γαβριὴλ τὰ περὶ τῆς γενέσεως τοῦ κόσμου. .. Kal τὰς τῶν ἄστρων θέσεις καὶ τὰ στοιχεῖα. .. ὡς ἐν τῇ λεπτῇ Τενέσει κεῖται. For some of the passages where Cedrenus has used our text without acknowledgment see Index II. ZONARAS (1081-1118, ed. Pinder), 1. 18: οἶδα μὲν οὖν ἐν τῇ λεπτῇ Τενέσει γεγραμμένον ὡς ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ αἱ οὐρανίαι δυνάμεις πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ὑπέστησαν παρὰ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργοῦ. Cf. our text, 11. 2. Ιχχχ THE BOOK OF JUBILEES Giycas (circa 1150, ed. Bekker), p. 198: οὐδὲ yap ὡς πόδας κεκτημένου τὸ πρότερον καθὰ ᾿Ιωσηππός τέ φησι καὶ ἡ λεγομένη λεπτὴ Γένεσις νῦν ἀποφαίνεται τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ κοιλίᾳ περίπατον. See also p. 206. P. 392 (see quotation in note on iii. 8-14). On p. 206 Glycas wrongly attributes to Josephus what is found in Jub. xxxii. 2-3. For some of the passages where Glycas has used our text without acknowledgment see Index II. ii. Patristie and other writings which reproduce the text or matter of Jubilees anonymously : Hippotytus.—The Διαμερισμὸς τῆς γῆς which is assigned to this writer is based on Jub. viii-ix. See Gutschmidt, Kleine Schriften, v. 239, 587-597, 613 sqq. (quoted by Schiirer). Ps.-CLEMENS Romanus, Recognitiones (cire. 200 A.D.).— This work contains many echoes of Jubilees, see Rénsch, op. ett. 322-325. ORIGEN (185-254) im Genesin in Eusebius’ Praep. Evang. vi. 292 (Migne, xxi. 500). The passage which is quoted from Origen in the note on xxxii. 21 seems to refer to that passage. Another quotation will be found in the note on xlv. 14. The Προσευχὴ ᾿Ιωσήφ, from which this quotation is taken, is cited in the third place in the Synopsis of the Ps.-Athanasius and the Stichometry of Nicephorus, and in the fifth place of the catalogue in the Cod. Coislinianus used by Montfaucon, and in each catalogue immediately after the ἸΠατριάρχαι (cf. Ronsch, p. 332). According to Nicephorus it consisted of 1100 stichoi—the same number as the Testament of Moses, which was identi- fied by some writers with Jubilees. Both Origen (tom. v. in Johannen, p. 77) and Glycas (see Fabric. Cod. Pseud. V.T. i. 765, 768) state that it was current among the Hebrews. Another fragment of Origen preserved in the Catena of Nicephorus, i. 463, is quoted in the note on xl. 10. INTRODUCTION Ixxxi Dioporus or AntI0cH (οὗ. 392 ?).—See quotation in note on x. 35. IstporE Petusiota of Alexandria, who lived in the fifth cent. gives the following exposition on Deut. xxxiii. 9 (Nicephorus, Cat. i. 1660): ἐπειδὴ ἐπελύτησε τῇ πατρῴᾳ εὐνῇ ὁ Ῥουβείμ, διὰ τοῦτο οὔτε βασιλείας οὔτε ἱερωσύνης ἠξιώθη, καίτοι πρωτότοκος ὦν. GAN ὁ μὲν Λευὶ τρίτος ὧν οὐ μόνον διὰ τὸ ἐπαγγείλασθαι τὸν πατέρα δεκάτην ἀφιερώ- σειν κάτωθεν γὰρ ἀριθμούμενος δέκατος ἦν, ἄνωθεν δὲ εἰ ἠριθμήθη, εἷς τῶν παιδισκῶν ηὑρίσκετο᾽ ἀλλὰ καὶ δι᾽ ὁσιότητα, καὶ τὸ συγγενικῶν αἱμάτων διὰ τὴν εἰς τὸ θεῖον τιμὴν τὰς χεῖρας ἐμπλῆσαι, ἱερωσύνης ἠξιώθη. . .. ὁ δὲ Ἰούδας τέταρτος ὦν, διὰ τὴν ἀδέκαστον κρίσιν, καὶ τὴν ὀρθὴν ψῆφον, βασιλείας ἠξιώθη. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πολλοὶ τὰ οἰκεῖα κρύπτοντες πλημμελήματα ἑτέρους καταδικάξζουσιν, οὗτος δὲ ἑαυτοῦ μὲν κατεψηφίσατο, . . . διὰ τοῦτο εἰκότως τῆς βασιλείας ἠξιοῦτο. ἱερῶντο γὰρ οἱ ἐκ Λευΐ, ἐβασίλευον δὲ οἱ ἐξ ᾿Ιούδα, οὐ κατὰ κατακλήρωσιν, ἀλλ’ ἀρετῆς γέρας εἰληφότες. This exposition regarding Levi is based on Jub. xxxii, 2-3, and regarding Judah on xxxi. 18-20, xli. 23-28. IsIDORE OF SEVILLE (οὗ. 636), Origines, xvi. 26. 10: In principio Deus xxii opera fecit. Nam prima die vii opera fecit, id est: materiam informem, angelos, lucem, coelos superiores, terram, aquam atque aérem. Secunda die firma- mentum solum. Tertia die quattuor: maria, semina, sationes atque plantaria. Quarta die tria: solem et lunam et stellas, Quinta die tria: pisces et reptilia aquarum et volatilia. Sexta die quattuor: bestias, pecudes, reptilia terrae et hominem. Et facta sunt omnia xxii genera in diebus sex. Et xxii generationes sunt ab Adam usque ad Jacob, ... et xxii libri Veteris Testamenti usque ad Hester, et xxii literarum sunt elementa. The above is clearly based on our text, although in its 7 lxxxii THE BOOK OF JUBILEES enumeration of the works of the first day it deviates con- siderably (see Jub. ii. 2 sqq.). Observe that it confirms our view of a lacuna after ii. 22. Eurycuivs, Patriarch of Alexandria 933-939, Annales translated from Arabic into Latin by Pococke, 1658 (also in Migne, tom. 111, 909-1155). P. 15. Eva... peperit puerum et puellam: puerum appellavit Kain, puellam Azrun. Tum rursus . . . puerum et puellam enixa, puero nomen imposuit Abel, puellae Owain . . . Cumque provectiores facti essent pueri, dixit Adam Evae: Ducat Kain Owain .. . Abel autem Azrun. Cf. Jub. iv. 1, 8, 9, 11. P. 16. Kain invidit fratri suo . . . 80, lapide caput ejus feriens, ipsum interfecit. Cf. Jub. iv. 31. P. 56. Natus et Sharna, cujus temporibus coluerunt homines idola, unoquoque quod sibi alliberet colente. Sharna is corrupt for Serug. Cf. Jub. xi. 4. P. 64-65. Accepit ergo Abraham uxorem suam Saram, quae et ipsi ex patre soror erat. Cf. Jub. xii. 9. For other parallels see notes on pp. 35, 83. Surpas, a Greek grammarian of the tenth or eleventh cent. (Fabricius, i. 336). καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀστέρων κίνησιν, ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς γὰρ ἐπαιδεύετο τὴν ἀστρονομίαν K.T.r. Cf. Jub. ΧΙ. 16. See also note on xii. 2. JOEL, Chronographia (ed. Bekker, 1836), extending to the year 1206 ap. This writer, whom I have referred to occasionally in my notes, is generally dependent on Syncellus, Cedrenus or Glycas for any matter which he has in common with our text. It is possible, as Roénsch (p. 367) urges, that the phrase καὶ ἐξολοθρεύειν αὐτὸν ἀπειλοῦντος (Joel, p. 10 (cf Jub. xxxvii. 23)) testifies to an independent knowledge of Jubilees, as it is not found in those earlier chronographers. LXX MS (thirteenth cent.), cited as no. 135 in Holmes Ixxxiii INTRODUCTION and Parsons’ edition, and as 7 in Lagarde’s Genesis Graece, 1868. The scholia in this MS attest many of the personal names which are found in Jubilees. I have cited all of these in their appropriate places in my Ethiopic Text of Jubilees, and many of them in the notes to my translation. See Index IT. LXX MS z in Lagarde’s edition contains two readings which come from our text. See notes on v. 31 and vi. 1. GREGORIUS BARHEBRAEUS (1226-1286)—See note on xi. 11-13. § 23. INFLUENCE oF JUBILEES ON THE NEw TESTAMENT The points of connection between the gospels and our author are very slight, except in the beliefs respecting angels and demons—a subject to which we shall return later. We shall now place the passages side by side where the New Testament is dependent on our text, or presupposes it, or presents a close parallel. Mark iii, 22 (Matt. xii. 24).—6 ἄρχων τῶν δαιμονίων. Luke xi. 49.—“ Therefore also said the wisdom of God: I will send unto them prophets and apostles, and some of them they will kill and persecute. John xiv. 26.—‘‘The Holy Spirit . . . will bring to your remembrance all things, etc.” Acts vii. 15-16.—‘‘And he (Jacob) died, himself and our fathers, and they were carried over unto Shechem, and laid in the tomb that Abraham bought, ete.” Jub. x. 8.—‘“Chief of the spirits”; xlviii. 9, 12, “ Prince of the Mastéma.” 1. 12.—“And TI shall send witnesses unto them, that I may witness against them, but they will... slay the witnesses also and persecute those who seek the law.” xxxii. 25.—“T will bring all things to thy remembrance.” Here God is to cause Jacob to remember all that he had seen in a vision. : xlvi. 9.—‘And the children of Israel brought forth all the bones of the children of Jacob save the bones of Joseph, and they buried them in the field in the double cave” (46. Machpelah). This is the oldest source of the tradition in Acts. Ixxxiv Acts vii. 23.—Moses when “¢well nigh forty years old” smote the Egyptian. Acts vii. 30.—Moses spent forty years in Midian. Acts vii. 53.—“ Who received the law as it was ordained by angels and kept it not.” Cf. Gal. iii. 19. Acts ix. 2— If he found any that were of the way.” Rom. iv. 15.—“ Where there is no law, neither is there trans- gression.” 2 Cor.v. 17.—“A new creation” (Gal. vi. 15). 2 Cor. vi. 18.—“I will be to you a Father and ye shall be to me sons and daughters.” Gal. ii. 15.—“ Sinners of the Gentiles.” Gal. 111. 17.— “A covenant confirmed beforehand by God, the law which came 430 years later, etc.” Does the confirma- tion here spoken of mean the birth of Isaac? In that case 430 years exactly elapse between this confirmation of the covenant and the law according to Jubilees. Gal. v. 12.—“I would that they which unsettle you (we. Judaisers) would cut off the member” (ἀποκόψονταμ). THE BOOK OF JUBILEES xlvii. 10-12.— Moses forty-two years old.! xlviii. 1.—Moses spent thirty- eight years. i. 27.“ And He said to the angel of the presence: Write for Moses, ete.” 1.14: “They will forget .. . thy law.” Our text is the earliest authority for the statement that the law was given through angels. xxiii, 20.—“‘Turn them back into the way.” xxxiii, 15-16, — Anticipates this Pauline doctrine. v. 12,—‘* A new and righteous nature.” i. 24.“ shall be their Father and they will be My children.” ? xxiii. 23.—“Sinners of the Gentiles” (cf. xxiii. 24). xv. 4 sqq. contains the covenant made in 1979 am. with Abraham on his circumcision, The law was given in 2410. Hence 2410 — 1979=431. Isaac was born in 1980, or exactly 430 years before the legislation on Sinai according to Jubilees. Contrast xv. 27, according to which the angels were created circumcised. \ 1 Jubilees gives here the oldest dates on this subject. The Midrash Tanchuma on Exod. ii. 6, which was many centuries later, gives a tradition practically the same as that in Acts. ‘ Moses was in the palace of Pharaoh twenty years, but some say forty years, and forty years in Midian and forty years in the wilderness.” Observe that our author makes Moses stay twenty-one years with his own people and twenty-one years at Pharaoh’s court. 2 The righteous individual is called “a son of God” first in Jubilees, so far as 1 am aware. See note oni. 24, INTRODUCTION 2 Thess. ii. 3.—“ Son of perdi- tion.” 1 Tim. i. 4.—‘“‘Fables and endless genealogies.” iv. 7: “old wives’ fables.” Titus iii, 9: “Genealogies and strifes and fightings about the law.” James i. 13“ Let no man say when he is tempted, I am tempted of God, for God tempteth no man.” James 11. 23.—“ Abraham be- lieved God and it was counted to him for righteousness and he was called the friend of God.” 2 Peter ii, 5.— “Noah, a preacher of righteousness.” 2 Peter iii. 13.—“ New heavens and a new earth.” 2 Peter iii. 8.—“One day is with the Lord as a _ thousand years.” Rev. i, 6.—‘“‘A_ kingdom, priests.” v. 10: “A kingdom and priests.” Rev. iv. 5 (xi. 19, xvi. 18; ef. viii, 5)—‘“ Lightnings and voices and thunderings.” Ixxxv x. 3.—“Sons of perdition,” The Pauline phrases form a just description of a large portion of Jubilees. The “old wives’ fables” may be an allusion to the large réle played by women in it. The author of Jubilees enforces the same view by representing Mastéma as suggesting the tempta- tion of Abraham to sacrifice Isaac (xvii. 16), as hardening the hearts of the Egyptians (xlviii. 12, 17), ete. xiv. 6.—“ And he believed on the Lord and it was counted to him for righteousness” (Gen. xv. 6). xix, 9: “He was found faithful and was recorded on the heavenly tables as the friend of God.” vii. 20-39 contains Noah’s sermon. i, 29.—“ The heavens and the earth shall be renewed, etc.” iv. 30 contains the oldest dogmatic statement of this fact. xvi. 18.—“A kingdom and priests.” Our text alone gives this form of Exod. xix. 6 ante- cedently to Revelation. ii, 2.—“ Angels of the voices and of the thunder and of the lightnings.” Angelology.—We shall confine our attention here to notable parallels between our author and the New Testament. Besides the angels of the presence and the angels of sancti- fication there are the angels who are set over natural phenomena (ii. 2). These former. orders ; their duties (ii. 18). angels are inferior to the They do not observe the Sabbath as the higher for they are necessarily always engaged in It is the higher orders that are Ἰχχχνὶ THE BOOK OF JUBILEES generally referred to in the New Testament; but the angels over natural phenomena are referred to in Revelation: angels of the winds in vii. 1, 2, the angel of fire in xiv. 18, the angel of the waters in xvi. 5 (cf. Jub. ii. 2). Again, the guardian angels of individuals, which the New Testament refers to in Matt. xviii. 10 (Acts xii. 15), are mentioned, for the first time, in Jubilees xxxv. 17. On the angelology of our author see § 16. Demonology —The demonology of our author reappears for the most part in the New Testament : fa) The angels which kept not their first estate Jude 6 ; 2 Peter 11. 4, are the angelic watchers who, though sent down to instruct mankind (Jub. iv. 15), fell from lusting after the daughters of men. Their fall and punishment are recorded in Jub. iv. 22, v. 1-9. (Ὁ) The demons are the spirits which went forth from the souls of the giants who were the children of the fallen angels, Jub. v. 7, 9. These demons attacked men and ruled over them (x. 3, 6). Their purpose is to corrupt and lead astray and destroy the wicked (x. 8). They are subject to the prince of the Mastéma! (x. 9), or Satan. Men sacrifice to them as gods (xxii. 17). They are to pursue their work of moral ruin till the judgment of Mastéma (x. 8) or the setting up of the Messianic kingdom, when Satan will be no longer able to injure mankind (xxiii. 29). So in the New Testament, the demons are disembodied spirits (Matt. xii. 43-45; Luke xi. 24-26). Their chief is Satan (Mark iii. 22). They are treated as divinities of the heathen (1 Cor. x. 20). They are not to be punished till the final judgment (Matt. viii. 29). On the advent of the Millennium Satan will be bound (Rev. xx. 2-3). 1 See note on x. 8. INTRODUCTION Ixxxvii § 24. Views oF THE AUTHOR ΟΝ THE MESSIAH, THE Messianic Kiyepom, tue PriesrHoop oF MELcHIzE- DEK, THE Law, CIRCUMCISION AND THE SABBATH, THE Future Lirz, tHe JEwIsH CALENDAR The Messiah.—Although our author is an upholder of the Maccabean dynasty he still clings like the writer of Eth. Enoch lxxxiii-xe. to the hope of a Messiah sprung from Judah. He makes, however, only one reference to this Messiah, and no réle of any importance is assigned to him (see xxxi. 18 note). The Messianic expectation showed no vigorous life throughout this century till it was identified with the Maccabean family. If we are right in regarding the Messianic kingdom as of temporary duration, this is the first instance in which the Messiah is associated with a temporary Messianic kingdom. The Messianic Kingdom.—tin the notes on i. 29, xxiii. 30 I have dealt at some length with the character of this kingdom. We have there seen that it was to be brought about gradually by the progressive spiritual development of man and a corresponding transformation of nature. Its members were to attain to the full limit of 1000 years in happiness and peace. During its continuance the powers of evil were to be restrained (xxiii. 29). The last judg- ment was apparently to take place at its close (see note on xxiii. 50). On the probable derivation of this view from Mazdeism see note on i. 29. The writer of Jubilees, we can hardly doubt, thought that the era of the Messianic kingdom had already set in. Such an expectation was often cherished in the prosperous days of the Maccabees. Thus it was entertained by the writer of Eth. Enoch 1xxxiii.-xc. in the days of Judas before 161 8.0. Whether Jonathan was looked upon as the divine agent for Ixxxviii THE BOOK OF JUBILEES introducing the kingdom we cannot say, but as to Simon being regarded in this light there is no doubt. Indeed his contemporaries came to regard him as the Messiah himself, as we see from Psalm ecx., or the noble Messianic hymn in Test. Levi 18. The tame effusion in 1 Mace. xiv. 8-15 is a relic of such. literature, which was emasculated by its Sadducean editor. Simon was succeeded by John Hyrcanus in 135 B.c., and this great prince seemed to his countrymen to realise the expectations of the past; for according to a contemporary writer (Test. Levi 8) he embraced in his own person the triple office of prophet, priest, and civil ruler (see note on xxxi. 15), while, according to the Test. Reuben 6, he was to “die on behalf of Israel in wars seen and unseen.” In both these passages he seems to be accorded the Messianic office, but not so in our author as we have seen above. Hyrcanus is only to introduce the Messianic kingdom, over which the Messiah sprung from Judah is to rule.! Priesthood of Melchizedek——That there was originally an account of Melchizedek in our text we have shown in the note xii. 25, and that the Maccabean high-priests deliber- ately adopted the title applied to him in Gen. xiv., we have pointed out in the note on xxxii. 1. It would be interesting to inquire how far the writer of Hebrews was indebted to the history of the great Maccabean king-priests for the idea of the Melchizedekian priesthood, of which he has made so fruitful a use in chap. vii. as applied to our Lord. The Law.—On our author’s conception of the law as the ideal and eternal realised under time relations see pp. li sqq. 1 The belief that the Messianic era had set in appears to have arisen again under Alexander, 78-69 B.c. ‘‘Under Simon ben Shetach (and Queen Salome) rain fell on the eve of the Sabbath, so that the corns of wheat were as large as kidneys, etc.” (Taanith 23a, quoted by Schiirer, Gesch, jud. Volkes,3 i. 290). INTRODUCTION Ixxxix Circumeision and the Sabbath—On our author's exalted conceptions of these two bulwarks of Judaism, see p. 1. The Future Life-—In our text all hope of a resurrection of the body is abandoned. The souls of the righteous will enjoy a blessed immortality after death (xxiii. 31). This is the earliest attested instance of this expectation in the last two centuries B.c. It is next found in Eth, Enoch x¢i.-Civ. The Jewish Calendar—F¥or our author’s peculiar views see § 18 and the notes on vi. 29-30, 32, xv. 1. ABBREVIATIONS AND BRACKETS USED IN THIS EDITION a, b, ο, d denote the Ethiopic MSS on which our text is based. Mass. = Massoretic text. Sam. = Samaritan version, and Hebrew text in Samaritan characters when both agree. Syr. =the Syriac version of the Old Testament. Vulg. = Vulgate. Onk. = Targum of Onkelos. Ps.-Jon. = Targum of Pseudo-Jonathan. Jub. = Book of Jubilees. ( ) Words or letters so enclosed are supplied by the editor from some source mentioned in the notes. { ] Words so enclosed are interpolated. t + Words so enclosed are corrupt. χοὶ THE BOOK OF JUBILEES Moses receives the tables of the law and instruction on past and Suture history which he is to inscribe in a book, 1-4. Apostasy of Israel, 5-9. 10-13. 15-18. Captivity of Israel and Judah, Return of Judah and rebuilding of temple, Moses’ prayer for Israel, 19-21. God’s promise to redeem and dwell with them, 22-25, 28. Moses bidden to write down the future history of the world (the Book of Jubilees 7), 26. write down the law, 21. And an angel to This angel takes the heavenly chronological tables to dictate therefrom to Moses, 29. Tuis is the history of the division of the days of the law and of the testimony, of the events of the years, of their (year) weeks, of their jubilees throughout all the years of the world, as the Lord spake to Moses on Mount Sinai Protoevz. This short introduction gives an admirable account of the contents of this book. It is at once a history and a chronological system dominated by the sacred number seven. The history extends from the Creation to the legislation on Sinai, and thus embraces Genesis and part of Exodus, But the writer does not merely repro- duce the portions of these books which serve his purpose; he rewrites from the standpoint of the strictest Judaism. See Introduction, §§ 15, 21. According to their sevenfold division (ac) or “according to their year-weeks” (6d). Throughout all the years of the world. These words are difficult; for they imply that it was the author’s intention to write a history from the Creation till the establishment of the Messianic Kingdom or Theocracy. See 1. 26 note. The Lord WIHANAG! (a). ἃ reads HPN: “God.” be omit. ATHANAG (which generally = κύριος, but often θεός) is generally rendered “ Lord” in my translation, but occasionally as ‘‘God” when external evidence so requires. 2450 ANNO MUNDI. 2 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES when he went up to receive the tables of the law and of the commandment, according to the voice of GoD as he said unto him, “Go up to the top of the Mount.” I. And it came to pass in the first year of the exodus of the children of Israel out of Egypt, in the third month, on the sixteenth day of the month, that Gop spake to Moses, saying: “Come up to Me on the Mount, and I will give thee two tables of stone of the law and of the command- ment, which I have written, that thou mayst teach them.” 2. And Moses went up into the mount of Gop, and the glory of the Lord abode on Mount Sinai, and a cloud over- shadowed it six days. 3. And He called to Moses on the seventh day out of the midst of the cloud, and the appear- ance of the glory of the Lord was like a flaming fire on the top of the mount. 4. And Moses was on the Mount forty days and forty nights, and Gop taught him the earlier and the later history of the division of all the days of the Tables. cd read “tables of stone.” Of the law, ete. See note on i, 1. Go up, etc. Exod. xxiv. 12, I. 1. In the third month, on the six- teenth day of the month. It will be observed that our author supplies a date to the defective text of Exod. xix, 1 “Tn the third month after the children of Israel were gone forth . . . the same day came they.” Ps.-Jon. inserts “on the first day of the month” (sn 42). It will be observed that on the same date on which Moses went up to receive the Law, the sixteenth of the third month, God appears to Jacob on his way down into Egypt (xliv. 5), On the other hand, we must carefully distinguish this date and the events connected with it from the fifteenth of the third month and the events con- nected with it. Onthe fifteenth Abraham celebrated the feast of the first-fruits of the harvest (xv. 1, xliv. 4); Isaac was born (xvi. 13) (so also in Seder Olam) ; Abraham died (xxii. 1); Judah was born (xxviii. 15); and Jacob and Laban bound themselves by mutual vows (xxix. 7). We shall see later (vi. 17-18 notes) that the feast of weeks was first ob- served on earth in connection with the covenant of Noah, and was according to our author designed to celebrate the institution of that covenant. It is important to recognise this fact, since later Judaism held that the feast of weeks celebrated the legislation on Sinai (see notes on vi. 17). Come up to Me, etc. Exod. xxiv. 12. Two tables. The “two” is not in Exod. xxiv. 12, but is drawn from xxxi. 18. Of the law and of the command- ment. Exod. xxiv. 12, on which the text is based, has “‘ And the law and the commandment.” But compare Exod. xxxii. 15, xxxiv. 29; Deut. ix. 11. 2-49, Based on Exod. xxiv. 15-18. 3. Flaming. A change of one vowel would give “devouring” as in Exod. xxiv. 17. Cf. xxxvi. 10. 4. God taught him the earlier and the later history. Cf. i. 26. Gf, CHAPTER I. 1-9 3 law and of the testimony. 5, And He said: “Incline thine heart to every word which I shall speak to thee on this mount, and write them in a book in order that their gener- ations may see how I have not forsaken them for all the evil which they have wrought in transgressing the covenant which I establish between Me and thee for their generations this day on Mount Sinai. 6. And thus it will come to pass when all these things come upon them, that they will recognise that I am more righteous than they in all their judgments and in all their actions, and they will recognise that I have been truly with them. 7. And do thou write for thyself all these words which I declare unto thee this day, for I know their rebellion and their stiff neck, before I bring them into the land of which I sware to their fathers, to Abraham and to Isaac and to Jacob, saying: “ Unto your seed will I give a land flowing with milk and honey. 8. And they will eat and be satisfied, and they will turn to strange gods, to (gods) which cannot deliver them from aught of their tribulation: and this witness shall be heard for a witness against them. 9. For they will forget all My commandments, (even) all that I command them, and they will walk after the Gentiles, and after their uncleanness, Megilla 19 “The Holy One, blessed be He, showed to Moses all the minutiae of the law .. . and all that the Sopherim would renew in later times.” Also Shem. rabba 40 (Wiinsche, p. 282): “God brought the book of Adam and showed him (Moses) therein all the generations which should arise from the beginning of Creation till the day of the resurrection.” Beer compares Menachoth 29 ὁ and Wajikra rabba 26. δ. Write them, etc. Cf. Exod. xxxiv. 27. See note on i. 27. How I have not forsaken them for all the evil. Cf. Ezra ix. 9 ‘‘ Yet in our bondage God hath not forsaken us.” Transgressing =sthété emended from ’ashttd of bcd. Cf. vi. 37, 38. 6. And thus it will come to pass . . « upon them. Deut. xxx. 1. 7. Write for thyself all these words. See note on i. 27. 7 know their rebellion and their δε} neck. Deut. xxxi. 27. The land of which I sware to their fathers, ete. Deut, xxx. 20, Exod. xxx; 1. Unto your seed... ὦ land flowing with milk and honey. Exod. xxxiii. 1, 3; Deut. xxxi. 20. 8. And they will eat. . . to strange gods. Deut. xxxi. 20. This witness shall be heard (cd: “witness” ὦ δ) for a witness against them. Cf. Deut. xxxi. 20; 2 Kings xvii. 15 “The testimonies which he testified against them.” Cf. Deut. xxxi. 19, 26, 9. Forget all My commandments, etc. Ezra ix. 10, 11. Walkafter the Gentiles. 2 Kings xvii. 2. 4 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES and after their shame, and will serve their gods, and these will prove unto them an offence and a tribulation and an affliction and a snare. 10. And many will perish and they will be taken captive, and will fall into the hands of the enemy, because they have forsaken My ordinances and My commandments, and the festivals of My covenant, and My sabbaths, and My holy place which I have hallowed for Myself in their midst, and My tabernacle, and My sanctuary, which I have hallowed for Myself in the midst of the land, that I should set My name upon it, and that it should dwell (there). 11. And they will make to themselves high places and groves and graven images, and they will worship, each his own (graven image), so as to go astray, and they will sacrifice their children to demons, and to all the works of the error of their hearts. 12. And I shall send witnesses unto them, that I may witness against them, but they will not hear, and will slay the witnesses also, and they will persecute those who seek the law, and they will abrogate and change everything so as to work evil before My eyes. 13. And I shall hide My face from them, and I shall deliver them Serve their gods, and these will prove unto them an offence . . . and a snare. Exod. xxiii. 33; Deut. vii. 16; Jos, Sacrifice their children to demons. 2 Chron. xxviii. 3, xxxiii. 6; Ezek. xx. 31. Cf. Deut. xxxii. 17; Eth. xxiii. 13. 10-18. These verses depict the two great catastrophies which befell Israel (10) and Judah (11-13). 10, Partial destruction and captivity of Israel. The northern tribes had forsaken the Law and the Festivals observed by Judah: also the temple in Jerusalem. Cf. for diction Deut. xxviii. 63, 41; Lev. xxvi. 14, 15, ete. And My tabernacle, . . . inthe midst of theland. If these words belong to the text, the author must have believed inthe existence of the Tabernacle in Jerusalem during the divided monarchies. 11-13. Idolatries and wickedness of Judah. Their captivity. 11. Make to themselves high places and groves. Of, Ezek. xx. 28; 2 Chron, xxxiii. 3. Enoch xcix. 7. See notes on xxii. 17. 12. J shall send witnesses unto them, that I may witness against them, but they will not hear. 2 Chron. xxiv. 19 ““He sent prophets to them . . . and they testified against them; but they would not give ear.” Cf. 2 Chron, xxxvi. 15, 16; Jer. xxv. 4. Cf. Matt. xxiii. 34; Luke xi. 49. Will slay the witnesses, Neh. ix. 26 “Slew thy prophets which testified against them.” Change: read jewél&éti (a) in Ethiopic text and jewéténti (bcd) in the notes, To work evil before My eyes. 2 Kings xxi. 15. ᾿ τὸ Hide My face. Cf. xxi. 22; Is. i, 15. Deliver them into the hand of the Gentiles, etc. 2 Kings xxi. 14, CHAPTER II. 10-17 5 into the hand of the Gentiles for captivity, and for a prey, and for devouring, and I shall remove them from the midst of the land, and I shall scatter them amongst the Gentiles. 14. And they will forget all My law and all My command- ments and all My judgments, and will go astray as to new moons, and sabbaths, and festivals, and jubilees, and ordinances. 15. And after this they will turn to Me from amongst the Gentiles with all their heart and with all their soul and with all their strength, and I shall gather them from amongst all the Gentiles, and they will seek Me, so that I shall be found of them, when they seek Me with all their heart and with all their soul. 16. And I shall disclose to them abounding peace with righteousness, and I shall remove them the plant of uprightnesst, with all My heart and with all My soul, and they will be for a blessing and not for a curse, and they will be the head and not the tail. 17. And I shall build My sanctuary in their midst, and I shall dwell with them, and I shall be their God and For ὦ prey=lahabl emended from lahebl. 14, Judah will forget the service of God in captivity. Cf. Deut. iv. 28, xxviii. 36, 64. 15-17. Repentance of Judah, their return from the captivity and the erection of the temple. 15. They will turn to Me... with all their soul. Cf. Deut. iv. 80, 29. I shall gather them from amongst all the Gentiles. Jer. xxix. 14. They will seek me, so that I shall be Sound of them, when they seek me with all their heart. Jer. xxix. 13-142, When they seek (bcd). a reads “and when they seek.” 16. And J shall disclose (bd). ac read “I will disclose.” +Remove them the plant of upright- ness.f Ihave obelized these words as corrupt. Littmann’s rendering, “sie umindern zu einer Pflanze der Gerechtig- keit,” is hardly possible linguistically. Moreover, it is against the use of this phrase. Cf. Eth. Enoch x. 16, xciii. 2, 5,10. Israel was “‘the plant of upright- ness” fromtheoutset. Theoriginal of the words and of those that follow appears to be Jer. xxxii. 41 ‘‘I will plant them in this land assuredly with all my heart and with all my soul.” These words are used in the very same connection as those in the text. It is not im- probable, therefore, that the words ‘‘in this land” have been lost after the verb. Next “And I will remove them” =kal μεταθήσω avrovs=onyom. This last may be corrupt for onyyn. Thus we should have ‘‘ And I will plant them the plant of uprightness in the land.” This reverses the judgment in verse 13 “T will remove them from the midst of the land.” They will be for a blessing and not for a curse. Zech. viii. 13. They will be the head and not the tail. Deut. xxviii. 13. 17. The second Temple. J shall build . . . and I shall dwell with them. Exod. xxv. 8. J will dwell with them and I will be their (cd, ab om. “ their’) God. Exod. xxix. 45. And I shall be their God and they 6 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES they will be My people in truth and righteousness. 18. And I shall not forsake them nor fail them; for I am the Lord their God.” 19. And Moses fell on his face and prayed and said, “O Lord my God, do not forsake Thy people and Thy inheritance, so that they should wander in the error of their hearts, and do not deliver them into the hands of their enemies, the Gentiles, lest they should rule over them and cause them to sin against Thee. 20. Let Thy mercy, O Lord, be lifted up upon Thy people, and create in them an upright spirit, and let not the spirit of Beliar rule over them to accuse them before Thee, and to ensnare them from all the paths of righteousness, so that they may perish from before Thy face. 21. But they are Thy people and Thy inheritance, which Thou hast delivered with Thy great power from the hands of the Egyptians: create in them a clean heart and a holy spirit, and let them not be ensnared in their sins from henceforth until eternity.” 22. And the Lord said unto Moses: “I know their contrariness and their thoughts and their stiffneckedness, and they will not be obedient till they confess their own sin and the sin of their fathers. 23. And after this they will turn to Me in all uprightness and with all (their) heart and with all (their) soul, and I shall circumcise the foreskin of their heart and the foreskin of the heart of their seed, and I shall create in them a holy spirit, and I shall cleanse them so that they will be My people. Lev. xxvi. 12; Jer. xxiv. 7, xxx. 22; Ezek. xiv. 11. 18. Deut. xxxi. 6. 19. Donot forsake .. . Thy inherit- ance, .. and do not deliver them into the hands . . lest they should rule over them. Cf. 2 Kings xxi. 14; Deut. ix. 26; Ps. evi. 41. Their enemies, the Gentiles (ac). bd omit “their enemies.” 20. Create... spirit. Ps. 11. 10. See next ver. Beliar, See note on xv. 33. 21. They are Thy people .. . from the hands of the Egyptians. Deut. ix. 26,29. A holy spirit. on xxv. 14, 22. I know their contrariness. . . and their stiffneckedness. Deut. xxxi. 27. Confess their own sin and the sin, etc. Lev. xxvi. 40; Neh. ix. 2. 23. Turnto Me... with all (their) heart and with all (their) soul. 2 Chron. vi. 38. Circumeise the foreskin of their heart. Deut. x. 16, xxx. 6. A holy spirit. Cf. 1. 21. I shall cleanse them so that they shall not turn away from Me from that day unto eternity. These words imply that Cf. i. 23. See note CHAPTER I. 18-26 7 shall not turn away from Me from that day unto eternity. 24. And their souls will cleave to Me and to all My com- mandments, and they will fulfil My commandments, and I shall be their Father and they will be My children. 25. And they will all be called children of the living God, and every angel and every spirit will know, yea, they will know that these are My children, and that I am their Father in uprightness and righteousness, and that I love them. 26. And do thou write down for thyself all these words which I declare unto thee on this mountain, the first and the last, which shall come to pass in all the divisions of the days in the law and in the testimony and in the weeks and the jubilees unto eternity, until I descend and dwell with them Israel shall never again be driven from their own land. 24. 1 shall be their Father and they will be My children (or “sons”), These words are used in 2 Sam. vii, 14 in reference to Solomon ; elsewhere in the OT only in reference to the nation or sections of it. God is the Father of Israel, Deut. xxxii. 6; Is, Ixiii. 165 Jer. xxxi. 9; or of the righteous in Israel, even of the righteous individual, Wisdom ii. 16. See also i. 25, 28, xix. 29 of our text. Israel is God’s son: Exod. iv, 22, 23; Deut. xiv. 1; Is. xliii. 6; Wisdom xviii, 13; Jud. ix. 4; or the righteous in Israel are God’s children, even the individuals, Wis- dom ii. 13, 18, v. 5, xii. 7, 21. For Talmudic references see Sayings of the Fathers (ed. Taylor) iii. 22; B. Bathra 10a, Kiddushin 36a, Berachoth 3a. In 2 Cor. vi. 18 St. Paul takes directly these words of 2 Sam. vii. 14 and applies them to all the Christians. In the text they embrace all Israelites. Israelites are God’s children according to our author by virtue of their physical descent from Jacob. Cf. i. 28. 25. Children (or “sons'’) of the living God. Hos. i. 10. 26. And do thou write down for thy- self (bc). ad read “And I will write down for thee.” These words appear to refer to the present work (as Singer p. 15 has recognised), z.e., Jubilees (cf. 1. 7). Moses is to write it down at the dictation of the angel (vi. 1). It consti- tutes, so to say, the book of the second law. The Pentateuch, on the other hand, is “the book of the first law” (vi. 22), which was written by the angel him- self (i. 27). The latter is referred to again in xxx. 12, 21,1. 6. In 4 Ezra xiv. 6 Moses is bidden to reveal the one, ue., the Pentateuch, and conceal the other, the apocalyptic tradition. Haec in palam facies verba et haec abscondes. In Exod. xxxiv. 27 Moses is bidden to write down certain commands, but the decalogue is engraved on the tables of stone by God Himself: Exod. xxxiv. 1, 28; Deut. x. 2, 4. All these words, the first and the last, which shall come to pass... until eternity. Cf. 4 Ezra xiv. 4,5: Et adduxi eum super montem Sina et detinui eum apud Me diebus multis, Et enarravi ei mirabilia multa, et ostendi ei tem- porum secreta et temporum finem. Until I descend and dwell... through- out eternity. Here as in the Prologue the implication is that the author intended to write a history of the world from the Creation to the setting up of the Theocracy, (Cf. Prologue; also i, 27, 29.) In a certain sense he has done so ; for references occur to events as late as the early Maccabean times when the author lived. He was of opinion that the Messianic Kingdom would be introduced through the labours of the Maccabees. For God’s dwelling 8 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES throughout eternity.” 27. And He said to the angel of the presence: “ Write for Moses from the beginning of creation till My sanctuary has been built among them for all eternity. 28. And the Lord will appear to the eyes of all, and all will know that I am the God of Israel and the Father of all with man see Eth. Enoch xxv. 9, lxxvii. 1. This was the perfected theocracy which was looked for by those who did not expect a personal Messiah, such as the authors of Eth. Enoch i.-xxxvi., xci.-civ. ; Ass. Moses x. Our author, however, looked for a Messiah sprung from Judah. See note on xxxi. 18. 27. And He said to the angel of the presence. See note oni. 29. Our text forms apparently the earliest testimony to the idea that the law was given through the ministry of angels. In Deut. xxxiiii 2 we have the first mention of angels in connection with the giving of the law, but according to that passage they merely accompany Yahwe. But the way was prepared for the conception in Jubilees by the development which angelology under- went in exilic and post-exilic times. Thus from the exile onwards God communicated no longer directly with His servants. In the case of Ezekiel, who was in the period of transition, the revelation is sometimes made directly to him (xliv. 2), sometimes indirectly through an angel (xl. 3). By the time of Zechariah the development is com- plete. This prophet receives all his communications through angels. Natur- ally when we come down to the century in which our book was written, this usage is universal. Daniel receives even the interpretation of his visions through angels (vii. 16 sqq. ; viii. 15 sqq. etc.), and in a later work of the same century, Test. XII. Patriarch., Dan. 6, the angel that intercedes for Israel is called “the mediator between God and man” (μεσίτης Θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων). See also Levi 5. I am not aware of any other references to this conception till the beginning of the Christian era. Thus Philo, Le Somnis, i. 22 (p. 642 M.), commenting on Exod. xix. 19, writes that we cannot receive God’s benefits save through the agency of His ministers. (οὐδ᾽ ὑπερβαλλούσας... εὐεργεσίας χωρῆσαι δυνάμεθα, ἃς ἂν αὐτὸς προτείνῃ dv ἑαυτοῦ μὴ χρώμενος ὑπερέταις ἄλλοις.) In the first cent. A.D. we have frequent references to this view. Thus in Jos. Ant. xv. 5. 3: ἡμῶν δὲ τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν δογμάτων καὶ τὰ ὁσιώτατα τῶν ἐν τοῖς νόμοις δι᾽ ἀγγέλων παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ μαθόντων. From Judaism this verse passed over into the NT. Cf. Gal. iii, 19 νόμος «ον διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων. See also Acts vii. 538; Heb. ii. 2, The Samari- tans also believed in the ministry of angels in connection with the law. Cf. Gesenius, Caurm. Sam. p. 15 and de Sacy, Not. et extraits de la Bibl. xii. 16. Later Judaism rejected this view probably on polemical grounds, and always represented Moses as receiving the law directly from God. In Sabbath 88 ὃ and Shem. rabba 28 Moses is repre- sentedas ascending into heaven toreceive the law. Write for Moses, etc. If the inter- pretation of this verse adopted on i. 26 (note) is right, the angel is to write out the Pentateuch for Moses. There is, however, this difficulty attaching to this interpretation, that the history em- braced in the Pentateuch is to extend from the Creation to the time when God’s ‘sanctuary has been built among them for all eternity.” It is possible that this means nothing more than such broad and apparently prophetic descriptions of the apostasies of Israel and Judah under their kings, of the Exile and the Return from captivity, and of the restored theocracy as are found in Deut. xxviii.-xxx. It must be confessed that this explanation does not appear adequate. 28. This verse spoils the sequence of thought. We should probably read it after ver. 25. a to the eyes of all. i. 7. God of Israel. Exod. xxiv. 10, ete. Father of all the children of Jacob. Cf. Jer. xxxi. 1. See note on i, 24. Cf. Rev. CHAPTER I. 27-29 9 the children of Jacob, and King on Mount Zion for all eternity. And Zion and Jerusalem will be holy.” 29. And the angel of the presence who went before the camp of Israel took the tables of the divisions of the years—from the time of the creation—of the law and of the testimony of the weeks, of the jubilees, according to the individual years, according to all the number of the jubilees [according to the individual years], from the day of the [new] creation twhen} the heavens and the earth shall be renewed and King on Mount Zion. Cf. Is. xxiv. 23. On Mount Zion see i. 29. 29. Angel of the presence. The ‘phrase is derived from Is. lxiii. 9 and found also in Test. XII. Patriarch., Jud. 25. This angel is probably Michael who was the guardian angel of Israel : ef. Dan. x. 18, 21, xii. 1; Eth. Enoch xx. 5; Slav. Enoch xxii. 6; Weber, Jid. Theologie,? 168. Four of these angels are mentioned in Eth. Enoch xl. (where see note on ver. 2 in my edition), Who went before the camp of Israel. Exod. xiv. 19. Took the tables of the divisions of the years. From these the angel dictates to Moses. Divisions of the years—from the time of the creation (c)—of the law (a), etc. This seems to be the best way of taking the text. My text which follows d= “divisions of the years from the crea- tion of the law.” According to the individual years. Bracketed as an interpolation. 6 omits. From the day of the [new] creation twhent the heavens and the earth shall be renewed. The text is clearly corrupt. It should furnish us with the termomus a@ quo and the terminus ad quem. The history of the “tables of the divisions” obviously embraces everything from the creation to the Messianic Kingdom. Hence ‘‘new” (haddas) is to be re- garded as an Ethiopic interpolation In αὖ it follows the word ‘‘ creation” but in the inferior MSS (cd) it precedes them. Next in place of “twhent” (ama) we should expect “till.” We can recover ‘‘ till” by taking ὡς (= ‘*when”’) in the Greek to be a corruption of ἕως = “till,” In any case we should read “From the day of the creation, till the heavens.” The heavens and the earth shall be renewed, We should observe carefully the nature of the “renewal” as it appears in Jubilees. This renewal of the creation is not to be instantaneous and catastrophic, but gradual, and its progress to be conditioned ethically by the conduct of Israel. This will be seen most clearly in iv. 26 and xxiii. 26-28 (see notes in doc.) Similar ex- pressions are found in Is. lxv. 17, Ixvi. 22. In my Eschatology (pp. 122- 123) I took these passages in Isaiah to denote a sudden and actual re-crea- tion of the world, and as I conceived they were at variance with their contexts, I marked them as later inter- polations. I now see that they should be taken to express a gradual trans- formation of the world, moral and physical, and, that thus the argument against their originality falls to the ground. This view was probably adopted from Mazdeism, which accord- ing to Séderblom (La Vie Future @aprés le Mazdéisme, p. 254, Paris, 1901) teaches that le monde deviendra peu ἃ peu meilleur et se spiritualisera pendant les derniers temps. This fifth- century view of the writer in Isaiah lxv.-Ixvi. is reproduced by our author. Heaven and earth and the physical nature of man will be transformed part passu with man’s spiritual transforma- tion (xxiii. 26-28, 1. 5). According to Jubilees xxiii. 27 the righteous should attain to a thousand years, and accord- ing to Is. Ιχν. 20 the sinner should be prematurely cut off when a hundred years old. So far as I am aware, Is. 10 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES all their creation according to the powers of the heaven, and according to all the creation of the earth, until the sanctuary of the Lord shall be made in Jerusalem on Mount Zion, and all the luminaries be renewed for healing and for peace and for blessing for all the elect of Israel, and that thus it may be from that day and unto all the days of the earth. The history of the twenty-two distinct acts of creation on the siz days, 1-16. Institution of the Sabbath : its observance by the highest angels, with whom Israel is afterwards to be associated, 17-32. (Cf. Gen, 1.-. 3.) II. And the angel of the presence spake to Moses according to the word of the Lord, saying: Write the com- lxv.-Ixvi., Jubilees and Test. Levi 18 are the only Jewish writings which attest this view. But from 100 B.c. Jewish, and subsequently Christian, writers took these expressions in a literal and cata- strophic sense. Thus it is an actual re-creation of heaven and earth that is foretold in Eth. Enoch xci. 16, Ixxii. 1, xlv. 4; Apoc. Bar. xxxii. 6, lvii. 2; 4 Ezra vii. 75; 2 Peter iii. 13; Rev. xxi. 1. But again to return to our author we find the following novelty. He teaches that God is to renew His creation at three distinct periods. The first was on the occasion of the Deluge. when He destroyed all that was corrupt (v. 11) and “made for all His works a new and righteous nature” (v. 12). The next renewal was to synchronise with the foundation of the Jewish community in Jacob, which should “serve to lay the foundations of the heaven and to strengthen the earth and to renew all the luminaries which are in the firmament” (xix. 25). The idea that a renewal of the world began with Jacob follows also from ii, 22 sqq. According to this passage the twenty-two generations that precede Jacob correspond to the twenty-two works of God at the Creation. A new era of renewal begins with Jacob. Finally when God’s sanctuary and the Messianic Kingdom are established amongst men, the final renewal will set in, “when the heavens and the earth shall be renewed” and “all the luminaries shall be renewed” i. 29, iv. 26, v. 12. According to the present text of v. 11, 12, the renewal of creation after the Deluge is taught ; but the text is corrupt. In its original form it could only refer to the renewal of the world on the setting up of the Messianic Kingdom. There are thus three great eras in this book: the creation of the world, its renewal on the creation of the true man, Jacob, and its final renewal on the establish- ment of the sanctuary. On the symbolic values of man and the temple see Eppstein, “ Le Livre des Jubilés,” Revue des Etudes juives, 1890, xxi. 92-97. Sanctuary of the Lord be made in Jerusalem, i.¢., the Sanctuary in the Messianic Kingdom. Cf. i. 27, iv. Renewed for healing. Cf. Rev. xxii. 2 “for the healing of the nations.” IL 1. Angel of the presence. See i. 29 (note). Write the complete history of the CHAPTER II. 1-2 II plete history of the creation, how in six days the Lord God finished all His works and all that He created, and kept Sabbath on the seventh day and hallowed it for all ages, and appointed it as a sign for all His works. creation. We find the following Scholion in a MS Ooislin. (Fabric. ii. 120) on Exod. xxiv, 15, which refers to Jubilees: ἐνταῦθα ἠξιώθη ὁ μέγας ἹΜωῦσῆς μετὰ τὰς τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας ἰδεῖν δι’ ὀπτασιῶν, πῶς ἐν ταῖς ὃδξ ἡμέραις ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς κατὰ τάξιν μιᾶς ἑκάστης ἡμέρας καὶ συγγράψαι παρε- κελεύσθη. 2-3, These verses record the creations of the first day. They were seven in all: heaven, earth, the waters, spirits, the abysses, darkness, light. We have happily the Greek version preserved in Epiphanius, περὶ Mérpwy καὶ Σταθμῶν, xxii. (see my critical edition of the Ethiopic text pp. 5, 7): τῇ μὲν yap πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐποίησε τοὺς οὐρανοὺς τοὺς ἀνωτέρους (καὶ) τὴν γῆν (καὶ) τὰ ὕδατα . τὰ πνεύματα τὰ λειτουργοῦντα ἐν- ὦπιον αὐτοῦ ἅτινά ἐστι τάδε ἄγγελοι πρὸ προσώπου, καὶ ἄγγελοι τῆς δόξης, καὶ ἄγγελοι πνευμάτων πνεόντων, (καὶ) ἄγγελοι νεφελῶν καὶ γνόφων (καὶ) χιόνος καὶ χαλάζης καὶ πάγου, (καὶ) ἄγγελοι φωνῶν (καὶ) βροντῶν καὶ ἀστρα- πῶν, (καὶ) ἄγγελοι ψύχους καὶ καύματος καὶ χειμῶνος καὶ φθινοπώρου καὶ ἔαρος καὶ θέρους, καὶ πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν κτισμάτων αὐτοῦ τῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ, (Kal) τὰς ἀβύσσους τήν τε ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς καὶ τοῦ χάους, (καὶ) τὸ σκότος, ἑσπέραν καὶ νύκτα, (καὶ) τὸ φῶς, ἡμέραν τε καὶ ὄρθρον. An imperfect enumeration of the seven works is given by Syneellus (ed. Dindorf, p. 4), in which τὰς ἀβύσσους is omitted and νυχθήμερον is substituted. Cedrenus (ed. Bekker, p. 7) reproduces Syncellus’ summary, but with an additional cor- ruption. He omits τὰ ὕδατα and reckons νυχθήμερον as two works. The Hebrew work, Midrash Tadshe vi. lines 11-16 (ed. by Eppstein, Beitrage sur jidischen Alterthumskunde, 1887) is clearly based on ‘our text. It runs: “Twenty-two kinds of creatures were created in the universe in seven days: the first day seven; heaven, earth, waters, darkness, the wind (nya), the abysses (mninnn), light. The second 2. For on day: one only, the firmament. The third day, four. He reunited the waters in one place, brought up the sweet waters from the earth, likewise herbs and trees. The fourth day, three : the sun, moon and stars. The fifth day, three: the moving creatures, birds and sea monsters. The sixth day, four: beasts, and cattle, and creeping things, and man. This corresponds to the twenty-two letters of the alphabet and to the twenty-two generations from “ ἠδ᾽: Adam to Jacob (333) axay‘nyme 39 7233 apy? Naw ty ΟἼΝΙ mi). {In the enumeration of the works of the first day, we observe a divergency between Jubilees (Epiphanius and Syncellus) and the Midrash Tadshe. Where Jubilees gives ‘‘ angels,’ the Midrash gives ‘‘the wind.” The ground for this divergency is manifest. If we examine Gen. i. 1-4 we find that the list of seven works is drawn from these verses, and that the idea of the creation of the angels is simply a development of the word “spirit” (nn), ver. 2. But the Midrash Tadshe shuns such an inference from Gen. i. 2; for Talmudic Judaism held that the angels were created on the second or the fifth day. In Ber. rabba 1 according to R. Jochanan it was on the second day (Ps. οχν. 4, 5—see also Jerusalem Targum on Gen. i. 26; Chron. of Jerahmeel i. 8), but according to R. Chanina on the fifth (see Gen. i. 20; Is. vi. 6), and R. Luliani bar Tabrai says that they were not created on the first day lest it should be said that they had assisted God in the creation. Philo, Leg. Allegor. i. 2, represents the creation of the angels as accomplished on the seventh day. Philo (de Mundi opificio, i.7) mentions seven objects of creation : οὐρανός, γῆ» σκότος, τὸ ἄβυσσον, ὕδωρ, πνεῦμα, φῶς. Here the πνεῦμα retains for the most part its original force ; for in the next chapter Philo says with regard to it: τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὠνόμασε θεοῦ, διότι ζωτικώ- τατον τὸ πνεῦμα. On the other hand he idealises all seven objects of creation 12 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES the first day He created the heavens which are above and the earth and the waters and all the spirits which serve before Him—the angels of the presence, and the angels of of the first day. It is not the actual but the ideal world that is created on the first day. Thus he speaks of the heaven as ἀσώματος, the earth αϑ ἀόρατος, the darkness and the abyss as the ἀέρος ἰδέα καὶ κενοῦ, wind and water as having an ἀσώματος οὐσία, and the light as being νοητός. Notwithstanding, it is obvious that Philo was acquainted with a cosmology such as is given in our text. The Chronicles of Jerahmeel, j. 8, enumerate eight works. It duplicates “the spirit’? by taking it first as “the spirit of God” and next as ‘‘air.” Its dependence on the Jubilee tradition is possible. According to later Judaism, Ber. rabba 8 sqq. four things were created on the first day, mountains (here ona is corrupt for oimn, “‘abyss”’), heaven, earth, light. On the second—the firma- ment, hell and the angels. On the third—trees, green things, and Para- dise. On the fourth—sun, moon and stars. On the fifth—birds, fishes and the Leviathan. On the sixth—Adam, Eve and worms. In all nineteen works. But according to R. Pinchas, six things were created on the sixth: Adam, Eve, worms, tame beasts, wild beasts, demons. 2. On the first day he created... the angels. In addition to the remarks made under this head on ii, 2-3 above we should further observe that grounds are furnished for such ἃ con- ception by Job xxxviii. 7 (cf. 1. 6) “When the morning stars sang together and all the sons of God shouted for joy.” Here the sons of God are re- garded as admiring spectators of the creation. It is probable that earlier Judaism so understood this verse. At all events, this interpretation appears in patristic literature ; cf. Epiphanius, Haer. Ἰχν. chap. 4: El μὴ yap ἅμα οὐρανῷ καὶ γῇ καὶ ἄγγελοι ἐκτίσθησαν, οὐκ ἂν ἔλεγε τῷ Ἰὼβ ὅτι, “Ore ἐγενή- θησαν ἄστρα, ἤνεσάν με πάντες ἄγγελοί μου φωνῃ. See also the quotation from Rufinus in the next note. Nearly two centuries earlier this idea is attested in Hermas, Vis. iii. 4: Οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἅγιοι ἄγγελοι τοῦ Θεοῦ οἱ πρῶτοι κτισθέντες, οἷς παρέδωκεν ὁ κύριος πᾶσαν τὴν κτίσιν αὐτοῦ, αὔξειν καὶ οἰκοδομεῖν καὶ δε- σπόζειν τῆς κτίσεως πάσης. All the spirits which serve before him. This phrase is found in the Jerusalem Targum I. on Gen. i. 26, but there the creation of the angels is assigned to the second day. See further details in preceding note. With our text compare Rufinus, Hxpositio in Symbol. p. 21 (Fabricius, Cod. Pseud, V.T. ii. 57), Ut breviter aliqua etiam de secre- tionibus perstriugamus, ab initio Deus cum fecisset mundum, praefecit ei et praeposuit quasdam virtutum caelestium potestates, quibus regeretur et dispen- saretur mortalium genus... Sed et horum nonnulli, sicut et ipse qui princeps appellatus est mundi, datam sibi a Deo potestatem non his quibus acceperant legibus temperarunt nec humanum genus divinis obedire praeceptis, sed suis parere praevaricationibus docue- runt. The angels of the presence, and the angels of sanctification. Cf. ii. 18, xv. 27, xxxi. 14. These are the two chief orders of angels. On the former see i. 29 note. Both classes are mentioned in i1.18: these observe the Sabbath together with God and Israel (ii. 18 sqq.), and like them Levi and his seed are to serve in the sanctuary, xxxi. 14. The lower orders who are set over the works of nature do not keep the Sabbath. These angels are, according to the Talmud and no doubt to our author, inferior to righteous Israelites: Sanh. 93a, ΡΣ mwa 3 ΟΡ any. See also Ber. rabba a“ 8; Tanchuma 14, napa ‘1nd Sere paran myn ΝΟ any (Singer, p. 98). “The angels of sanctification” are those who sing praises to God (possibly the trisagion as in Eth. En. Ixi. 12), As Epiphanius has ἄγγελοι τῆς δόξης (ΞΞ ἄγγελοι δοξάζοντες), Praetorius pro- poses that we should read weddase instead of qeddasé. But the text can be defended; for in xv. 27 where the phrase recurs, the Latin has sanctificationis, CHAPTER II. 2-4 13 sanctification, and the angels [of the spirit of fire and the angels] of the spirit of the winds, and the angels of the spirit of the clouds, and of darkness, and of snow and of hail and of hoar frost, and the angels of the voices and of the thunder and of the lightning, and the angels of the spirits of cold and of heat, and of winter and of spring and of autumn and of summer, and of all the spirits of His creatures which are in the heavens and on the earth, (He created) the abysses and the darkness, eventide (and night), and the light, dawn and day, which He hath prepared in the knowledge of His heart. 8. And thereupon we saw His works, and praised Him, and lauded before Him on account of all His works; for seven great works did He create on the first day. 4. And on the second Angels... of fire... of the winds, ... of the clouds, ete. The third or lowest order of angels presides over the natural phenomena. See Eth. Enoch lx. 12-21, Ixxv., lxxx.; Slav. Enoch xix. 1-4. of fire. Angels... 18. Of the spirit of fire and the angels. So bcd. a and G of Epiphanius omit. Angels... of the winds. Cf. Rev. vii. 1, 2. See Eth. Enoch xviii. 1-5, Xxxiv.-xxxvi., Ixxvi. on the various functions of the wind. Of snow. So Gk. of Epiphanius, χιόνος, which was probably corrupted into παντός: hence text of αὖ. ed om. Of snow and of hail and of hoar frost. Eth. Enoch lx. 17, 18. Angels of the voices and of the thunder and of the lightning. This is an obscure phrase. It would be easy if we could omit the first “and.” Then we should have the familiar expression “voices of the thunder.’ Cf. Ps. Ixxvii. 18, civ. 7; Rev. vi. 1, x. 4, xix. 6. On the other hand we have in Rev. iv. 5, xi. 19, xvi. 18, ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ βρονταί, and in viii. 5, βρονταὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ ἀστραπαί. The phrase in Rev. may be derived from our text. The “voices” may mean the mutterings of the thunder. “Voice” (bp) in itself means thunder in Job xxxvii. 4. Thunder and lightning. Cf. Eth. Enoch lx. 13-15. Cf. Rev. xiv. Of winter... and summer. Cf. Eth. Enoch lxxxii. 13-20. (He created) the abysses. abcd read “in all the abysses,” connecting the phrase wrongly with the preceding words. “The abysses” are one of the seven things created on the first day and must be in the accusative as in G of Epiphanius. The Kuelli=‘‘all” may be a corruption of ’ellfi= “these” (a frequent corruption), and the latter a translation of the Greek article in ras ἀβύσσους. G reads τὰς ἀβύσσους τήν τε ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς καὶ τοῦ χάους. In my Ethiopic text, omit the three words after qalaydt, which are an attempt partly to restore and partly to emend ὦ into confirmity with the G. Eventide (and night) and the light, dawn and day. ‘“‘ And night” is supplied from ἃ, ὦ wrongly trans- poses “eventide” after “day.” bed omit “and day” and transpose ‘‘ even- tide” after ‘‘light.” 3. Seven great works. above, p. 11 on ii. 2-3. 4. Works of the second day. Gen. i. 6-7. Cf. Slav. Enoch xxvi.-xxvii. G in Epiphanius runs: ἐν δὲ τῇ δευτέρᾳ τὸ στερέωμα τὸ ἐν τῷ μέσῳ τῶν ὑδάτων, καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐμερίσθη τὰ ὕδατα, τὸ ἥμισυ αὐτῶν ἀνέβη ἐπάνω τοῦ στερεώ- ματος (καὶ τὸ ἥμισυ κατέβη ὑποκάτω τοῦ στερεώματοΞ) τοῦ ἐμμέσῳ ἐπὶ προσώπου πάσης: τῆς γῆς. τοῦτο μόνον τὸ ἔργον ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ ἡμέρᾳ. See note 14 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES day He created the firmament in the midst of the waters, and the waters were divided on that day—half of them went up above and half of them went down below the firmament (that was) in the midst over the face of the whole earth. And this was the only work (God) created on the second day. 5. And on the third day He commanded the waters to pass from off the face of the whole earth into one place, and the dry land to appear. 6. And the waters did so as He commanded them, and they retired from off the face of the earth into one place outside of this firmament, and the dry land appeared. 7. And on that day He created for them all the seas according to their separate gathering- places, and all the rivers, and the gatherings of the waters in the mountains and on all the earth, and all the lakes, and all the dew of the earth, and the seed which is sown, and all sprouting things, and fruit-bearing trees, and trees of the wood, and the garden of Eden, in Eden, and all Aty ed from zajetbalaé according to G βλαστήματα. The clause in brackets, lost by homoio- teleuton, I have supplied. Waters were divided on that day. Garden of Eden, in Eden. MSS According to this view as also of Gen. i. add ‘‘for pleasure.” This phrase 6 there was a sea in heaven resting on is due either to a corrupt ditto- the firmament, which through seven flood-gates (v. 24) let down its waters on the earth. See the curious specu- lation on these waters in Eth. Enoch liv. 7-8. 5-7. Works of the third day. Cf. Gen. i. 9-18; Slav. Enoch xxx. 1. G in Epiphanius is defective: τρίτῃ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ. .. Tas θαλάσσας .. . τοὺς ποταμούς, τὰς πηγάς. .. καὶ λίμνας, τὰ σπέρματα τοῦ σπόρου, καὶ τὰ βλα- στήματα, τὰ ξύλα τὰ κάρπιμά τε καὶ ἄκαρπα καὶ τοὺς δρυμούς... καὶ πάντα τὰ φυτὰ κατὰ γένος. ταῦτα τὰ τέσσαρα ἔργα τὰ μέγιστα ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. Τὰ ἰ5 better in Syncellus i 4: φανέρωσις γῆς καὶ ἀναξήρανσι:, παράδεισος, δένδρα παντοῖα, βοτάναι καὶ σπέρματα. 5. The third day. MSS add ‘‘ He made as.” 7. Cf. Slav. Enoch xxx. 1. Sprouting things = zajebaquel emend- graphy: @e.—latadlé is corrupt for batadla=€v τρυφῇ, a duplicate ren- dering of jaya: or else tadla is cor- rupt for taklat=gurd and should be transposed after kuellft. The ‘‘in Eden” is also superfluous. ὁ omits it. Garden of Eden. Eden is likewise a creation of the third day in Ber. rabba 15; Slav. Enoch xxx. 1; Book of Adam and Eve i. 1. This is the earliest view so far as our evidence goes. As early, however, as the latter half of the first century a.D., the garden of Eden was said to have been created before the world. Thus 4 Ezra iii. 6 In paradisum, quem plantavit dextera tua antequam terra adventaret. This view arose from taking opp in Gen. ii. 8 to mean “from the beginning” instead of ‘‘on the east.” This new interpretation was adopted by the Targums and the Syriac and Latin Versions, as well as by Aquila, Sym- CHAPTER II. 5-11 15 (plants after their kind). These four great works Gop created on the third day. 8. And on the fourth day He created the sun and the moon and the stars, and set them in the firmament of the heaven, to give light upon all the earth, and to rule over the day and the night, and divide the light from the darkness. 9. And Gop appointed the sun to be a great sign on the earth for days and for sabbaths and for months and for feasts and for years and for sabbaths of years and for jubilees and for all seasons of the years. 10. And it divideth the light from the darkness [and] for prosperity, that all things may prosper which shoot and grow on the earth. These three kinds He made on the fourth day. 11. And on the fifth day He created great sea monsters in the depths of the waters, for these were the first things of flesh that were created by His hands, the fish and everything that moves in the waters, and everything that machus and Theodotion; also by Jerome (Quaest. Heb. in Gen. ii. 8) (Migne, Biblioth. Patr. Lat. tom. 23, col. 940): Necnon quod sequitur, contra orientem, in Hebraeo Mecedem (Πρ) scribitur, quod Aquila posuit ἀπὸ ἀρχῆς : et nos, ab exordio, possumus dicere. Sym- machus vero, ἐκ πρώτης, et Theodotion, ἐν πρώτοις, quod et ipsum non orientem sed principium significat. Ex quo manifestissime comprobatur, quod priusquam coelum et terram Deus faceret, paradisum ante condiderat, sicut et legitur in Hebraeo: Plantaverat autem Dominus Deus paradisum in Eden a principio. For later Jewish authorities see Weber, Jiid. Theologie,? 198. On the peculiar conception of two Paradises, the heavenly and the earthly, and their connection see Slav. Enoch vi.; Weber, 162 sq., 341. For a history of the various meanings of Paradise in Apocalyptic literature, see my LZschatology, pp. 197, 234 sq., 262 sqq. (Plants after their kind.) Supplied from G in Epiphanius. It is possible, however, that ‘‘ plants” already exists in the text in a corrupt form. See note on beginning of verse. 8-10. Gen. i. 14-19. Of. Slav. Enoch, xxx. 2-6. G in Epiphanius very de- fective: τῇ δὲ τετάρτῃ τὸν ἥλιον τὴν σελήνην τοὺς ἀστέρας... ταῦτα τὰ τρία ἔργα τὰ μεγάλα ἐποίησε ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ τετάρτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 9. Appointed the sun. It will be observed here that though the writer is basing the text on Gen. i. 16-18 he makes no reference to the moon. The omission is intentional. The writer holds that Israel should not be guided by the moon but by the sun in the calculations of all their festivals. See vi. 36-38, Appointed the sun. . for jubilees. The period from the entrance of the Israelites into Canaan to the destruction of the first temple is measured by jubilees in Erachin 12-13 a. 10. These three kinds, ἴ,6., the sun, moon, and stars. Cf. Syncellus, i. 5. 11-12. Works of the fifth day. Gen. i, 20-238. Cf. Slav. Enoch xxx.7. G in Epiphanius : τῇ δὲ πέμπτῃ τὰ κήτη τὰ μεγάλα. .. τοὺς ἰχθύας καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἑρπετὰ τὰ ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι, τὰ πετεινὰ τὰ πτερωτά. . . ταῦτα τὰ τρία ἔργα τὰ μεγάλα ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ πέμπτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 16 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES flies, the birds and all their kind. 12. And the sun rose above them to prosper (them), and above everything that was on the earth, everything that shoots out of the earth, and all fruit-bearing trees, and all flesh. These three kinds He created on the fifth day. 13. Andon the sixth day He created all the animals of the earth, and all cattle, and everything that moves on the earth. 14. And after all this He created man, a man and a woman created He them, and gave him dominion over all that is upon the earth, and in the seas, and over everything that flies, and over beasts and over cattle, and over everything that moves on the earth, and over the whole earth, and over all this He gave him dominion. And these four kinds He created on the sixth day. 15. And there were altogether two and twenty kinds. 16. And He finished all His work on the sixth day— all that is in the heavens and on the earth, and in the seas and in the abysses, and in the light and in the darkness, and in everything. 17. And He gave us a great sign, the Sabbath day, that we should work six days, but keep Sabbath on the seventh day from all work. 18. And all the angels of the presence, and all the angels of sanctifi- 13-14. Works of the sixth day. ii. 28, Gen. i, 24-28. Cf. Slav. Enoch xxx. Cf. Exod. xx. 11. Budde and Ball accept this (= win) as the 8 sqq. G in Epiphanius is defective : τῇ δὲ ἔκτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τὰ θηρία... τὰ κτήνη, τὰ ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς, τὸν ἄνθρωπον εν ταῦτα τὰ τέσσαρα μεγάλα ἔργα ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 14. A man and a woman—instead of the usual ‘male and female.” 15. See note on ii, 23. The Greek of this verse and the next is found in Epiphanius, loc. cit. : καὶ ἐγένετο πάντα εἴκοσι δύο γένη ἐν ταῖς ἕξ ἡμέραις. καὶ συνετέλεσεν πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, ὅσα ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ ὅσα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἐν ταῖς θαλάσσαις καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἀβύσσοις, ἐν τῷ φωτὶ καὶ ἐν τῷ σκότει καὶ ἐν πᾶσι. 16. On the sixth day. Our text is supported by the Samaritan text and the LXX and Syriac Versions of Gen. original reading of Gen. ii. 24 over against the Massoretic (=-yain). The severer observance of the Sabbath belongs certainly to the pre-Christian centuries as we shall see later. 17-21. The two chief orders of angels observe the Sabbath together with God. Israel alone will be chosen to join in this observance. Like the third order of angels (see note on ii. 2), i.e. those that preside over natural phenomena, the Gentiles do not share in this privilege (ii. 31). 17. He gave us a great sign, the Sabbath day. Cf. Exod. xxxi. 13. This sign, first appointed between God and the two chief orders of angels, was to be established subsequently between God and Israel, ii. 21. See ii. 31 note. CHAPTER II. 12-23 17 cation, these two great classes——He hath bidden us to keep the Sabbath with Him in heaven and on earth. 19. And He said unto us: “Behold, I will separate unto Myself a people from among all the peoples, and these will keep the Sabbath day, and I will sanctify them unto Myself as My people, and will bless them; as I have sanctified the Sabbath day and do sanctify (it) unto Myself, even so shall I bless them, and they will be My people and I shall be their God. 20. And I have chosen the seed of Jacob from amongst all that I have seen, and have written him down as My first- born son, and have sanctified him unto Myself for ever and ever; and 1 will teach them the Sabbath day, that they may keep Sabbath thereon from all work.” 21. And thus He created therein a sign in accordance with which they should keep Sabbath with us on the seventh day, to eat and to drink, and to bless Him who has created all things as He has blessed and sanctified unto Himself.a peculiar people above all peoples, and that they should keep Sabbath together with us. 22. And He caused His commands to ascend as a sweet savour acceptable before Him all the days... . 23. There (were) two and twenty heads of mankind from Adam 19. Separate wnto Myself a people. 1 Kings viii. 53. These will keep the Sabbath .. . sanctify them. Exod. xxxi. 18, 17; Ezek. xx. 12. See note on ii. 31. They will be My people, etc. Seei. 17. 20. I have chosen the seed of Jacob. Is. xli. 8, xliv. 1, 2. G@ in Epi- phanius=J will choose, etc. From amongst all. This is based on a slight change of a corrupt text. My first-born son. Exod. iv. 22 ; Ps. Ixxxix. 27; cf. Jer. xxxi. 9. 21. A sign. According to Exod. xxxi. 13, 17 ; Ezek. xx. 12, the Sabbath was to be a sign between God and Israel. See ii. 17 note, 31 note. Keep Sabbath with us. Israel is to unite with the angels (cf. verses 17, 18) in observing the Sabbath. To eat and to drink, etc. This joy- ful aspect of the Sabbath is enforced again in ii. 31, 1. 9, 10. In 1. 12 fasting on the Sabbath is forbidden. See 1. 6 sqq. (notes) for a discussion of the entire question. A peculiar people above all peoples. Deut. vii. 6; cf. Exod. xix. 5; Amos iii. 2. The Sabbaths are signs that God has given to His people to distinguish them from other peoples. Cf. verse 31; Ezek. xx. 12, 20. “Peculiar” here = zajatari emended from zajastaré’i. And that they... with us. This seems a dittography of the second clause of this verse. 22. His commands, etc. Corrupt. A sweet savour. Gen. viii. 21; Exod. xxix. 18; Ezek. xx. 41; 2 Cor. ii. 15; Eph. v. 2. Acceptable before Him. Ezek. xx. 41; Rom. xii. 1; 1 Tim. ii. 3. 23. It is clear from Epiphanius, Syncellus and Cedrenus that there is a 18 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES to Jacob, and two and twenty kinds of work were made until the seventh day; this is blessed and holy; and the former also is blessed and holy; and this one serves with that one for sanctification and blessing. 94. And to this (Jacob and his seed) it was granted that they should always lacuna in the text after ver. 22. Thus in Epiphanius, De Mensuris et Pon- deribus, ch. xxii. (ed. Dind. vol. iv. 28) after an account of the six days’ creation, drawn word for word from Jubilees, he continues καὶ ἐδήλωσε δι’ ἀγγέλου τῷ Μωῦσεϊ ὅτι (Jub. ii. 28) καὶ εἴκοσι δύο κεφάλαια ἀπὸ ᾿Αδὰμ ἄχρι τοῦ ᾿Ιακώβ. . καὶ (Jub. ii. 21) ἐκλέξομαι ἐμαυτῷ ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτοῦ... λαὸν περιούσιον ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν... διὸ καὶ εἴκοσι δύο εἰσὶ τὰ παρὰ τοῖς Ἑβραίοις γράμματα, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὰ καὶ τὰς βίβλους αὐτῶν KB’ ἠρίθμησαν εἴκοσι ἑπτὰ οὔσας" ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ διπλοῦνται πέντε παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς στοιχεῖα, εἴκοσι ἑπτὰ καὶ αὐτὰ ὄντα καὶ εἰς KB’ ἀποτελοῦνται, τούτου χάριν καὶ τὰς βίβλους κζ΄ οὔσας xB’ πεποιήκασιν. Also in i. 1 p. 59 (πικουρ.) we find αὗταί εἰσιν αἱ εἰκοσι- επτὰ βίβλοι αἱ ἐκ Θεοῦ δοθεῖσαι τοῖς ᾽Ιουδαίοις, εἰκοσιδύο δὲ ὡς τὰ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς στοιχεῖα τῶν βραϊκῶν γραμμάτων ἀριθμούμεναι, διὰ τὸ διπλοῦσθαι δέκα βίβλους εἰς πέντε λεγομένας. Again Anastasius, who elsewhere quotes Jubilees (see iii. 9 note), seems to refer to our text here in his work on the Hexaemeron (Migne’s Biblioth. Patr. Graec. tom. 89, col. 940): Viginti enim duo opera fecisse Deum dicunt, et Judaeorum et Christianorum interpretes ... propterea viginti quoque duobus libris enumerat omne Vetus suum Testamentum. In Isidore of Seville (ob. 636), Btymolog. xvi. 26.10 (Migne Bibl. Patr. Lat. tom. 82, col. 595), we have an account of the creation agreeing with Jubilees save in one small particu- lar. It is there shown that there were twenty-two kinds of work just as there were twenty-two generations from Adam to Jacob, twenty-two books in the OT and twenty-two letters. This account is dependent on Epiphanius. Thus it is most probable that originally mention was made in the text of the twenty-two Hebrew letters and the twenty-two books of the Bible, and so we find it actually stated by Syncellus Chronogr. i. 5 (ed. Dind.) ὁμοῦ τὰ πάντα ἔργα εἴκοσι δύο ἰσάριθμα τοῖς εἴκοσι δύο ‘EBpatkois γράμμασι καὶ ταῖς εἴκοσι δύο “Ἑβραϊκαῖς βίβλοις καὶ τοῖς ἀπὸ ᾿Αδὰμ ἕως ᾿Ιακὼβ εἴκοσι δύο yevap- χίαις, ὡς ἐν λεπτῇ φέρεται Tevéoes, ἣν καὶ Mwiicéws εἶναί φασί τινες ἀποκάλυψιν. This statement is reproduced verbally by Cedrenus, Compendium Histor. vol. i, 9 (ed. Bekker). Next we have the evidence of the Hebrew tradition pre- served in the Midrash Tadshe vi. (quoted above, p. 11): “Twenty-two kinds of creatures were created in the universe. This corresponds to the twenty-two letters of the alphabet and to the twenty-two generations from Adam to Jacob.” Thus we should probably restore the lacuna asfollows:— As there were two and twenty letters and two and twenty (sacred) books and two and twenty heads of mankind from Adam to Jacob, so there were made two and twenty kinds of work, etc. The thirty-nine books of the Old Testament are equalised to the number of letters by the following device. The twelve minor prophets count as one book, similarly Judges and Ruth, Ezra and Nehemiah, Jeremiah and Lamentations are taken together, and the two books of Samuel, Kings and Chronicles are reckoned respectively as one each. Thus the thirty-nine are reduced to twenty- two. See Introd. § 11. This is blessed and holy, i.e., the Sabbath. The former also is blessed and holy, ie. Jacob, These two, the Sabbath and Jacob, are intimately related. As the Sabbath comes at the close of the twenty-two works, so Jacob comes at the close of the twenty-second genera- tion. Not till Jacob’s time, therefore, could the Sabbath be rightly observed on earth. Moreover, the Sabbath was given to Israel alone (ii. 31). 24. They should always, etc. So bcd. a reads “he should always,” etc. CHAPTER II. 24-29 19 be the blessed and holy ones of the first testimony and law, even as He had sanctified and blessed the Sabbath day on the seventh day. 25. He created heaven and earth and everything that He created in six days, and God made the seventh day holy, for all His works; therefore He com- manded on its behalf that, whoever does any work thereon shall die, and that he who defiles it shall surely die. 26. Wherefore do thou command the children of Israel to observe this day that they may keep it holy and not do thereon any work, and not to defile it, as it is holier than all other days. 27. And whoever profanes it shall surely die, and whoever does thereon any work shall surely die eternally, that the children of Israel may observe this day throughout their generations, and not be rooted out of the land; for it is a holy day and a blessed day. 28, And every one who observes it and keeps Sabbath thereon from all his work, will be holy and blessed throughout all days like unto us. 29. Declare and say to the children of Israel the law of this day both that they should keep Sabbath thereon, and that they should not forsake it in the error of their hearts; (and) that it is not lawful to do any work thereon which is unseemly, to do thereon their own pleasure, and that they should not prepare thereon anything He had sanctified. So cd. “it had been sanctified.” And blessed. So acd. been blessed. The Sabbath day. cd. αὖ omit. 25. Whoever does any work thereon shall die, and that he who defiles, etc. Exod. xxxi. 14,15. Cf. Exod. xxxv. 2 ; Num. xv. 32-86. See also verses 26, 27. ab read Rooted out of theland. Deut. xxix. 28. 29. lt is not lawful to do any work thereon which is unseemly, to do thereon their own pleasure. In the rendering “which is unseemly” I have followed Barth and Littmann in taking za’ije- kawen za’jjastar’i as representing xby ‘ean. See also on 11]. 15. It might be better to connect the following in- ὃ “and had 26. Command the children of Israel to observe this day that they may keep tt holy. Exod. xx. 8, xxxi. 1. Holier than all other days. Cf. ii. 80 where it is said to be holier than the jubilee of the jubilees ; also ii. 33. 27. Whoever profanes it. . . who- ever does thereon any work. See two preceding verses. finitive with “unseemly ” and translate “which is unseemly to do thereon, (even) their own pleasure.” It is usual for "x9 to be followed by an infinitive in this sense. Cf. Esther ii. 9; Chull. 886; Nid. vi. 4. To do thereon their own pleasure. Cf. Is. lviii. 13. Not prepare thereon anything to be 20 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES to be eaten or drunk, +and (that it is not lawful) to draw water, or bring in or take out thereon through their gates any burden,} which they had not prepared for them- selves on the sixth day in their dwellings. 30. And they shall not bring in nor take out from house to house on that day ; for that day is more holy and blessed than any jubilee day of the jubilees: on this we kept Sabbath in the heavens before it was made known to any flesh to keep Sabbath thereon on the earth. 31. And the Creator of all things blessed it, but He did not sanctify all peoples and eaten or drunk. This law could be derived from Exod. xvi. 23, 25. Bak- ing and boiling are forbidden in Exod. xvi. 23, and the making of a fire in Exod. xxxv. 3. And that they should not prepare thereon anything to be eaten or drunk which they had not prepared for themselves on the sixth day. Cf. 1. 9. It will be observed that by omitting “and (that it is not lawful) to draw water, or bring in or take out thereon through their gates any burden” an excellent sense is restored to the text. Besides, the words in question con- stitute a break in the grammatical construction. The words “or bring in or take out thereon through their gates any burden” look like a dittography of the first clause in ver. 30. They may, however, be genuine, and we can restore at once the sense and grammar by reading these clauses immediately after the words “their own pleasure.” Thus we have: “Thatitis not lawful to do any work thereon which is unseemly, to do thereon their own pleasure or to draw water or bring in or take out thereon through their gates any burden. And that they should not prepare there- on anything to be eaten or drunk, which they had not prepared for themselves on the sixth day in their dwellings.” Or bring in or take out... any burden. The law is found in ii. 30, 1.8; Jer. xvii, 21, 22, 24, 27. Cf. Neh. xiii, 19; John v. 10; Shabb. vii. 2. Which they had not prepared for themselves on the sixth day. This should follow immediately on the clause “anything to be eaten or drunk.” Thus we have the provision enforced in Bez. 2b, that on the Sabbath day nothing should be eaten which had not been expressly prepared on a week day with a view to the Sabbath. On the sixth day. Cf. 1. 9. This phrase can equally well be rendered in both passages “on the six days.” 30. Bring in nor take out from house to house. Of. ii. 29, 1.8; Jer. xvii. 22. Also Shabb. vii. 2, my b menp syn. See note on ver. 29, On this we kept Sabbath in the heavens. Similarly it is said in vi. 18 that the feast of weeks was celebrated by the angels in heaven till the days of Noah. The writer most probably held that the other feasts were likewise observed in heaven. The sabbath and the feast of weeks, however, are the two chief feasts in the eyes of the writer. According to Ber. rabba 11 even the godless in Gehenna had rest on the Sabbath. 81. Blessed it, {.6., Israel. MSS omit “it”? but we have only (with Barth and Littmann) to emend baraka into barak4 to restore it, He did not sanctify all . . . nations to keep Sabbath thereon, but Israel alone. Cf. ii, 19. The Sabbath was the special privilege and distinction of Israel. Hence it could not be rightly observed on earth till Jacob’s time (see ii, 23 note). It was to be a special sign between God and Israel (ii. 21), as it was already a sign in heaven between CHAPTERS II. 309-111 4 21 nations to keep Sabbath thereon, but Israel alone: them alone He permitted to eat and drink and to keep Sabbath thereon on the earth. 32. And the Creator of all things blessed this day which He had created for a blessing and a sanctification and a glory above all days. 33. This law and testimony was given to the children of Israel as a law for ever unto their generations. Adam names all creatwres, 1-3. Creation of Eve and enact- ment of Levitical laws of purification, 4-14. Adam and Eve in Paradise: their sin and expulsion, 15-29. Law of covering one’s shame enacted, 30,31. Adam and Eve live in Bldd, 32-35. (Cf. Gen. ii. 18-25, iii). III. And on the six days of the second week we brought, according to the word of God, unto Adam all the beasts, and all the cattle, and all the birds, and everything that moves on the earth, and everything that moves in the water, according to their kinds, and according to their types: the beasts on the first day; the cattle on the second day; the birds on the third day; and all that which moves on the earth on the fourth day; and that which moves in the water on the fifth day. 2. And Adam named them all by their respective names, and as he called them, so was their name. 3. And on these five days Adam saw all these, male and female, according to every kind that was on the earth, but he was alone and found no helpmeet for him. 4. And the Lord said unto us: “It is not good that the in Syncellus, pp. 7-8: τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ .. ὠνόμασεν ᾿Αδὰμ τὰ ἄγρια θηρία θείῳ τινὶ χαρίσματι, τῇ δευτέρᾳ ἡμέρᾳ... ὠνόμασε τὰ κτήνη, τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ... ὠνόμασεν τὰ πετεινά" τῇ τετάρτῃ ἡμέρᾳ God and the two chief orders of angels (ii.17). As no such sign existed between God and the inferior angels (who are inferior to Israel, see ii. 2 note), so none existed between God and the Gen- tiles. 33. A law for ever unto their genera- tions = ony ody npn, Exod. xxvii. 21; Lev. vii. 36, xxiii. 14, ete. Il. 1-2. Cf. Gen. ii, 19. G is found . ὠνόμασε τὰ ἑρπετά" TH πέμπτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. . . ὠνόμασε τὰ νηκτά. 8. Cf. Gen. ii, 20. Found. So Mass., Sam.; but LXX, Syr. and Vulg. = “was found.” 22 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES man should be alone: let us make a helpmeet for him.” 5. And the Lord our God caused a deep sleep to fall upon him, and he slept, and He took for the woman one rib from amongst his ribs, and this rib was the origin of the woman from amongst his ribs, and He built up the flesh in its stead, and built the woman. 6. And He awaked Adam out of his sleep and on awaking he rose on the sixth day, and He brought her to him, and he knew her, and said unto her: “This is now bone of my bones and flesh of my flesh; she will be called [my] wife; because she was taken from her husband.” 7. Therefore shall man and wife be one, and therefore shall a man leave his father and his mother, and cleave unto his wife, and they shall be one flesh. first week was Adam created, the 8. In and the rib—his wife: in the second week He showed her unto him: and for this reason the commandment was given to keep in their 4. Gen. ii. 18. Let us make. So also LXX and Vulg. Mass., Sam., Syr.=“ I will make.” 5-6. Creation of woman on the 13th day of the creation. Cf. Gen. ii. 21-23. In the Targ. Jon. on Gen. ii. 21 the rib is said to have been the 13th on the right side. On the Talmudic theories as to the hermaphroditic character of Adam before the creation of Eve see Weber, “πα, Theologie,? p. 211. 5. One rib from amongst his ribs, and this rib... from amongst his ribs. Text literally = “one bone from amongst his bones and this rib (or side)... from amongst his bones.” 6. [fy] wife. The “my” I have bracketed as an interpolation. It is found also in the Eth. vers. of Gen. ii. 23, but in no other important version. Her husband (= τινα). So also Sam., LXX, and Onkelos against Mass., Syr., and Vulg. which omit the pro- noun. 7. Cf. Gen. ii, 24, They shall be one flesh. So also Mass. and Onkelos, but Sam. (pawn ym) ; LXX, Syr., Vulg., Ps. -Jon. =‘‘ they twain shall be one flesh.” This latter is followed in Matt. xix. 5; Mark x.7; Eph. v. 31, and seems to have the older attestation. 8. First week... second week. MSS read ‘‘seventh ” instead of “week” in both cases. We obtain the right sense by simply emending sib'ét into 58} ὖ. 8-14. Commandment was given to keep in their defilement, etc. In this passage our author either invents historical grounds or else adopts an already existing legend to account for the commands given in Lev. xii. 2-5, According to Lev. xii, 2, 5 a mother was to be unclean seven days if she bore a man child, and was not to enter the sanctuary till thirty-three days later, in all forty days ; and she was to be unclean fourteen days if she bore a maid child, and was not to enter the sanctuary for sixty-six days later, in all eighty days. This law, our author says, was based on the fact that Adam was created at the close of the first week and did not enter the Garden till forty days after his crea- tion, and Eve was created at the close of the second week and did not enter the Garden till eighty days after her creation. This peculiar idea reappears CHAPTER III. 5-9 23 defilement, for a male seven days, and for a female twice seven days. 9. And after Adam had completed forty days in the land where he had been created, we brought him into the garden of Eden to till and keep it, but his wife they brought in on the eightieth day, and after this she entered in various works. Thus in Philo Quaest. in Gen. ii, 21 (translated by Aucher from the Armenian), where Philo is dealing with the creation of woman from the rib of the man, the text appears to recall the views of our author: Siquidem ut perfectior et (si liceat dici) duplicior est viri formatio formatione mulieris: sic etiam dimidio tempore opus habuit, diebus videlicet xl, ubi imperfectae atque, ut ita dicam, dimidiae viri sectioni, scilicet mulieri, (opus esset) duplici mensura, nempe diebus Ixxx. Our text was certainly before Syncellus, i, 8-9, εἰσήγαγεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν ᾿Αδὰμ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ κατὰ τὴν τεσσαρακοστὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πλάσεως αὐτοῦ. τῇ ἐνενη- κοστῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κτίσεως as we ce εἰσήχθη ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ ἡ τοῦ ᾿Αδὰμ βοηθὸς Εὔα, ἐν τῇ ὀγδοη- κοστῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς πλάσεως αὐτῆς... διὰ τοῦτο προσέταξεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ Μωύσέως ἐν τῷ Λευιτικῷ, ἤτοι διὰ τὰς μετὰ τὴν πλάσιν τοῦ χωρισμοῦ αὐτῶν ἡμέρας ἐκ τοῦ παραδείσου, ἐπὶ μὲν ἀρρενογονίας ἀκάθαρτον αὐτὴν εἶναι ἐπὶ τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας, ἐπὶ δὲ θηλυ- τοκίας ἕως ἡμερῶν π΄. ἐπειδὴ καὶ ᾿Αδὰμ τῇ μ' ἡμέρᾳ τῆς πλάσεως αὐτοῦ εἰσήχθη ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ, οὗ χάριν καὶ τὰ γεννώμενα τῇ τεσσαρακοστῇ ἡμέρᾳ εἰσφέρουσιν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ κατὰ τὸν νόμον. ἐπὶ δὲ θήλεος ἀκάθαρτον εἷναι αὐτὴν ἐπὶ ἡμέρας ὀγδοήκοντα, διά τε τὴν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ αὐτῆς εἴσοδον τῇ ὀγδοηκοστῇ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ διὰ τὸ ἀκάθαρτον τοῦ θήλεος πρὸς τὸ ἄρσεν. ἀφεδρος γὰρ πάλιν οὖσα οὐκ εἰσέρχεται ἕως ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ κατὰ τὸν θεῖον νόμον. ταῦτα ἐκ τοῦ βίου λεγομένου ᾿Αδὰμ φιλομαθίας χάριν ἐν συντόμῳ ἐστοιχείωσα, ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ ἔτει τῆς πλάσεως τοῦ ᾿Αδάμ, ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ τὰ πραχθέντα. In the Book of Adam and Eve trans- lated by Malan in 1882 from the Ethiopic we find an undoubted re- miniscence of our text. Thus ini. 74 and 75 it is recounted that Adam made an offering for Cain when he was forty days old and an offering for Cain’s twin sister Luluwa when she was eighty days old, when Eve and her daughter approached the altar. Anastasius Sinaita (flor. 7th cent.) in his Anagogic. contemplat. in Hexaem. (Fabricius, Cod. Pseud. V.T. ii. 83; Migne’s Biblio- theca Patr. Graec. tom. 89, col. 967) is the first to refer directly to our text: Unde Hebraei ex libro qui non est redactus in canonem qui quidem dicitur Testamentum Protoplastorum, dicunt quadragesima die ingressum esse Adam in Paradisum; sicut etiam videtur cuidam historico chronographo Pyr- rhoni, et quibusdam expositoribus. The Pyrrho here mentioned by Anas- tasius is likewise referred to by Glycas as the source of this statement. Syncellus (p. 8) is the next to use our text: εἰσήγαγεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν ᾿Αδὰμ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ κατὰ τὴν τεσσαρακοστὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πλάσεως αὐτοῦ. Subse- quently Glycas (οἶτο. 1150), in his Βίβλος Χρονική (pp. 3892-393, ed. Bekker), quotes our text with dis- approval: ἡ δὲ λεγομένη λεπτὴ Γένεσις, οὐκ οἷδ ὅθεν συγγραφεῖσα καὶ ὅπως, φησὶν ὅτι μεθ᾽ ἡμέρας μ' εἰσῆλθεν 6’ Adame εἰς τὸν παράδεισον, ἡ ἡ δὲ Eta μεθ᾽ ἡμέρας π΄, καὶ τούτου χάριν ἐν ἡμέραις τοσαύταις προσάγονται τῷ νάῳ τό τε ἄρρεν καὶ τὸ θῆλυ, ἀναλόγως τάχα τῷ ᾿Αδὰμ καὶ τῇ ἙἘὔᾳ. On p. 156 Glycas tells us that Pyrrho in his history writes that Adam did not enter the Garden of Eden till the 40th day after his creation, and then adds ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ olda ποῦ διέτριβε πρότερον ὁ ᾿Αδάμ, ἔξω τοῦ παραδείσου τεσσαράκοντα διάγων ἡμέρας. On the other hand Beer (Das Buch des Jubiléen, Ὁ. 40) points out that there is not a trace of such a legend in Rabbinic literature, and that on the contrary it is declared in Shabbath 135a (avd axpy ἸῸΝ PRY sy Dw nN mow> don) that the regulations in Lev. xii, 2-5 had no currency before 24 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES into the garden of Eden. 10. And for this reason the commandment is written on the heavenly tables in regard to her that gives birth: “if she bears a male, she shall remain in her uncleanness seven days according to the first week of days, and thirty and three days shall she remain in the blood of her purifying, and she shall not touch any hallowed thing, nor enter into the sanctuary, until she accomplishes these days which (are enjoined) in the case of a male child. 11. But in the case of a female child she shall remain in her uncleanness two weeks of days, according to the first two weeks, and sixty-six days in the blood of her purification, and they will be in all eighty days.” 12. And when she had completed these eighty days we brought her into the garden of Eden, for it is holier than all the earth besides, and every tree that is planted in it is holy. 13. Therefore, there was ordained regarding her who bears a male or a female child the statute the legislation of Moses. Yet, notwith- standing Beer’s statement, the tradition in our text is not without attestation in Judaism. Thus in the Midrash Tadshe xv. (see Jellinek’s edition in his Bet ha-Midrasch, iii. 164-193 or Eppstein in Beitrage zur jiid. Alterthumskunde, 1887), ‘‘Why did the Holy One, blessed be He, ordain seven days of purification for a woman who had borne ὦ male child and fourteen days for her who had borne afemale? This is to recall the creation of the first Adam who was created in seven days tin the first} of the first week, (and) the creation of Eve, who was taken from one of his ribs in the second week. So Pinchas ben Jair (13 ὈΠῚ9 vx). The sages however say that both were created on the eve of the Sabbath, the sixth day. Wherefore did the Holy One, blessed be He, ordain that she who had borne a male should enter the temple after forty days, and that she who had borne a female after eighty days? To recall that which God did regarding the first Adam who was created outside the Garden of Eden and did not enter till later.” We observe here that the above state- meuts are attributed to Pinchas. They go back ultimately to our text. As references to Pinchas, Eppstein (Revue des Etudes juives, xxi. 92, 1890) mentions Chullin 75, Kethuboth 46a, Sota 49a, Ber. rabba 60. 10. The heavenly tables. In my note on xlvii. 3 of the Eth. Enoch 1 have touched on the origin and de- velopment of the idea underlying this expression, and to this I must refer the reader. The phrase is found in the Eth. Enoch xlvii. 3, Ixxxi. 1, 2, xciii. 2, ciii, 2, Test. XII. Patriarch. Levi v.; Asher. ii., vii, The conception is not a hard and fixed one: in Enoch and Test. XII. Patriarch. it wavers between an absolute determinism and prediction pure and simple: whereas in our text, in addition to these signifi- cations, it implies at times little more than a contemporary heavenly record of events. In fact, in our author, the heavenly tables are the divine statute book of the Theocracy of which the Mosaic law is the reproduction on earth, or a mere contemporary record of events, or finally they recount the CHAPTER III. 10-16 25 of those days that she should touch no hallowed thing, nor enter into the sanctuary until these days for the male or female child are accomplished. 14. This is the law and testimony which was written down for Israel, in order that they should observe (it) all the days. 15. And in the first week of the first jubilee, Adam and his wife were in the 1-74.™. garden of Eden for seven years tilling and keeping it, and we gave him work and we instructed him to do everything that is suitable for tillage. 16. And he tilled (the garden), and was naked and knew it not, and was not ashamed, and he protected the garden from the birds and beasts and cattle, and gathered its fruit, and eat, and put aside the residue for himself and for his wife [and put aside that which was being future history of the world either pre- dictively or else determinatively. One Meaning, moreover, passes impercep- tibly into another. Thus those tables record: (1) Laws levitical, criminal, and chronological, in some instances predetermined and previously observed in heaven, in others established for the first time on earth: purification after childbirth, iii, 8-14; law as to covering one’s nakedness, iii. 381; as to murder and those who witness it, iv. 5; as to retribution, iv. 32; as to the judgment of sinners, v 18; as to the feast of weeks, vi. 17 and the divisions and length of the year, vi. 29-35 ; as to circumcision, xv. 25-26; as to the seed of Lot, xvi. 9 and the feast of tabernacles, xvi. 29 ; as to the feast of the lord, xviii. 19; as to the Philistines, xxiv. 83; as to the marriage of the elder daughter, xxviii. 6; as to the man who gives his daughter to a Gentile, xxx. 9; as to tithes, xxxii. 15; as to the incestuous person, xxxiii. 10; as to the Sabbath, 1. 13. (2) Merely a contemporary event : the naming of Abraham as a friend of God, xiv. 9, and of Levi, xxx. 20; Isaac’s blessing of Levi and Judah, xxxi. 82, (8) Predictions and predeter- minations : as to the judgment, v. 13 ; as to the Messianic kingdom, xxiii. 32. 15. Seven years. According to Ber. rabba 18, Sanh. 380, and Die Schatz- hohle, p. 7 (translated by Bezold), Adam was only six hours in the Gar- den. MS α of the Slavonic Enoch xxxii. 2 states that Adam was only five and a half hours in Paradise. This last clause looks like a Christian interpolation, and may point to the 5500 years which were to elapse before the coming of Christ according to the early Fathers. Instructed him... for tillage. In Is, xxviii. 26-29 this instruction is attri- buted to God ; but in Ber. rabba 24 it is assigned, as in our text, to the angels: also in the Life of Adam and Eve, 22 (Kautzsch, Apoc. und Pseud. ii. 515) it is stated that God sent Michael with certain seeds to Adam, and with orders to instruct him in husbandry. Is suitable. So Barth and Littmann take zajastar’i as representing “7 in the Hebrew. See on ii. 29. But the ordinary sense of the word, “‘is revealed,” may be right here. See preceding note. 16, Naked... and was not ashamed. Gen. ii. 25. Protected the garden from the birds, etc. The Greek is found in Glycas (p. 206, ed. Bekker): ὁ ᾿Αδὰμ ἀπεσόβει τὰ πετεινὰ καὶ ἑρπετά, συνῆγε τὸν καρπὸν ἐν παραδείσῳ καὶ σὺν τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ ἤσθιεν αὐτόν. [And put aside... kept]. Bracketed as a dittography. Here “which was being kept” = τὸ φυλασσόμενον = nypveT, ἃ corrupt dittography of nyxwan Ξετὸ καταλειφθέν, ‘the residue” (or sovian of awa). 8 AM. 26 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES kept]. 17. And after the completion of the seven years, which he had completed there, seven years exactly, and in the second month, on the seventeenth day (of the month), the serpent came and approached the woman, and the serpent said to the woman, “Hath God commanded you, saying, Ye shall not eat of every tree of the garden?” 18. And she said to it, “Of all the fruit of the trees of the garden God hath said unto us, Eat; but of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden God hath said unto us, Ye shall not eat thereof, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.” 19. And the serpent said unto the woman, “ Ye shall not surely die: for God doth know that on the day ye shall eat thereof, your eyes will be opened, and ye will be as gods, and ye will know good and evil.” 20. And the woman saw the tree that it was agreeable and pleasant to the eye, and that its fruit was good for food, and she took thereof and eat. 21. And when she had first covered her shame with fig-leaves, she gave thereof to Adam and he eat, and his eyes were opened, and he saw that he was naked. 22. And he took fig-leaves and sewed (them) together, and made an apron for himself, and covered his shame. 23. And God cursed the serpent, and was wroth with it forever. . . . 24, And He was wroth with the woman, because she hearkened to the 17-22. Gen. iii. 1-7. 19. See on ver. 82. Cf. Syncellus 1, 18: Ἔκ τῶν λεπτῶν Ῥενέσεως : τῷ ἑβδόμῳ ἔτει παρέβη καὶ τῷ ὀγδόῳ ἐξερ- ρίφησαν τοῦ παραδείσου, ὥς φησι, μετὰ τεσσαράκοντα πέντε ἡμέρας τῆς παρα- βάσεως,... 28. Cf. Gen. iii, 14, At the close of this verse I have marked a lacuna in the text; for Glycas (p. 206) affirms that according to Jubilees the serpent had originally four feet: ὁ ὄφις ἀπὸ κτήνους ἑρπετὸν ἐγένετο, χεῖράς τε Kal πόδας ἐκέκτητο. ἀφῃρέθη δὲ ταῦτα διὰ τὸ τολμηρῶς εἰς τὸν παράδεισον εἰσελθεῖν. Syncellus (i. 14) states that the serpent had originally four feet. The text, therefore, most probably contained some statement relative to the cutting off of the serpent’s feet. Such a state- ment would follow naturally on Gen. iii, 14 “upon thy belly thou shalt go.” Indeed in the Targ., Ps.-Jon., Gen. iii. 14 we find this very statement aban psspn, “and thy feet will be cut off.” According to the Midrash Koheleth “the ministering angels came down and and cut off its hands ες and feet.” Finally Josephus (Ant. i. 1. 4) writes that the serpent was deprived both of language and feet, ἀφείλετο δὲ καὶ τὸν ὄφιν τὴν φωνὴν ποδῶν τε αὐτὸν ἀπο- στερήσας σύρεσθαι κατὰ τῆς γῆς ἰλυσπώ- μενον ἐποίησε. CHAPTER III. 17-29 27 voice of the serpent, and did eat; and He said unto her: “I shall greatly multiply thy sorrow and thy pains: in sorrow thou shalt bring forth children, and thy return shall be unto thy husband, and he will rule over thee.” 25. And to Adam also He said, “ Because thou hast hearkened unto the voice of thy wife, and hast eaten of the tree of which I com- manded thee that thou shouldst not eat thereof, cursed be the ground for thy sake: thorns and thistles shall it bring forth to thee, and thou shalt eat thy bread in the sweat of thy face, till thou returnest to the earth from whence thou wast taken; for earth thou art, and unto earth shalt thou return.” 26. And He made for them coats of skin, and clothed them, and sent them forth from the Garden of Eden. 27. And on that day on which Adam went forth from the Garden, he offered as a sweet savour an offering, frankincense, galbanum, and stacte, and spices in the morning with the rising of the sun from the day when he covered his shame. 28. And on that day was closed the mouth of all beasts, and of cattle, and of birds, and of whatever walks, and of whatever moves, so that they could no longer speak: for they had all spoken one with another with one lip and with one tongue. 29. And He 27. Here the writer antedates the incense-offering mentioned in Exod. xxx. 34. According to Aboda zara 8a Adam offered an ox whose horns were 24, 1 shall greatlymultiply thy sorrow and thy pains, etc. Gen. iii. 16. Thy pains. So also LXX, but Mass., Sam., Syr., and Vulg.=‘“thy concep- tion” (7277). Thy return=% ἀποστροφή σου. So also LXX and Syr.= nawn instead of Mass. and Sam. ynpwn=“ they desire.” 25-26. Gen. iii. 17-19, 21, 24. 25. Of the tree=amé τοῦ EvAov. The text is ‘‘of that tree,” but the demon- strative is a rendering of the Greek art. as frequently. Thy bread. So LXX, but Mass., Sam., Syr., Vulg. omit “thy.” To the earth... for earth.. unto earth. As LXX uses γῆ to render the two Hebrew words ΠΙΟῚΝ and 7py, so did the Greek version of Jubilees. of earlier growth than its hoof (Beer, Buch der Jub. p. 40). From the day when he covered his shame. Exod. xx. 26, xxviii. 42, where the priests are bidden to cover their nakedness with breeches when at the altar, may have been in the mind of the writer, as Beer (op. cit. Ὁ. 41) suggests. 28. This was undoubtedly a current belief among certain sections of the Jews. Thus it is stated without question in Joseph. Ant, i. 1. 4 ὁμο- φωνούντων δὲ κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ τῶν ζῴων ἁπάντων. It appears also in the Book of Adam and Eve i. 18 and in 28 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES sent out of the Garden of Eden all flesh that was in the Garden of Eden, and all flesh was scattered according to its kinds, and according to its types unto the places which had been created for them. some form is implied in Philo, Quaest. in Gen, i. 32 (Armen.). Both our text and Josephus are quoted as teach- ing this view in Syncellus, i. 14, τὰ θηρία καὶ τὰ τετράποδα καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ φησὶν ὁ ᾿Ιώσηππος καὶ ἡ Λεπτὴ Τένεσις ὁμόφωνα εἶναι πρὸ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῖς πρωτοπλάστοις. This statement is re- peated in Cedrenus, i. pp. 9-10 ; Zonaras, i. p. 28. It seems implied in the text that the common original language of men and animals was Hebrew. That Hebrew was the primitive language of man, at any rate, was universally believed among the Jews. Thus accord- ing to the Jerusalem Targum on Gen. xi. 1 all men originally spoke Hebrew, which was the language by means of which the world was created : nq xw-np jena xpby ma avans7 pode. (Cf. also Ber. rabba 18, 31.) In xii. 25, 26 of our text it is called ‘‘the tongue of the creation,” which ‘‘had ceased from the mouths of all the children of men from the day of the overthrow (of Babel)” till the days of Abraham. In Cedrenus, i. 22, however, the legend is differently preserved. Because Eber refused to join in building Babel he did not lose his original language—the language that Adam spoke—like the rest of his con- temporaries—rijs τῶν ἄλλων φωνῆς συγχεθείσης ἡ τοῦ “EBep οὐκ ἀπώλετο. αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἢ καὶ ᾿Αδὰμ ἐλάλει. Hence his descendants called themselves Hebrews and their language Hebrew, and the names of the patriarchs are a proof that Hebrew was the pre-Babel language— καὶ ταύτην of τοῦτον δια- δεξάμενοι ἀπόγονοι πατρωνυμικῶς ἑαυ- τοὺς Ἑβραίους προσηγόρευσαν καὶ Ἑβραΐδα τὴν φωνὴν ἐκάλεσαν. τεκ- μήριον δὲ ταύτην εἶναι τὴν πρὸ τῆς συγχύσεως φωνὴν τὰ τῶν παλαιῶν ὀνό- ματα. This view is likewise Jewish: it is found in the Chronicles of Jerah- meel, xxxviii. 11. But while some Syriac writers such as John bar Madani and Jacob of Serugh admitted this claim, others like Theodoret, Quaest. in 30. And to Adam alone did Gen. 1x.-lxi., St. Ephraem, and Bar- hebraeus (see Assemani, Bidl. Or. iii. 313, 314) were just as confident of the absolute priority of their own language, while Solomon Baisorensis reconciled both views by declaring that originally Syriac and Hebrew were one and the same, In Die Schatzhohle (transl. by Bezold)s p. 29, the priority of Syriac is polemically maintained: “Von Adam bis damals redeten sie alle in dieser Sprache, niém- lich in der syrischen Sprache... denn diese Sprache ist die Konigin aller Sprachen. Die friiheren Schrift- steller aber irren, indem sie sagen, das Hebriische sei die erste gewesen.” Other writers again asserted that Greek was the primitive speech of mankind. To this last view Eutychius (Nazam, al-j. pp. 58, 54, quoted by Malan, Book of Adam and Eve, pp. 245, 6) assents in these words. ‘‘This approves itself to me. For the Greek language is wiser, clearer and broader than either the Hebrew or the Syriac.” The same view must have been held by the writer who first derived the name Adam from the initial letters of the Greek names of the four quarters of the world-dvarony, δύσις, ἄρκτος, μεσημβρία. See Slav. En. xxx. 13 (note); Or. Sibyll. iii. 24-26. As for later Jewish ideas on this subject we find, Sanh. 88 ὃ, that Adam spoke Aramaic, ΓΝ yore peda perm, because Ps. exxxix,, which was supposed to be written by him, contained an Aramaic (?) word. In Shabb. 12> on the other hand one is bidden not to pray in Aramaic, yew vax pwha psp mui 3 ον because the angels of Service do not understand Aramaic (quoted in Levi’s Neuhebr. u. chald. Wérterbuch, i. 168). According to Abarbanel, in his exposition of Zephaniah, fol. 276, col. 1 (see Hisen- menger, ii, 778), Hebrew was the language spoken before the building of Babel and should ultimately be that of all Israelites. CHAPTER III. 30-35 29 He give (the wherewithal) to cover his shame, of all the beasts and cattle. 31. On this account, it is prescribed on the heavenly tables as touching all those who know the judgment of the law, that they should cover their shame, and should not uncover themselves as the Gentiles uncover themselves. 32. And on the new moon of the fourth 8 a.m. month, Adam and his wife went forth from the Garden of Eden, and they dwelt in the land of "Elda, in the land of their creation. Eve. after this he knew her. 33. And Adam called the name of his wife 34. And they had no son till the first jubilee, and 35. Now he tilled the land as he had been instructed in the Garden of Eden. 81. This verse is of great importance from the historical standpoint. It constitutes an emphatic protest on the part of the writer against the adoption by his countrymen (“those who know the judgment of the law’) of the customs of the Greeks. The custom, which he here protests against, is the exposure of the person in the Greek palaestra, which was established under the very citadel of David (2 Mace. iv. 12). Here many of the Jewish youths completely stripped themselves and joined in the public sports as Greek athletes. Even the priests of the Temple forsook their duties to join in these heathen games. On the institu- tion of these and other Greek customs see 1 Mace. i. 13, 14 ; 2 Macc. iv. 9-14; Jos. Ant. xiii 5. 1. It is hardly possible to conceive the shock that such conduct must have given to the re- ligiously disposed amongst the nation, and especially to such a Pharisee of the Pharisees as our author. In order to emphasise his protest against it he did not turn to the laws in Exod. xx. 26, xxx. 34, for these had only to do with the dress of the officiating priest, but to Gen. iii, 21 where he found ample justification for extending the law of covering one’s shame to all men. This law, he asserts, was enacted im- mediately after the expulsion of Adam from Eden, z.e., immediately after the discovery of his nakedness. Subse- quently (vii. 20) he represents Noah as enjoining the observance of this ordi- nance on his children. 82. On the new moon of the fourth month (see note on vi. 23). Syncellus (i. p. 18) says that Adam spent forty- five days in the garden after his trans- gression. This agrees with our text ; for, according to iii. 17, Adam sinned on the 17th of the 2nd month and the expulsion followed on the Ist of the 4th. ss In the land of Elda, in the land of their creation, Can ’Blda be a cor- ruption of mb? In that case “land of ΒΔ would mean “land of nativity.” The phrase “land of their creation” is an interpretation of the words in Gen. iii. 23 ‘“whence he was taken,” which are reproduced in Onkelos and Ps.-Jon. as “whence he was created” (any), as in our text. 34. Thus Eve was a virgin till after the expulsion from Eden. Cf. Die Schatz- héhie (ed. Bezold, 1883), p. 7: Als Adam und Heva aus dem Paradies herausgegangen ... sie waren jung- fraiilich. 35. Cf. iii, 15. 64-70 A.M. 30 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES Cain and Abel and other children of Adam, 1-12. Enos, Kenan, Mahatalel, history, 16-25. Lamech, Noah, 2'7, 28. 29-32. Shem, Ham, and Japhet, 33. Jared, 13-15: Four sacred places, 26. Methuselah, Enoch and his Death of Adam and Cain, (Cf. Gen. iv.-v.). IV. And in the third week in the second jubilee she 71-77 a.m. gave birth to Cain, and in the fourth she gave birth to 78-34 aa. Abel, and in the fifth she gave birth to her daughter Awan. 99-105 a.m. 2. And in the first (year) of the third jubilee, Cain slew Abel because (God) accepted the sacrifice of Abel, and did not accept the offering of Cain. 3. And he slew him in the field: and his blood cried from the ground to heaven, complaining because he had slain him. 4. And the Lord reproved Cain because of Abel, because he had slain him, IV. 1. "Awan. A second daughter named’ Azfird(iv, 8) was bornlater. Cain married theelder’Awan,v.c. 1x, “wicked- ness,” and Seth the younger, ’Aztira. The derivation of the latter is doubt- ful. Frankel (Afonatsschrift f. Gesch. des Judenthums, 1856, 311-316) thinks that it is from ansy=“‘chaste” (ἢ). Probably it is from mx, “well guarded” (cf. Syriac Fragment Jsoy)). No two of later writers agree as to the forms of these names. According to the Syriac Fragment they were Aswa and Azura: in Epiphanius, Davy and ᾿Αζουρά: in Syncellus, ᾿Ασαυνᾶν (᾿Ασαυνά, ᾿Ασαυρᾶν, ᾿Ασαυρά, ’Acovdu) and ᾿Αζουρά. In Glycas and Joel ᾿Αζουρά (᾿Αζουρᾶν) is made the elder and ’Acovdu the younger. Quite different names are given in the Pseudo- Methodius, 1.6., Καλημέρα and Λεβόρα. Again the elder appears as Qalmana in the Chronicles of Jerahmeel and Pseudo-Methodius (Lat. vers.), as Luva in the Book of Adam and Eve, as Azrun in Eutychius, while the younger is Lebuda in Barhebraeus, Aklejim in the Book of Adam and Eve, and Owain or Laphura in Eutychius. (See Rénsch, pp. 373-374, Fabricius, Cod. Pseud. V.f. i. 109 sqq.) According to Synecellus (i. 14) Cain was born in the year 70 a.m, Abel in 77, and Asouam (i.e, Awan) in 85, Though the dates are left indefinite in our text they are no doubt derived from it. Thus Cain married Awan in the year 135 accord- ing to Syncellus, between 134-140 according to our text. “Awan was then fifty years old (Syncellus). 2-3. Cf. Gen. iv. 4, 5, 8, 10. 2. The sacrifice of Abel. Soa. bed read ‘‘the sacrifice at his hand.” Offering. ac, but bd omit. Of Cain. Soa. bed “at the hand of Cain.” 3. Complaining or “making suit.” Cf. Gen. iv. 10; Eth. Enoch xxii, 5, 6. According to Syncellus (i. 14) Abel was twenty-two years old when he offered his sacrifice on the new moon of the seventh month. Thus the words “in the first of the third jubilee” are to be taken as the first year of the jubilee=99 a.m. For the later tradi- tions as to the instrument with which Cain slew Abel, see Fabricius, Cod. Pseud. V.T. i. 113. CHAPTER IV. 1-9 31 and he made him a fugitive on the earth because of the blood of his brother, and he cursed him upon the earth. 5. And on this account it is written on the heavenly tables, “ Cursed is he who smites his neighbour treacherously, and let all who have seen and heard say, So be it; and the man who has seen and not declared (it), let him be accursed as the other.” 6. And for this reason we announce when we come before the Lord our God all the sin which is committed in heaven and on earth, and in light and in darkness, and everywhere. 7. And Adam and his wife mourned for Abel four weeks of years, and in the fourth year of the fifth week ΤΣ 150): they became joyful, and Adam knew his wife again, and she bare him a son, and he called his name Seth; for he said “Gop has raised up a second seed unto us on the earth instead of Abel; for Cain slew him.” 8. And in the sixth week he begat his daughter “Aztiré. 9. And Cain took 134-140 a.m. Awan his sister to be his wife and she bare him Enoch at the close of the fourth jubilee. And in the first year of the 190-196 a.m. first week of the fifth jubilee, houses were built on the earth, 197 a.m. and Cain built a city, and called its name after the name of 4, Cf. Gen. iv. 11,12. we tnx pap any xd. ads pax mwy).-. py. Here we have to suppose that the Greek translator failed to grasp the sense of the passage and see that vaxm and the other verbs followed closely on myyna, and accordingly ren- dered them merely as ordinary perfects. See Driver, Hebrew Tenses,? p. 165. 12. Mew and righteous nature. note on i, 29. 18. Heavenly tables. See note on iii, 10. From the path. Sod, where I take the singular suffix to express the article. Otherwise abc, “from their path.” 16. Cf. xl. 8; Deut. x. 17; 2 Chron. 5 ob oe 17-18. Interpolated or else trans- posed here from xxxiv. 18-19 where the historical occasion of this feast is given. 17. Probably based on Jer. xxxvi. 8. Cf. Jer. xviii. 8; Jonah iii. 8. See 46 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES been written and ordained : If they turn to Him in righteous- ness, He will forgive all their transgressions and pardon all their sins. 18. It is written and ordained that He will show mercy to all who turn from all their guilt once each year.] 19. And as for all those who corrupted their ways and their thoughts before the flood, no man’s person was accepted save that of Noah alone; for his person was ac- cepted in behalf of his sons, whom (God) saved from the waters of the flood on his account; for his heart was righteous in all his ways, according as it was commanded regarding him, and he had not departed from aught that was ordained for him. 20. And the Lord said that He would destroy everything which was upon the earth, both men and cattle, and beasts, and fowls of the air, and that which moveth on the earth, 21. And He commanded Noah to make him an ark, that he might save himself from the waters of the flood. 18. The time referred to here is obviously the tenth day of the seventh month, we, the Day of Atonement. In Lev. xvi. in spite of the terms in verses 16, 21, the sin-offering atoned only for sins committed in error (11), ἀκουσίως), 1.6. accidentally or involun- tarily (Lev. iv. 2, 18, 22, etc.—these are the ἀγνοήματα in! Heb, ix. 7), not for those’ committed deliberately and defiantly (nn 13, Num. xv. 30). This is the view enforced in the Mishnic treatise Yomea viii. 9: “Ifa man says I will sin, and then repent... Heaven does not give him the means of practis- ing repentance ; and if he says, ‘I will sin and the Day of Atonement will bring atonement,’ the Day of Atone- ment will bring no atonement.” On the other hand both in our text and in the treatise Shebwoth i. 6 it is taught that on the Day of Atonement sins of every description are forgiven ‘‘both the light and the grave, the intentional and the unintentional, the conscious and the unconscious, those relating to the positive and the negative commands, and even those that were to be visited 22, And Noah made the ark in with the death penalty by God or human judgment.” And yet we must discrimi- nate between the teaching of our text and of the treatise Shebw'oth in favour of the former. In the latter the ceremonial was of the nature of an opus operatum. In our text, on the other hand, re- pentance is insisted on: God’s mercy is not to be won on the Day of Atone- ment save by those who turn (1312) from their sins. Thus though our text stands midway between the doctrine prescribed in Ley. xvi. (also in the treatise Y’oma) and thetreatise Shebu oth, with the former it prescribes as neces- sary to atonement the temper of true repentance: with the latter it maintains the efficacy of the atonement for sins of every description. Once each year=dmraé τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ (Heb, ix. 7). 19. That the wicked are spared for the sake of the righteous is the idea underlying Gen. xviii. 23-32. 20. Gen. vi. 7; cf. ver. 4. 21. Gen. vi. 14. According to vi. 25 of our text this command was given on the new moon of the first month. CHAPTER V. 18-28 47 all respects as He commanded him, in the twenty-seventh 1307 a.m. jubilee of years, in the fifth week in the fifth year (on the new moon of the first month). 23. And he entered in the sixth (year) thereof, in the second month, on the new 1308 am. moon of the second month, till the sixteenth; and he entered, and all that we brought to him, into the ark, and the Lord closed it from without on the seventeenth evening. 24. And the Lord opened seven flood-gates of heaven, And the mouths of the fountains of the great deep, seven mouths in number. 25. And the flood-gates began to pour down water from the heaven forty days and forty nights, And the fountains of the deep also sent up waters, until the whole world was full of water. 26. And the waters increased upon the earth: Fifteen cubits did the waters rise above all the high mountains, And the ark was lift up above the earth, And it moved upon the face of the waters. 27, And the water prevailed on the face of the earth five months — one hundred and fifty days. 28, And the ark went and rested on the top of Libar, one of the 22. Twenty-seventh jubilee. So we should emend the reading of all the MSS “twenty-second jubilee,” In Floodgates . . . fountains. vii. 11. See note on ii. 4. The great deep. The oinn of Gen. Gen. my text I have by a slip emended the reading into “twenty-sixth jubilee.” The fifth year of the fifth week of the twenty-seventh jubilee = 1307 a.m. This agrees exactly with the chronology in the Samaritan Chronicle: ‘From Adam to the birth of Noah was ἃ period of 707 years, and from Adam to the Flood 1307 years” (Samaritan Chronicle translated by Neubauer in the Journal Astatique, 1869, pp. 421-469). 23. Closed it, etc. Seventeenth, ete. 24. Seven flood-gates. Ixxxix. 2. Gen. vii. 16. Gen. vii. 11. Eth. Enoch i, 2. See note on ii. 2. 25, 26. Gen. vii. 12, 18, 20. Eth. Enoch lxxxix. 3. 27. Gen. vii. 24, viii. 3. 28. Gen. viii. 4. This name Laibar recurs in vii. 1 (see note), 17. It is mentioned also in the Midrashic Book of Noah (see Appendix I. to my Text) as follows: wax “AD ana onda. This verse is reproduced freely by Epiphianus, Adv. Haer. I. tom. i, 4: μετὰ δὲ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν ἐπιστάσης τῆς λάρνακος τοῦ Νῶε ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι τοῖς ᾿Αραρὰτ ἀνὰ μέσον ᾿Αρμενίων καὶ ἹΚαρδυέων ἐν τῷ AovBap ὄρει καλουμένῳ. As Nicolaus of Damascus reports (Joseph. Ant. i. 3. Cf. 1809 Α.Μ. 48 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES mountains of Ararat. 29. And (on the new moon) in the fourth month the fountains of the great deep were closed and the flood-gates of heaven were re- strained; and on the new moon of the seventh month all the mouths of the abysses of the earth were opened, and the water began to descend into the deep below. 30. And on the new moon of the tenth month the tops of the mountains were seen, and on the new moon of the first month the earth became visible. 31. And the waters disappeared from above the earth in the fifth week in the seventh year thereof, and on the seventeenth day in the second month the earth was dry. 32. And on the twenty-seventh thereof he opened the ark, and sent forth from it beasts, and cattle, and birds, and every moving thing. Sacrifice of Noah, 1-3 (cf. Gen. vill. 20-22). God’s covenant with Noah, euting of blood forbidden, 4-10 (cf. Gen. ix. 1-17). Moses bidden to renew this law against the eating of blood, 11-14. sign, 15-16. 6) that according to local tradition the Ark rested on a great mountain in Armenia called Baris above Minyas, Professor Sayce (Journal of Royal Asiatic Soc, xiv. p. 889 note) con- jectures that this is the mountain named Lubar in our text, seeing that both are said by Epiphanius and Syncellus (see note on vii. 1) to be on the borders of Armenia, I am indebted to him also for the following note in which he seeks to account for the syllable Lu in Lubar. ‘In the Vannic cuneiform inscriptions Lulu is the country which is called Urartu (Ararat) in Assyria, on the borders of Armenia and Kurdistan, and is almost certainly the Lulubi or Luluwi of the Assyrian inscriptions in which was Mount Nizir Bow set wm the clouds for a Feast of weeks instituted, history of tts on the top of which the ark of the Chaldean Noah rested. 29. Gen. viii, 2. lxxxix. 7. 30. Gen. viii, 5, 18. 31. On the seventeenth day in the second month the earth was dry. In Gen. viii. 14 it is on the seven-and- twentieth day that the earth was dry. Part of this verse and the next is quoted in Lagarde’s LXX MS z on Gen. viii. 14: ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ μηνὶ ἑπτὰ καὶ δεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐξηράνθη ἡ γῆ καὶ ἑβδόμῃ καὶ εἰκάδι τοῦ μηνὸς ἀνέῳξε τὴν κιβωτόν. It will be observed that the earth became dry exactly a year after Noah entered the ark (ver. 23). 82, Cf. Gen. viii, 17, 19. Cf. Eth. Enoch CHAPTERS V. 29-VI. 4 49 observance, 17-22. Feasts of the new moons, 23-28. Division of the year into 364 days, 29-38. VI. And on the new moon of the third month he went forth from the ark, and built an altar on that mountain. 2. And he made atonement for the earth, and took a kid and made atonement by its blood for all the guilt of the earth; for everything that had been on it had been de- stroyed, save those that were in the ark with Noah. 8. And he placed the fat thereof on the altar, and he took an ox, and a goat, and a sheep and kids, and salt, and a turtle-dove, and the young of a dove, and placed a burnt sacrifice on the altar, and poured thereon an offering mingled with oil, and sprinkled wine and strewed frankincense over everything, and caused a goodly savour to arise, acceptable before the Lord. 4. And the Lord smelt the goodly savour, and He made a covenant with him that there should not be any more a flood to destroy the earth ; that all the days of the earth seed-time and harvest should never cease; cold and heat, and summer and winter, and day and night 3. Ox, and a gout, and a sheep, ete. In Gen. viii. 20 it is said that Noah “took of every clean beast and of every clean fowl and offered burnt-offerings, VI. 1. New moon of the third month, This date is reproduced in Lagarde’s MS z on Gen. viii. 19: ἐν μιᾷ τοῦ μηνὸς τοῦ Tplrov. See ver. 11 on the parallel between the covenants on Sinai and Ararat. On this date also the covenant was made with Abraham, xiv. 1 sqq.; and Jacob started to go down into Egypt, xliv. 1. Built an altar on that mountain. Cf. Gen. viii. 20. The mountain is Lubar. According to Ber. rabba 34 Noah offered this sacrifice in Jerusalem. In the Targ. Jon. on Gen. viii. 20 the place is not mentioned, but the altar is identified withthat which Adam built. 2. Made atonement for the earth. Though Jewish Haggada knows nothing of this particular act of atonement, it is easy to justify such a conception from Lev. xviii. 26-28; Num. xxxv. 33, 34, The earth itself as being defiled needed expiation. Unnatural vices and murder pollute it. etc.” Mingledwithoil,and... wine. These elements are also additions to the state- ment in Gen. viii. 20 in conformity with later ritual. Cf. Exod. xxix. 40; Lev. ii. 2-5. Frankincense. Lev. ii. 2, 15. 4-7, God makes a covenant with Noah, in which He promises not again to destroy the earth with a flood, makes man ruler over everything that is on the earth, and forbids the eating of blood and murder, 4. The Lord smelt the goodly savour. Gen. viii. 21. Made a covenant... not... to destroy the earth. Gen. ix. 11, All the days of the earth, etc. viii, 22. Gen. 50 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES should not change their order, nor cease for ever. 5. “And you, increase ye and multiply upon the earth, and become many upon it, and be a blessing upon it. The fear of you and the dread of you I shall inspire in everything that is on earth and in the sea. 6. And behold I have given unto you all beasts, and all winged things, and everything that moves on the earth, and the fish in the waters, and all things for food; as the green herbs, I have given you all things to eat. 7. But flesh, with the life thereof, with the blood, ye shall not eat; for the life of all flesh is in the blood, lest your blood of your lives be required. At the hand of every man, at the hand of every (beast), shall I require the blood of man. 8. Whoso sheddeth man’s blood by man shall his blood be shed; for in the image of God made He man. 9. And you, increase ye, and multiply on the earth.” 10. And Noah and his sons swore that they would not eat any blood that was in any flesh, and he made a covenant before the Lord God for ever throughout 5. Gen. ix. 7. It is noteworthy Trypho is not found in existing Jewish that the clause be a blessing (1390) sources. corresponds to “multiply” (jan) in the parallel in Gen. The latter appears to be corrupt for nm=LXX καὶ κατα- κυριεύσατε. The fear of you, ete. Cf. Gen. ae, 2, 6. Gen. ix. 2, 3. As the green herbs, I have given you all things to eat. From Gen. ix. ὃ save the verb “to eat” which, however, is only a repetition of the phrase “for ood” in the preceding clause. Of the argument that concluded from those words that only certain herbs were allowed for food, our text knows nothing. This view appears in Justin, Dial. ὁ. Tryph. 20 βουλομένου αὐτοῦ εἰπεῖν ws λάχανα χόρτου . .. ἐπεί τινα τῶν χόρτων οὐκ ἐσθίομεν οὕτω καὶ διαστολὴν ἔκτοτε τῷ Νῶε διεστάλθαι φατέ. According to Goldfahn (Monats- schrift fiir Gesch. ἃ. Jud. 1878, 57 sq.) the interpretation here attributed to See Singer, 295 sq. 7. Gen. ix. 4,5. Of your Lives. Text= “in your lives” which is a wrong rendering of os :mw. (Beast.) I have here supplied ’énsés4 (=beast) which could easily have fallen out before ’ah$é¥=I will require. 8. Gen. ix. 6. 10-14. Noah and his sons swear to the covenant as of perpetual obligation as regards the non-eating of blood (ver. 10). Because this ordinance was of perpetual obligation, it was re- enacted on Mount Sinai ; but, whereas in Noah’s covenant it had been brought forward only on its negative side, in the Mosaic legislation it was enforced in its positive side, that is, according*to the former, blood was not to be eaten, whereas according to the latter its true use was to sprinkle the worshipper (ver. 11) and to make atonement before God (ver. 14), Moreover, as Noah’s covenant was instituted in the third CHAPTER VI. 5-16 51 all the generations of the earth in this month. 11. On this account He spake to thee that thou shouldst make a covenant with the children of Israel in this month upon the mountain with an oath, and that thou shouldst sprinkle blood upon them because of all the words of the covenant, which the Lord made with them for ever. 12. And this testimony is written concerning you that you should observe it continually, so that you should not eat on any day any blood of beasts or birds or cattle during all the days of the earth, and the man who eats the blood of beast or of cattle or of birds during all the days of the earth, he and his seed shall be rooted out of the land. 13. And do thou command the children of Israel to eat no blood, so that their names and their seed may be before the Lord our God continually. 14. And for this law there is no limit of days, for it is for ever. They shall observe it throughout their generations, so that they may continue supplicating on your behalf with blood before the altar; every day and at the time of morning and evening they shall seek forgiveness on your behalf perpetu- ally before the Lord that they may keep it and not be rooted out. 15. And He gave to Noah and his sons a sign that there should not again be a flood on the earth. 16. He set His bow in the cloud for a sign of the eternal covenant that there should not again be a flood on the earth 14. Supplicating on their (bc) behalf with blood. Cf. Lev. xvii. 11. month, so also the Law was given on Sinai in the same month (ver. 11). [In no passage is it said that the covenants of Noah and of Moses were established on the same day in the third month. Such a connection appears to exist between the date of the covenant of Noah and that of the first celebration on earth of the feast of weeks (see notes on verses 17-18). ] 11. A covenant... in this month upon the mountain. The law was given on Sinai in the third month according to Exod, xix. 1. 12, 18. Cf. Lev. xvii. 10, 12, 14; Deut. xii. 28. Morning and evening they shall seek forgiveness. Cf. Num. xxviii. 38-8. Forgiveness on your (d. be “their,” a “its”) behalf. The reading of dis to be preferred on the ground of the parallelism (Littmann). 15-16. Cf. Gen. ix. 13-15. The text after touching on the Mosaic development of the covenant of Noah here returns to the latter (cf. ver. 4), which God confirmed with the sign of the bow in the clouds. 1309-1659 A.M. 52 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES to destroy it all the days of the earth. 17. For this reason it is ordained and written on the heavenly tables, that they should celebrate the feast of weeks in this month once a year, to renew the covenant every year. 18. And this whole festival was celebrated in heaven from the day of creation till the days of Noah—twenty-six jubilees and five weeks of years: and Noah and his sons observed it for seven jubilees and one week of years, till the day of Noah’s death, and from the day of Noah’s death his sons did away with (it) until the days of Abraham, and they eat blood. 19. But Abraham observed it, and Isaac and Jacob and his children observed it up to thy days, and in thy days the children of Israel forgot it until ye celebrated it anew on this mountain. 20. And do thou command the children of Israel to observe this festival in all their generations for a commandment unto them : one day in the year in this month they shall celebrate the festival. 21. For it is the feast of weeks and the feast 17-18. In connection with the covenant Noah is bidden to observe the feast of weeks. Since it follows from xv. 1 (see note) and xliv. 4, 5 that this feast was celebrated on the πεντηκοστήν. Tob. ii. 1 contains another early instance of its use, and Philo, De Septenar, 21, a near approach to it. For later instances see 1 Cor. xvi. 8; Jos. Ant. 111. 10. 6. 15th of the third month (see note on i. 1) we may reasonably assign the promulgation of the Noachic covenant to the same date. Later Judaism (Maimonides, More Neb. 41) held Pente- cost to celebrate the giving of the Law on Sinai, and designated this day as “the day of the giving of the Law” (an jn ov). So our author (cf. i. 1). This idea is not found in Philo and Josephus ; but it appears in Jerome, Ep. ad Fab. mansio 12; August. Contra Faust. xxxii. 12, Observe that our author ascribes the covenant with Abram to the same date (see note on xiv. 20). 17. Feast of weeks. This title is found in Exod. xxxiv. 22 (nyaw an, ἑορτὴ ἑβδομάδων) Our text is not acquainted with the more familiar designation of this feast, z.e. Pentecost. This designation, which is a Greek rendering, ἡ πεντηκοστή (ἡμέρα), of the rabbinic pv oon an, is found in 2 Mace. xii, 82 μετὰ τὴν λεγομένην 18. Twenty-sic jubilees and five weeks =1309 years. On the slight discrepancy in our author’s dates see notes on iv. 28 and v. 22. Seven jubilees and one week=350 years, Did away with (it) . . . and they eat blood. Here again the close connection of the feast of weeks and of the covenant with Noah is emphasised. 19. But Abraham. For “ but (ada) Abraham” (dcd), be read “and Abra- ham alone.” Observed it. αὖ omit “it.” Yecelebrated it anew[ =haddaskemw6 (a)]. bcd read “I have renewed them” or ‘‘I have renewed (it) unto them” { =haddaskewoma (d¢d)]. 20. One day in the year. This should perhaps be: ‘‘the first day (of the week) in every year.” See note on ver. 22. 21. The feast of weeks was likewise known as the feast of the harvest CHAPTER VI. 17-23 53 of first-fruits: this feast is twofold and of a double nature: according to what is written and engraven concerning it celebrate it. 22. For I have written in the book of the first law, in that which I have written for thee, that thou shouldst celebrate it in its season, one day in the year, and I explained to thee its sacrifices that the children of Israel should remem- ber and should celebrate it throughout their generations in this month, one day in every year. Exod. xxiii. 16, »yp7 an. In the latter respect it was a feast of first-fruits as in the text, or the day of first- fruits, Num, xxviii. 26, o-waa7 of, ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν νέων. Why this festival should be said to be ‘‘of a double nature” I do not see. Celebrate it=gébari emended from gébra = “its celebration.” 22. Book of the first luw, .6,, the Pentateuch. See note on i. 26. One day in the year. Eppstein (Revue des Htucles juives, xxii. 7-8) suggests that ‘one day” here=tudépa μία Ξε nx ov, which in its original con- text meant “the first day,” 7.e. of the week, Sunday. Thus Pentecost was to fall on the same day every year, a Sunday, the first of the week. If this is right it follows that if we count back seven weeks we arrive at Nisan 22, “the morrow after the Sabbath,” which is also the first day of the week, and that the author of our book interpreted the term Sabbath in its strict sense as the weekly Sabbath (see note on xv. 1). For somewhat similar directions re- garding the Passover see xlix. 7, 8. Its sacrifices, or “the sacrifices.” One day in every year. This should perhaps be “‘the first day (of the week) in every year” as Eppstein suggests (see note above). 23. According to Lev. xxiii. 24 only the 1st day of the 7th month was a day of remembrance. Nevertheless the special significance assigned to these four days was a not unfamiliar idea inthe second cent. as appears from the Eth. Enoch and our text, both of which we shall discuss presently in this relation. Even the Mishna appears to preserve some echoes of the early con- 23. And on the troversies that circled round them ; for we can hardly interpret otherwise the passage in the Rosh ha-Shanah i. 1: “On Ist Nisan—beginning of year, of government and of festivals. On 1st Ellul, the year of tithing of beasts according to R. Eliezer and R. Simeon. On 1st Tisri, the calen- dar year, the Sabbatical year and jubilee year, and (year) of plants and vegetables. On Ist Sebat, year of blooming of trees according to school of Shammai but on 15th according to school of Hillel.”” That different usages prevailed at different times follows clearly from the sacrifices enjoined on the new moons in Ezekiel xlvi. 6 and Num. xxviii, 11-15. The Rabbis could give no satisfactory explanation of these differences: some indeed were for removing Ezekiel from the Canon, and others denied its authenticity on account of them. Returning now to our text and the parallel passages in the Eth.{Enoch, we observe that these four days have a religious signifi- cance in the former, but an astro- nomical in the latter. In Eth. En. Ixxv. 1, 2, Ixxxii. 11 they are called “leaders,” because they lead in the four quarters of the year. They are also called ‘‘intercalary days” (Eth. Enoch Ixxy. 2) ἡμέραι ἐπαγόμεναι, and correspond respectively to the vernal equinox (1st of 1st month), the summer solstice (1st of 4th month), the autumn equinox (Ist of 7th month), and the winter solstice (1st of 10th month). These four days, when added to 360 (i.e, 12 months of 30 days each, Eth. Enoch lxxxii. 11), constitute an invari- able year of 364 days (cf. our text v. 82, 38; Eth. Enoch Ixxv. 2, Ixxxii. 11). On the meaning of this year of 364 days see notes on verses 29-80, 32. 54 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES new moon of the first month, and on the new moon of the fourth month, and on the new moon of the seventh month, and on the new moon of the tenth month are the days of remembrance, and the days of These are written and ordained as a testimony for ever. 24. And Noah ordained them for himself as feasts for the generations for ever, so that they have become thereby a memorial unto him. 25. And on the new moon of the first month he was bidden to make for himself an ark, and on that (day) the earth became dry and he opened (the ark) and saw the earth. 26. And on the new moon of the fourth month the mouths of the depths of the abysses beneath were closed. And on the new moon of the seventh month all the mouths of the abysses of the earth were opened, and the waters began to descend into them, 27. Andon the new moon of the tenth month the tops of the mountains were seen, and Noah was glad. 28. And on this account he ordained them for him- self as feasts for a memorial for ever, and thus are they the seasons in the four divisions of the year. ordained. On the new moon of the first month. On this date Noah was bidden to make an ark, v. 21, vi. 25; the earth first became visible after the flood, v. 30, vi. 25 ; Noah offered a sacrifice, vii. 2, 3; Abraham erected an altar and sacrificed thereon, xiii. 8; God appeared to Isaac, xxiv., who forthwith offered sacrifice, 22, 23 ; Jacob went to Bethel, xxvii. 19; Levi was born, xxviii. 14. On the new moon of the fourth month. The following events are assigned to this date. On it Adam and Eve went forth from the Garden, iii. 32; the mouths of the abysses beneath and the flood-gates of heaven were closed, v. 29, vi. 26 ; angels appeared to Abraham, xvi. 1; Joseph was born, xxviii. 24; Jacob arrived in Egypt, xlv. 1. On the new moon of the seventh month. On this date the mouths of the abysses were opened, y. 29, vi. 26; 29. And they placed them on the heavenly tables, each had thirteen weeks; from one to another Abraham observed the stars in order to learn the nature of the coming year, xii. 16. On the new moon of the tenth month. See ver. 27. 26. See notes on ver. 23. Cf. Gen. viii. 2; Eth. Enoch Ixxxix. 7, 8. 27. See notes on ver. 28. Cf. Gen. viii. 5, 29. Placed. We have here the ini- perfect ; hence literally =“ they place” or “they were placing.” On the heavenly tables. Here the festivals ordained by Noah are entered on the heavenly tables. See note on iii, 10. 29-30. Hach had thirteen weeks, etc. According to verses 28-30 the year consists of four seasons and each season of three months or thirteen weeks. The year has, therefore, on this com- putation 12 months of 80 days each CHAPTER VI. 24-31 55 (passed) their memorial, from the first to the second, and from the second to the third, and from the third to the fourth, 30. And all the days of the commandment will be two and fifty weeks of days, and (these will make) the entire year complete. the heavenly tables. (see below) and 4 intercalary days, 52 weeks, or 364 days, This our author takes to be the duration of a solar year. A solar year of 12 months is likewise presupposed in iv. 17 where the months are said to be of the same number as the signs of the zodiac ; in v. 27 where five months are described as amounting to 150 days, hence each month consists of 30 days ; in xii. 16 Abram makes observations on the 1st of the 7th month to learn the character of the ensuing six months (autumn and winter). They are solar months; for they are six in number, xii, 27; in xvi. 12-13 ἃ year of twelve months is implied ; and in xxv. 16 the tribes who are to spring from Jacob are to be of the same number as the months of the year. In the face of these facts Frankel was quite wrong, as Beer has shown, to assert that Jubilees reckoned each month at 28 days and added a thirteenth month of 28 days. On the other hand Eppstein (Revue des Etudes juives, xxii. 10-18) offers the attractive suggestion that in Jubilees two kinds of years are used: a civil year of 12 months with eight of 80 days each and four of 31 days each ; and an ecclesi- astical year of 18 months of 28 days each. Our author, writes Eppstein, fixed the dates of the festivals accord- ing to the ecclesiastical year, and by such a year managed to make each week, each month and each year to begin on Sunday and terminate on the Sabbath. By such an arangement also all the festivals fell on Sunday save that of the Day of Atonement, and all the chronology took a regular and uniform character from the fact that everything had 7 for its point of de- parture. Thus the week had 7 days: the month 4x7=28: the year 52x7=3864: the year-week 7 years and the jubilee 7x7 years. Further, the date assigned by our author to the 31. Thus it is engraven and ordained on And there is no neglecting (this com- feast of weeks, ae. Sivan 15, certainly supports Eppstein’s view. This date can only be arrived at by reckoning the 7 weeks from Nisan 22. Thus the paschal lamb was offered on Nisan 14: the feast of unleavened bread began on the 15th and ended on the 21st. On the 22nd the wave-sheaf was offered. Now if we count 7 weeks onward from this day, that is 1 week in the Ist month, 4 weeks in the 2nd and 2 in the 8rd (Sivan), the feast of weeks falls on the 15th of Sivan as in our author. Thus the date presupposes months of 28 days. And since the mouths consisted of 28 days each, there must have been 13 in this ecclesiasti- cal year, as it consisted of 364 days. Finally, if Eppstein’s view on the inter- pretation of vi. 22 is correct, it serves to confirm the above view; for if the year begins on Sunday, the passover on Nisan falls on the Sabbath: the offering of the wave-sheaf on Sunday the 22nd and the feast of weeks on Sunday, Sivan 15. But on the other hand there is this objection to this theory: it is not true that all the festivals in Jubilees are fixed according to this so-called ecclesiastical year; for the four ordained by Noah in vi. 23-29 are determined according to the 12 solar months of the year Apart from this objection this theory is the best solution of the problem yet offered. Elsewhere, where two years were in use, as amongst the Egyptians and later amongst the Abyssinian Jews, the civil year was a solar one and the ecclesiastical a lunar. 80. The entire year complete. Sob, which alone gives an intelligible sense. 31. Neglecting, or “ transgressing.” Beer has suggested that ta'adwé here points back to ~yay= “intercalation.” Linguistically, this is possible. 11 so, our author would be here protesting 56 mandment) for a single year or from year to year. THE BOOK OF JUBILEES 32. And command thou the children of Israel that they observe the years according to this reckoning—three hundred and against such systems of intercalating days in the lunar year to make it syn- chronise with the solar, as we find in Eth. Enoch Ixxiv.-lxxv., and the later systems of the Pharisees. But seeing that the same word which I render “neglecting” is found twice in ver. 33 and in xv. 25, and that it cannot in two of these instances bear the meaning Beer proposes, I have retained the ordinary meaning of the word. See also on xlix. 14. 82. Three hundred and sixty-four days. A solar year of the same length is also taught in Eth. Enoch lxxiv. 10, 12, Ιχχν. 2; Slav. Enoch xlviii. 1. In Slav. Enoch xiv. 1 the ordinary reckoning of 865} days is found. It is obvious that we have here to do with an old Jewish reckoning. I have shown in my edition of the Eth. Enoch pp. 189-191 that the advovates of this system were acquainted with the Greek octaeteris and the cycle of Calippus, and in my edition of the Slav. Enoch, that its author in xvi. 8 was familiar with the Metonic cycle. Why then did these writers, notwithstanding their knowledge of the Greek systems, advocate an im- possible solar year of 364 days? I think their action in this matter must be attributed to dogmatic prejudice. If they regarded it as vital to the validity of their festi- vals that they should be celebrated not only on the same day of the month but also on the same day of the week from year to year, it seemed possible to attain this end by enforcing the acceptance of a year of 364 days. Τί the solar year were of this duration, it would always begin on the same day of the week; for it would consist of 52 weeks exactly. Furthermore if it began on Sunday, the first day of the week, the Sabbath would always constitute the 7th day of each of the 52 weeks, and the great festivals would always fall on the same day of the week and on the same day of the month from year to year. Thus the Passover would take place on Nisan 14, a Sabbath day, the wave-sheaf would be offered on Nisan 22, a Sunday (the morrow after the Sabbath), and the feast of weeks on Sivan 15, a Sunday—that is in case we reckon 13 months of 28 days each, the ecclesiastical year (see note on vi. 29-30). By the assumption, therefore, of an impossible solar year of 12 months of 364 days in all and of an ecclesiastical year of 13 months of the same number of days consisting of an arbitrary succession of hebdomads in- dependent of the phases of the moon, they seemed to have succeeded in synchronising the civil and ecclesiasti- cal years without resorting to in- tercalary days. But this year of 364 days goes buck in all probability to the Exile, It will be observed that our text brings forward this disquisition on the true length of the year in connection with the account of the flood. Now it is just in the same connection in the narrative of P in Genesis that a year of 364 days is presupposed as Bacon (Hebraica, viii. 79-88, 124-1389 [1891- 1892]) points out. Thus, the epochs of the flood are :— Beginning 2nd month 17th day Climax 7th ὦ 17th ,, Mountain tops appear 10th ,, TEE xy Waters dried up Ist Ἢ 1st ,, Earth dry ond. ὦν 27th ,, He points out that the flood, which in the Babylonian account lasted one year, lasts here from the 17th of the 2nd month of one year to the 27th of the 2nd of the next. Now he argues that, if one reckoned according to Hebrew lunar months, ten days (cf. Jubilees vi. 36) had to be added at the close of the 12th month in order to reach the equivalent date in solar time; for the lunar year was 354 days (=12x 294: ef. Eth. Enoch Ixxviii. 15). Now if the solar year was reckoned at 364 days, we can understand why Noah’s exit is assigned to the 27th and not to the 17th of the 2nd month ; for ten days represent according to Jubilees (vi. 36) and the Eth. Enoch (1xxiv. 10, CHAPTER VI. 32-36 57 sixty-four days, and (these) will constitute a complete year, and they will not disturb its time from its days and from its feasts; for everything will fall out in them according to their testimony, and they will not leave out any day nor disturb any feasts. 33. But if they do neglect and do not observe them according to His commandment, then they will disturb all their seasons, and the years will be dislodged from this (order), [and they will disturb the seasons and the years will be dislodged] and they will neglect their ordinances. 34. And all the children of Israel will forget, and will not find the path of the years, and will forget the new moons, and seasons, and sabbaths, and they will go wrong as to all the order of the years. 35. For I know and from henceforth shall I declare it unto thee,and it is not of my own devising ; for the book (lies) written before me, and on the heavenly tables the division of days is ordained, lest they forget the feasts of the covenant and walk according to the feasts of the Gentiles after their error and after their ignorance. 11, 18) the difference between the lunar and solar years. Thus the flood would last one solar year from its beginning to its close. We presume, therefore, writes Bacon, that the authors of Enoch or Jubilees found their peculiar year of 364 days (=12 sidereal months of 30 days each +4 intercalary days) in the Genesis account of the flood. Considering the advanced stage of astronomical science in the second cent. B.c. among the nations in touch with Judaism, it is not possible to explain their adoption of such a solar year unless it appealed to them on dogmatic grounds and had at its back an inspired authority. Genesis formed the inspired authority, and the dogmatic grounds are obvious (see above). That such a scheme is impracticable is really no objection, if we consider that the author of Jubilees is as thorough-going an idealist as the author of the priestly legislation, and is 36. For still more sublimely defiant of that which is merely practicable. On the other hand, the authors in question, though acquainted with the systems current in Greece, were most probably ignorant of the astronomical data which necessarily determined them ; and, as a civil year of 360 days was current both in Babylon and Egypt (in the former country corrected by intercala- tion), they may not have known any irrefutable grounds against the adoption of the solar year of 364 days, authentic- ated as it was by the priestly compila- tion of the Exile. 88, 34. Cf. Eth. Enoch Ixxxii. 4-6. 88. And they will disturb, ete. Bracketed as a dittography. Neglect. This word may also be rendered “omit,” “pass by,” ‘“trans- gress”’ (see note on ver. 31). 35. Not of my own devising. Text = 259 xb, Num. xvi. 28. Cf. Apoc. Bar. xiv. 11, 58 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES there will be those who will assuredly make observations of the moon—now (it) disturbs the seasons and comes in from year to year ten days too soon. 37. For this reason the years will come upon them when they will disturb (the order), and make an abominable (day) the day of testimony, and an unclean day a feast day, and they will confound all the days, the holy with the unclean, and the unclean day with the holy; for they will go wrong as to the months and sabbaths and feasts and jubilees. 38. For this reason I command and testify to thee that thou mayst testify to them; for after thy death thy children will disturb (them), so that they will not make the year three hundred and sixty- four days only, and for this reason they will go wrong as to the new moons and seasons and sabbaths and festivals, and they will eat all kinds of blood with all kinds of flesh. Noah plants a vineyard and offers a sacrifice, 1-5. drunk and exposes his person, 6-9. Becomes The cursing of Canaan and blessing of Shem and Japheth, 10-12 (ef. Gen. ix. 20-28). 36. Our author is decidedly opposed to the use of the moon in determining the seasons and feasts. Thus in ii. 9 it is the sun that is to be man’s guide as to days and sabbaths, and feasts, and months and years. Again in iv. 21 the angels instruct Enoch as to the lordship of the sun in such matters. Thus our book seems to be a polemic against the teaching of Eth. Enoch Ixxiii.-lxxiv. if we accept the text in xxiv. 12 where we have a statement in irre- concilable conflict with our text: “ And the moon brings in all the years exactly so that their position is not prematurely advanced or delayed by ἃ single day unto eternity ; but they complete the changing year with perfect justice in 364 days.” But this divergence arises only from a corruption of the text. For “And the moon brings in... unto eternity ; but the moons” read “And they (the sun and stars) bring in all the years so exactly that their posi- Noah’s sons and grandsons and their tion is not prematurely advanced or delayed by a single day unto eternity, and they.’’ It is true, however, that the Samaritan Chronicle (translated by Neubauer in the Journal A siatique, xiv. no. 55, 1869, pp. 421 sqq.), which was acquainted with our text, adopts a hostile attitude to it on this question. Thus it declares that we should reckon according to the course of the sun and of the moon, and quotes Gen. i. 14: “Le calcul avec l'un d’eux seulement (c’est-a-dire avec le soleil ou avec la lune) ne suffit pas.” Comes in... ten days too soon. Lunar year=354 days. 38. Will not make. omit the negative. Will go wrong. Because they do not follow the guidance of the sun. abe wrongly New moons. This could also be trans- lated ‘‘beginnings of the months.” See last clause of last verse. CHAPTERS VI. 37-Ν11. 5 59 cities, 13-19. Noah teaches his sons regarding the causes of the deluge and admonishes them to avoid the eating of blood and murder, to keep the law regarding fruit trees and let the land lie fallow every seventh year, as Enoch had directed, 20-39. VII. And in the seventh week in the first year thereof, 1317 a.m. in this jubilee, Noah planted vines on the mountain on which the ark had rested, named Libr, one of the Ararat Mountains, and they produced fruit in the fourth year, and 1820 a.m. he guarded their fruit, and gathered it in this year in the seventh month. 2. And he made wine therefrom and put it into a vessel, and kept it until the fifth year, until the first 1321 a.m. day, on the new moon of the first month. 3. And he celebrated with joy the day of this feast, and he made a burnt sacrifice unto the Lord, one young ox and one ram, and seven sheep, each a year old, and a kid of the goats, that he might make atonement thereby for himself and his sons. 4. And he prepared the kid first, and placed some of its blood on the flesh that was on the altar which he had made, and all the fat he laid on the altar where he made the burnt sacrifice, and the ox and the ram and the sheep, and he laid all their flesh upon the altar. 5, And he placed all their offerings mingled with oil upon it, and afterwards he sprinkled wine on the fire which he had previously made on the altar, and he placed incense on the altar and caused a sweet savour to ascend acceptable before VIL 1. Libar. See v. 28. This This is intended to call to mind the verse is partly reproduced in Syncellus, i, 147, Νῶε ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα ἐν ὄρει Λουβὰρ τῆς ᾿Αρμενίας, and in Cedrenus, i. 21. Epiphanius, ddv. Haer. I. i. 4, follows our text: ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι τοῖς ᾿Αραρὰτ ἀνὰ μέσον ᾿Αρμενίων καὶ Kap- δυέων ἐν τῷ AovBap ὄρει καλουμένῳ, ἐκεῖσε πρῶτον κατοίκησις γίνεται μετὰ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν τῶν ἀνθρώπων κἀκεῖ φυτεύει ἀμπελῶνα Νῶε. Produced fruit in the fourth year. command in Lev. xix. 23-25 not to touch the fruit of trees for the first three years after they were planted. See verses 36-37 where the passage from Lev. is in substance reproduced. 8. The ritual is mainly according to Num, xxix. 2, 5. δ. And afterwards... which he had previously made... and he placed. So cd. Acceptable. Emended as in vi. 3. όο THE BOOK OF JUBILEES the Lord his God. 6. And he rejoiced and drank of this wine, he and his children with joy. 7. And it was evening, and he went into his tent, and being drunken he lay down and slept, and was uncovered in his tent as he slept. 8. And Ham saw Noah his father naked, and went forth and told his two brethren without. 9. And Shem took his garment and arose, he and Japheth, and they placed the garment on their shoulders and went backward and covered the shame of their father, and their faces were backward. 10. And Noah awoke from his sleep and knew all that his younger son had done unto him, and he cursed his son and said: “Cursed be Canaan; an enslaved servant shall he be unto his brethren.’ 11. And he blessed Shem, and said: “ Blessed be the Lord God of Shem, and Canaan shall be his servant. 12. God shall enlarge Japheth, and God shall dwell in the dwelling of Shem, and Canaan shall be his servant.” 13, And Ham knew that his father had cursed his younger son, and he was displeased that he had cursed his son, and he parted from his father, he and his sons with him, Cush and Mizraim and Put and Canaan. 14. And he built for himself a city and called its name after the name of his wife N@’élatam#’ik. 15. And Japheth saw it, and became envious of his brother, and he too built for himself a city, and he called its name after the 6, 7. Gen. ix. 21. 8, 9. Gen. ix, 22, 23. 8. And went forth. Mass., Sam., and all versions save the LXX omit. 10. Gen. ix. 24,25. From his sleep. Gen. ix, 24 has ‘‘from his wine.” An enslaved servant. So LXX (παῖς olxérys), and Onk.: Mass. has ‘*servant of servants.” 11, 12. Gen. ix. 26, 27. 12. God shall dwell. It will be observed that the text supplies a subject to the verb ‘‘shall dwell.” This sense is attached to the ambiguous words of Gen, ix. 27 by Onk. also: mmiav “wn ogy ΠΣ 53, “and may He cause His Shekinah to rest in the dwellings of Shem.” The Targ.-Jon. on Gen. ix. 27, on the other hand, and Justin, Dial. ὁ. Tryph. 139, refer the words to Japheth. 18. Cf. Gen. χα. 6. In the text these names are Ques, Mastarém, Phid and Canaan. 14. N@élatama'ak. This name is found in the Syriac fragment as AO ἃ... , and in Eutychius of Alex. Annales, p. 35,as Nahlat. The first part of the compound may be from nbn, construct case of abn, and the second from pinp. CHAPTER VII. 6-21 61 name of his wife Addtanésés. 16. And Shem dwelt with his father Noah, and he built a city close to his father on the mountain, and he too called its name after the name of his wife Sédéqétéléb’b. 17. And behold these three cities are near Mount Libar; Sédéqétélébab fronting the mountain on its east; and Na’éitama’ik on the south; “Adatan’ésés towards the west. 18. And these are the sons of Shem: Elam, and Asshur, and Arpachshad—this (son) was born two years after the flood—and Lud,and Aram. 19, The sons of Japheth : Gomer and Magog and Madai and Javan, Tubal and Meshech and Tiras : these are the sons of Noah. 20. And in the twenty-eighth jubilee Noah began to enjoin upon his 19: 81 sons’ sons the ordinances and commandments, and all the judgments that he knew, and he exhorted his sons to observe righteousness, and to cover the shame of their flesh, and to bless their Creator, and honour father and mother, and love their neighbour, and guard their souls from forni- cation and uncleanness and all iniquity. 21. For owing to these three things came the flood upon the earth, namely, was so careless however as to leave the persons unchanged in verses (26-39). 15. ’Addtan’ésés. Syriac gives J.otAU,). 16. Shem dwelt near Noah. This is to show Shem’s filial love. 17. Sedégatélebab: Syr. DAIAOs), from 235 npis= “righteousness of the heart” as Rubin has recognised. The mountain, 1.6. Libar. ver, 1. 18. In Ethiopic these names are Elam,’ Assir, Arphaksed, Gen. i. 22. This (son), etc. Gen. xi. 10. Text emended. See my edition in Joc. 19. Gen. x. 2 These names in the Ethiopic are Gdmér, Magfig, Madai, ‘Tjfiaja, Tobél, Meska, Toras. 20. From this verse to the close of the chapter we have a fragment of the lost book of Noah. From ver. 26 to the end Noah speaks in the first person. Its legalistic character favours the view that its present setting and colouring are due to the author of the book, who See The substance of this section is referred to in Epiphanius (Ancorat. cexii., Dindorf’s ed., i. 215), where it is said that Noah, ofa δίκαιος ὧν Kal τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ παῖδας εὐλαβεῖς καθιστᾶν πειρώ- μενος, ἵνα μὴ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ὑποπέσωσι κακοῖς ὡς καὶ οἱ ἐν τῷ κατακλυσμῷ, οὐ μόνον διὰ λόγων τούτοις τὴν εὐλάβειαν παρετίθει, ἀλλὰ καὶ δι’ ὅρκου ἀφ᾽ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν εὔνοιαν ἀπήτησε. Cover the shame, ete. Cf. iii. 31. 21. These three things, that is ‘‘ forni- cation, uncleanness and all iniquity” which are mentioned in the preceding verse (see xx. 5, xxiii, 14). Ber. rabba 81 assigns idolatry, impurity and bloodshed as the three causes of the ta Flood (37 5pm say nda ΠῚ ppm o1y ΠῚ Dan ppimosy) Cf Sanh, 74a: “R. Johanan says in the name of R. Simeon Ὁ. Jehozadak . . . If one says 62 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES owing to the fornication wherein the Watchers against the law of their ordinances went a whoring after the daughters of men, and took themselves wives of all which they chose: and they made the beginning of uncleanness. 22. And they begat sons the Ndphidim, and +they were all unlikef, and they devoured one another: and the Giants slew the Naphil, and the Naphil slew the Elj6, and the ἘΠ] man- kind, and one man another. 23. And every one sold himself to work iniquity and to shed much blood, and the earth was filled with iniquity. 24. And after this they sinned against the beasts and birds, and all that moves and walks on the earth: and much blood was shed on the earth, and every imagination and desire of men imagined vanity and evil continually. 25. And the Lord destroyed every- thing from off the face of the earth; because of the wicked- ness of their deeds, and because of the blood which they had shed in the midst of the earth He destroyed everything. 26. “ And we were left, I and you, my sons, and everything that entered with us into the ark, and behold I see your works before me that ye do not walk in righteousness; for to a man, Commit a transgression else thou wilt be slain, he may transgress the commandment in order to escape death save in the case of idolatry, incest and murder,” Went a whoring after. For phrase see Lev. xvii. 7; Ezek. xvi. 84. Took themselves wives. Gen. vi. 2; Eth. Enoch vii. 1. 22. Cf. v. 9. Wdphidim, i.e. the Nephilim (obp)). From Eth. Enoch ixxxvi. 4 and Ixxxviii. 2 and the Syncellus Greek version of Enoch vii. 1 we learn that there were three classes of giants: καὶ ἔτεκον αὐτοῖς γένη τρία" πρῶτον γίγαντας μεγάλους (ie, the omai in Gen. vi. 4). οἱ δὲ γίγαντες ἐτέκνωσαν Ναφηλείμ (odds in Gen. vi. 4), καὶ τοῖς Ναφηλεὶμ ἐγεννήθησαν ᾿Ἐλιούδ. They were . unlike.t This seems corrupt. We might emend {jetmasalfi into jetmdshatfi=‘‘ they plundered one another,” or into jet- ba’as (Eth. Enoch xv. 11)=“ they strove together”: cf. xxiii. 19. 23. Sold himself to work iniquity. For phrase see 1 Kings xxi. 20. Shed much blood. Eth. Enoch ix. 1. The earth was filled, etc. Gen. vi. 11; Eth. Enoch ix. 9. 24. They sinned against, ete. Cf. Eth. Enoch vii. 5, by means of which the text is emended. Moves and walks=reptiles and cattle. Every imagination. Gen. vi. 5, Cf. v. 2 above. 25. Destroyed everything, etc. Gen. vii. 4, vi. 7. Cf. ver. 27. 26. Observe how the author of the book forgets to adapt this fragment of the Book of Noah to its new context. From this verse to the end of the chapter Noah speaks in the first person. See ver. 20 (note). In x. 1-15 we have another excerpt from this Apo- calypse. CHAPTER VII. 22-31 63 in the path of destruction ye have begun to walk, and ye are parting one from another, and are envious one of another, and (so it comes) that ye are not in harmony, my sons, each with his brother. 27. For I see, and behold the demons have begun (their) seductions against you and against your children, and now I fear on your behalf, that after my death ye will shed the blood of men upon the earth, and that ye, too, will be destroyed from the face of the earth. 28. For whoso sheddeth man’s blood, and whoso eateth the blood of any flesh, will all be destroyed from the earth. 29. And there will not be left any man that eateth blood, Or that sheddeth the blood of man on the earth, Nor will there be left to him any seed or descendants living under heaven ; For into Sheol will they go, And into the place of condemnation will they descend, And into the darkness of the deep will they all be removed by a violent death. 30. There shall be no blood seen upon you of all the blood there shall be all the days in which ye have killed any beasts or cattle or whatever flies upon the earth, and work ye a good work to your souls by covering that which has been shed on the face of the earth. 31. And ye shall not be like him who eats with blood, but guard yourselves that none may 27. See x. 1 where this subject recurs, Destroyed from the face, etc. ver. 25. 28. Gen. ix. 4, 6; Lev. vii. 27. 29. Into Sheol will they go, And into the place of condemnation will they de- scend, And into the darkness. Cf. xxii. 22. This passage seems to have been used by Eth. Enoch ciii. 7, 8, “their souls will be made to descend into Sheol. . . And into darkness... and a burning fire where there is grievous condemnation.” 30. Upon you. By an easy emenda- tion we could read among you. See Covering that which has been shed. This prescript of later legislation is here carried back to Noah: cf. Lev. xvii. 18 ; Ezek. xxiv. 7. We must be care- ful to render “covering” and not ‘‘burying.” The Ethiopic word is dafana = καλύπτειν = mp3 and not qabara Ξε θάπτειν Ξ . Singer (p. 200) bases one of his arguments for the Jewish Christian authorship of the book on the wrong rendering “bury- ing.” Chullin ii. 9 censures the latter as Jewish Christian. 81. Eats with blood. Lev. xix. 26. 64 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES eat blood before you: cover the blood, for thus have I been commanded to testify to you and your children, together with all flesh, 32. And suffer not the soul to be eaten with the flesh, that your blood, which is your life, may not be required at the hand of any flesh that sheds (it) on the earth. 33. For the earth will not be clean from the blood which has been shed upon it; for (only) through the blood of him that shed it will the earth be purified throughout all its generations. 94. And now, my children, hearken: work judgment and righteousness that ye may be planted in righteousness over the face of the whole earth, and your glory lifted up before my God, who saved me from the waters of the flood. 35. And behold, ye will go and build for yourselves cities, and plant in them all the plants that are upon the earth, and moreover all fruit-bearing trees. 36. For three years the fruit of everything that is eaten will not be gathered: and in the fourth year its fruit will be accounted holy [and they will offer the first-fruits], acceptable before the Most High God, who created heaven 82. Cf. Gen. ix. 4; Ley. xvii. 10, 11, 14. 33. The earth will not be clean, etc. See vi. 2 (note). (Only) through the blood, ete. xxxv. 33. 34, Maybe planted. Thismetaphoris frequent in the O.T.: Jer. xi. 17; Amos ix. 15 etc. According to Eth. Enoch x. 16, xciii, 5, 10 Israel is “the plant of righteousness”; Ixxxiv. 6, ‘‘the plant of uprightness.” Saved me from .. the flood. If we observe that in ver. 39 Enoch is called “the seventh in his generation’ and that verses 20-39 are Noah’s words, as “a preacher; of righteousness” ; if we note further the words saved me from... the flood, we shall not un- reasonably conclude that this book was known to the writer of 2 Peter ii. 5 “saved Noah the eighth person, a preacher of righteousness, bringing in the flood upon the world of the un- godly.” Num. 36. In this verse we ought, if the text were authentic, to have an inter- pretation of the law enunciated in Lev. xix, 23-24. According to this law of the Priests’ Code the fruit of a tree was not to be used for the first three years after it was planted. ‘In the fourth year all the fruit thereof shall be holy, for giving praise unto the Lord.” (mad obra wap γ»18). It will be observed that our text follows Lev. xix. 24 very closely: “in the fourth year its fruit will be accounted holy” (oc. ad ‘will be gathered’’). The question now arises, what was to be done with the fruit of the fourth year? (a) If we omit the words in brackets, our text directs that all the fruit of the fourth year is to be accounted holy and offered to God. (6) If the bracketed words are genuine, the text directs that, while all the fruit is to be accounted holy, only the first-fruits are to be offered to God. In either case the words that follow elucidate CHAPTER VII. 32-39 65 and earth and all things. Let them offer in abundance the first of the wine and oil (as) first-fruits on the altar of the Lord, who receives it, and what is left let the servants of the house of the Lord eat before the altar which receives (it). 587. And in the fifth year make ye the release so that ye release it in righteousness and uprightness, and ye shall be righteous, and all that you plant will prosper. 38. For thus did Enoch, the father of your father command Methuselah, his son, and Methuselah his son Lamech, and Lamech commanded me all the things which his fathers commanded him. 39. And I also will give you com- mandment, my sons, as Enoch commanded his son in the first further the same subject, and ordain that of the fruit of the fourth year the first-fruits are to be offered on the altar and the rest of it to be given to the priests. Next the words “offer ... on the altar” seem to mean ‘offer as a burnt-offering”’ as in Lev. ii. 14-16, where the Israelite is bidden to burn the first-fruits of corn and oil on the altar. But if the above interpretation is right, it does not agree with that of later Judaism. According to the latter it belonged to its owners and was to be consumed within the walls of Jerusalem. See Josephus, Ant. iv, 8.19. In Sifre on Num. v. 10 it is decided that the priests had no share in the fruits of the fourth year. Something of the same nature may be implied in Ps.-Jon. on Lev. xix. 24, where the fruit of the fourth year is said to be jaan wap mana yd pend ~ op. Beer (Das Buch der Jubilien, p. 52) writes that the Samaritans, the Caraite Jews and Ibn Ezra held the view set forth in the text. In any case, the teaching of our text does not diverge from that of later Judaism as much as the various regula- tions on this subject in the different codes of the Pentateuch (see Hastings, Bible Dict. ii, 10-11). Let them offer. with Kama is here jussive. The construction It could be rendered “80 that they offer,” but the context is against this. 87, And in the fifth year, At the close of these words I have marked a lacuna, The text should have pro- ceeded to enunciate the right of eating the fruit of this year as in Lev. xix. 25, whereas it proceeds to speak of the year of release described in Deut. xv. 1, 9, that is, the seventh year ; or else of the command in Exod. xxiii. 11; Lev. xxv. 2-7, to let the land lie fallow every seventh year. The verb hadaga is used in the translation of yoy in the above two senses of letting a field lie fallow (Exod. xxiii. 11) and of remitting a debt (Deut. xv. 2). But the context is concerned with the land. Hence we may render “let it (the land) rest so that ye let it rest.” But as this is tauto- logous we may conclude that there is some corruption. Our text=ddijoere αὐτὴν ἵνα ἀφῆτε αὐτην. Here I take ἀφῆτε to be ἃ corruption of dvfre. We should then have ἀφήσετε αὐτήν ἵνα ἀνῆτε αὐτήν. This is a rendering though not an accurate one of ΠΟ angen in Exod. xxiii. 11. Hence, in- stead of ‘‘make ye the release. . . re- lease it,” we should probably read: “(In the seventh year) ye will let it rest and lie fallow.” 38. Thus did Enoch ... command. The author attributes halachoth to Enoch, See note on xxi. 10. 1373 A.M. 1375 A.M. 66 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES jubilees: whilst still living, the seventh in his generation, he commanded and testified to his son and to his sons’ sons until the day of his death.” Kéindm discovers an inscription relating to the sun and stars, 1-4. His sons, 5-8. Noah’s sons and Noah divide the earth, 10-11. Shem’s inheritance, 12-21: Hams, 22- 24: Japheth’s, 25-30. (Cf. Gen. x.) VIII. In the twenty-ninth jubilee, in the first week, in the beginning thereof Arpachshad took to himself a wife and her name was Rast’éja, [the daughter of Stsn,] the daughter of Elam, and she bare him a son in the third year in this week, and he called his name Kéinim. 2. And the son grew, and his father taught him writing, and he went to seek for himself a place where he might seize for himself a city. 3. And he found a writing which former (generations) had carved on: the rock, and he read what was thereon, and 89, Seventh in his generation. Cf. Eth. Enoch 1x. 8, xciii. 3; Jude 14. VILL 1. Rdést’Gja = rns, “the ac- ceptable” (cf. Deut. xxxiii, 24). It appears as O35 in the Syriac Frag- ment, Kaindm. This name, which is not found in the Mass., Sam., Syr., Vulg. of Gen. xi. 18 nor yet in the Targums, appears in the LXX version of this verse and also in Luke iii. 36. In the Mass., Sam., etc. Salah is the son of Arphaxad. The same facts are stated in Gen. x. 24 and 1 Chron. i. 24. At the best, therefore, the tradition attested by our text, the LXX and Luke is not an ancient one. The motive for its insertion in the text is obvious from ii. 23 above. Without this name there would only have been twenty-one heads from Adam to Jacob. The same motive may have led to its insertion in the LXX. 3. He found awriting, etc. The wisdom attributed by ourauthor tothe Watchers, is in Josephus (Anz. i. 2. 3) assigned to the children of Seth: Σοφίαν τε τὴν περὶ τὰ οὐράνια καὶ τὴν τούτων δια- κόσμησιν ἐπενόησαν. ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ μὴ διαφυγεῖν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τὰ ηὑρημένα μηδὲ πρὶν εἰς γνῶσιν ἐλθεῖν φθαρῆναι . στήλας δύο ποιησάμενοι τὴν μὲν ἐκ πλίνθου τὴν ἑτέραν δὲ ἐκ λίθων ἀμφοτέραις ἐνέγραψαν τὰ εὑρημένα. J. Malala, Anon. Chron. p. 6, repro- duces the matter contained in the above statement and adds: μετὰ δὲ τὸν κατα- κλυσμὸν Καϊνᾶν, ὁ υἱὸς ᾿Αρφαξάδ, συν- εγράψατο τὴν ἀστρονομίαν, εὑρηκὼς τὴν τοῦ Σὴθ καὶ τῶν αὐτοῦ τέκνων ὀνομασίαν, ὡς εἴρηται, τῶν ἀστέρων ἐν πλακὶ λιθίνῃ γεγραμμένην. In Syncellus, i. 150, this event is recounted as follows : τῷ Bowe ἔτει Καϊνᾶν διοδεύων ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ εὗρε τὴν γραφὴν τῶν γιγάντων καὶ ἔκρυψε map’ éavr@. The words of Syncellus are reproduced in Cedrenus, i. 27, but with the following important addition which further illustrates our CHAPTER VIII. 1-7 67 he transcribed it and sinned owing to it; for it contained the teaching of the Watchers in accordance with which they used to observe the omens of the sun and moon and stars in all the signs ofheaven. 4. And he wrote it down and said nothing regarding it; for he was afraid to speak to Noah about it lest he should be angry with him on account of it. the thirtieth jubilee, in the second week, in the first year 1429 a.m. 5. And in thereof, he took to himself a wife, and her name was Mélk4, the daughter of Madai, the son of Japheth, and in the fourth year he begat a son, and called his name Shelah; for 1432 a.m. he said: “ Truly I have been sent.” 6. [And in the fourth year he was born], and Shelah grew up and took to himself a wife, and her name was Mi’ak, the daughter of Késéd, his father’s brother, in the one and thirtieth jubilee, in the fifth 1499 a.m. week, in the first year thereof. 7, And she bare him a son in the fifth year thereof, and he called his name Eber: and he took unto himself a wife, and her name was ’Aztrad, the 1503 a.m. text: καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐξημάρτανε καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τὴν αὐτὴν ἀτοπίαν ἐξεπαίδευσεν. οἱ δὲ τὸν Σάλα φασὶ ταύτην εὑρηκέναι. In Joel’s Chrono- graphy, pp. 3-4, we find additional details borrowed probably from John Malala (see above): μετὰ δὲ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν Καϊνᾶν ὁ vids ᾿Αρφαξὰδ συνεγράψατο τὴν ἀστρονομίαν εὑρηκὼς τὴν τοῦ Σὴθ καὶ τῶν αὐτοῦ τέκνων ὀνομασίαν καὶ τῶν ἀστέρων ἐν πλακὶ λιθίνῃ γεγλυμμένην. Similarly in the Book of Jashar 10 α Cainan the son of Seth, and not the son of Arphaxad, as in our text and the above chrono- graphies, is described as possessing great wisdom and a knowledge of future events, especially of the deluge. This wisdom he inscribed on tables of stone (jax mm by) and placed them among his treasures. See the quotation from Josephus above. Just as the revela- tions of the Watchers are transferred to Seth, so likewise the revelations of the Slavonic Enoch are assigned to him by the Greek chronographers. These words will be found in the note on iv. 15. So MSS. He transcribed it. By reading aélawé instead of a'élawa we should have: “it led him astray.” Sinned owing to it. Cedrenus (see above) preserves this clause: ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐξημάρτανε. Used to observe=jér’’éji. In my text I emended this into jéréstji= “were founding.” In all the signs, ete. Of. xi. 8. 5. Mélka from nabo = ‘‘ queen” or “ counsel.” Madai. Emended with Syr. Lapto and Lagarde’s Greek MS r: μέλχα θυγατηρ μαδαι. Called his name Shelah ; for he said : ‘Truly I havebeen sent.’ Here obviously there was a paronomasia in the original cnnby ἼΩΝ 12 mow tow ΠΝ wap. For Shelah, Eth. has Sal4=LXX Tadd. 6. Bracketed words a dittography from preceding verse. Miak. Lagarde’s MS r on Gen. x, 24: μωαχα Ovyarnp χεεδαμ: Syr. from nayn, afrequent 0.T. name. 7. ’Aztrdd. Should be Azra. Syr. soy) ; Lagarde’s MS ron Gen. x.(24: afoupa from ansx, “the treasured one.” 1564 a.m. 1567 a.m. 1569 a.m. 68 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES daughter of Nébréd, in the thirty-second jubilee, in the seventh week, in the third year thereof. 8. And in the sixth year thereof, she bare him a son, and he called his name Peleg; for in the days when he was born the children of Noah began to divide the earth amongst themselves: for this reason he called his name Peleg. 9. And they divided (it) secretly amongst themselves, and told it to Noah. 10. And it came to pass in the beginning of the thirty-third jubilee that they divided the earth into three parts, for Shem and Ham and Japheth, according to the inheritance of each, in the first year in the first week, when one of us, who had been sent, was with them. 11. And he called his sons, and they drew nigh to him, they and their children, and he divided the earth into the lots, which his 8. Divide the earth... for this reason he called his name Peleg. there are the islands of Kamaturi. Now, if we turn to Epiphanius, Ancorat. cxii. (Dindorf’s ed. i, 215), we find that he defines Shem’s portion as extending from Persia and Bactria to India, to Rhinocurura which is between Egypt and Palestine (τῷ μὲν Σὴμ. .. ὑπέπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἀπὸ Περ- σίδος καὶ Βάκτρων ἕως 'Ινδικῆς ἕως τῆς χώρας Ῥινοκουρούρων). The same state- ment is made in the Chronicon Paschale (i. 58) and in Syncellus (i. 82), though in fuller form in the latter (Σὴμ... ἔδωκεν ἀπὸ Περσίδος καὶ Βάκτρων ews ᾿νδικῆς μῆκος, πλάτος δὲ ἀπὸ ᾿Ινδικῆς ἕως Ῥινοκουρούρων τῆς Αἰγύπτου, ἤτοι τὰ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς ἕως μέρους τῆς μεσημ- βρίας, τήν τε Συρίαν καὶ Μήδειαν καὶ ποταμὸν διορίζοντα αὐτοῦ τὰ ὅρια τὸν Εὐφράτην). Cedrenus (i. 23) reproduces this passage. The Chronicles of Jerah- meel xxxi. 2 give practically the same delimitations : “Shem, the eldest, chose his portion in the land of ‘Asya, that is, the land of Persia from Bactris to Endiana, from the Persian river to the Ocean in the west and the whole Rinés.” These definitions include for the most part the countries enumerated in our text above as well as in Josephus, Ant. i. 6. 4, but they hardly explain the statement in viii. 12 that Shem’s portion extended to the river Don and the Rhipaean mountains. Now a list of countries filling up this larger area is given in Epiphanius (Adv. Haer. II. ii. p. 544 [Haer. lxv. 83], ed. Oehler) : τῷ δὲ Σὴμ ὑπέπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος πρὸς πλάτος, ἡ Παλαιστίνη καὶ Φοινίκη καὶ Κοίλη, Κομμαγήνη, Κιλικία, Kar- παδοκία, Ταλατία, ΠΠαφλαγονία, Θράκη, Εὐρώπη, Ῥοδόπη, Aafia, Ἰβηρία, Κασπία, Καρδυέα, ἄχρι τῆς Μηδίας πρὸς βορρᾶν. ἐντεῦθεν οὗτος ὁ κλῆρος διορίζει τὸν ᾿Ττάφεθ τὰ πρὸς βορρᾶν. But Thrace, Rhodope and probably Europa are here wrongly assigned to Shem. 12. The middle of the earth. Palestine according to Ezek. xxxviii. 12 (cf. also v. 5; Eth. Enoch xxvi. 1) was the navel (man, ὄμφαλος) of the earth. Cf. viii. 19 of our text. The idea reappears in Rabbinic Hebrew. Singer (p. 68) quotes Joma 540; Sanhedrin 37a; Pesikta Rabb. x. in Tanch. on Lev. xix. 23, ysoxa pr>wrn poy oy may Sew poe 13 ON Rafa. This range is no doubt the Rhipaean mountains which ancient geographers placed in the northern parts of Europe and Asia or in other 70 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES Tina, and his portion goes towards the west through the midst of this river, and it extends till it reaches the water of the abysses, out of which this river goes forth and pours its waters into the sea Mé’at, and this river flows into the great sea. And all that is towards the north is Japheth’s, and all that is towards the south belongs to Shem. 13. And it extends till it reaches Karas6: this is in the bosom of the tongue which looks towards the south, 14. And his portion extends along the great sea, and it extends in a straight line till it reaches the west of the tongue which looks towards the south; for this sea is named the tongue of the Egyptian Sea. 15. And it turns from here towards the south towards the mouth of the great sea on the shore of cases appear to have identified with the Ural mountains. The Tanais or Don is placed by our author in their neighbourhood. A son of Peleg is so named in the Chronicles of Jerahmeel xxvii. 5. Tina. The Tanais or Don. This river is said to spring from ‘“‘the waters of the abysses.” Méat. The Maeotis or Sea of Azov. 18-14. These two verses should de- scribe the western boundary. 13, Kdardsé. Dillmann identifies this place with the Chersonese. But if it is connected, as it seems to be, with ‘‘the tongue (7.e. gulf) which looks towards the south,” which in ver. 14 is defined as “the tongue of the Egyptian Sea,” this identification cannot be right. I am inclined to believe that in Karas} we have the latter part of the word ‘Pivoxopofpa, which lies on the western boundary of Shem. For if we turn to the quotations from Epi- phanius and Syncellus in the note on 12-21 we find that the portion of Shem is said to extend ‘‘from India to Rhinocurura in Egypt.” This place furthermore is situated on the frontier of Ham’s portion according to Epiphan- ius and the Chronicles of Jerahmeel. Thus in Adv. Haer. II. ii. 84 of the former, Ham’s African dominions extend ἀπὸ Ῥινοκουρούρων ἄχρι Tadelpwv : and in χχχῖ. 2 of the latter, “from Rinés as far as Gadaira.” In this last quotation we have another abbreviation of the long name Rhinocurura, It will be observed, indeed, that our text makes Shem’s portion extend westward as far as the mouths of the Gihon (Nile), so that later writers have diverged somewhat from their primal authority. Ῥινο- κουροῦρα is used by the LXX in trans- lating ony bm, we, “the torrent of Egypt,” a town on the confines of Egypt and Palestine, in 15. xxvii. 12. This ts in the bosom of. These words cannot be right if either of the above interpretations of Kérasé is sound. Tongue. The word lesin may be rendered indifferently ‘‘ promontory” (of the land) or “bay” or ‘‘gulf” (of the sea). Tongue which looks towards the south. This phrase is repeated and defined in the next verse, 14. Tongue which looks towards the south. This may mean the promontory which runs out into the Red Sea on which Mt. Sinai is situated. The tongue of the Egyptian Sea. This is the Gulf of Aqaba at the north of the Red Sea. Our text is the literal equivalent of Is. xi. 15, ὩΣ. n° nw, as Littmann has observed. 15-16. These two verses should de- scribe mainly the southern, eastern, and northern-eastern boundaries. 15. The word Samén which is rendered “south” can also be rendered “north” —a later meaning of the word. CHAPTER VIII. 13-19 71 (its) waters, and it extends to the west to ‘Afra, and it extends till it reaches the waters of the river Gihon, and to the south of the waters of Gihon, to the banks of this river. 16. And it extends towards the east, till it reaches the Garden of Eden, to the south thereof, [to the south] and from the east of the whole land of Eden and of the whole east, it turns to the +east,f and proceeds till it reaches the east of the mountain named Rafa, and it descends to the bank of the mouth of the river Tina. 17. This portion came forth by lot for Shem and his sons, that they should possess it for ever unto his generations for evermore. 18. And Noah rejoiced that this portion came forth for Shem and for his sons, and he remembered all that he had spoken with his mouth in prophecy ; for he had said: “ Blessed be the Lord God of Shem, And may the Lord dwell in the dwelling of Shem.” 19. And he knew that the Garden of Eden is the holy of holies, and the dwelling of the Lord, and Mount West to‘Afré (cd). ὃ reads “to the [To the south]. Bracketed as ditto- west of ‘Afra.” ‘ Afra seems to be Africa in its early limited sense. Gihon. Eth. has Gijon, te, the Gihon, one of the four rivers of Paradise (Gen. ii. 13). According to our text (viii. 23) it flows to the south of the Garden of Eden. This river compassed “the whole land of Cush.” Whether the Cushites are the Kassi of the cuneiform inscriptions or the Ethiop- ians does not concern us here, though the identification of the Gihon and Nile may have arisen from a confusion of the two countries. Syncellus, i. 89, speaks of two distinct countries named Ethiopia: Αἰθιοπία ἡ βλέπουσα κατὰ Ἰνδοὺς πρὸς εὐρόνοτον, ἄλλη Αἰθιοπία πρὸς νότον, ὅθεν ἐκπορεύεται ὁ Νεῖλος ποταμός. Our author undoubtedly iden- tifies the Nile with the Gihon. So Syn- cellus (p. 82) interprets this passage, τὸν Νεῖλον, dsxalTewv... λέγεται. Pnudv is used as ἃ rendering of "ἜΝ", ὕ.6.,) the Nile in Sirach xxiv. 27: see also Jer. ii. 18. 16. South. Better translate “north.” See note on ver. 15, graphy. It turns to the teastt. We should expect ‘‘to the west.” I have omitted “and” before ‘‘it turns.” The boundary line now returns to the river Don whence it started in ver. 12. 18. See vii. 11. God dwells in the dwellings of Shem: the three most holy places belong to Shem. 19. In iv. 26 above we have seen that there are four holy places in the earth : from the present verses we learn that three of these are in Shem’s portion. The fourth place, therefore, must either have been in Japheth’s or Ham’s por- tion. Hither therefore the Mount of the East may be regarded as Ararat in Japheth’s portion, or as the great mountain in the south-east (cf. Eth. En. xxiv. 8, xxv. 3), which would probably belong to Ham’s portion. See alsoiv. 26 note. The latter mountain is the chief in a range of mountains of fire (Eth. En. xviii. 9, xxiv. 1), and such a range belongs to Ham’s portion: see ver, 22. 72 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES Sinai the centre of the desert, and Mount Zion—the centre of the navel of the earth: these three were created as holy places facing each other. 20. And he blessed the God of gods, who had put the word of the Lord into his mouth, and the Lord for evermore. 21. And he knew that a blessed portion and a blessing had come to Shem and his sons unto the generations for ever—the whole land of Eden and the whole land of the Red Sea, and the whole land of the east, and India, and on the Red Sea and the mountains thereof, and all the land of Bashan, and all the land of Lebanon and the islands of Kafttir, and all the mountains of Sanir and ’AmAn4, and the mountains of Asshur in the north, and all the land of Elam, Asshur, and Babél, and Sis4n and MAa‘édai, and all the mountains of Ararat, and all the region beyond the sea, which is beyond the mountains of Asshur towards the north, a blessed and spacious land, and all that Navel of the earth. ver. 12, 21. A blessed portion. Cf. Syncellus, p. 88, (Σὴμ) τὰς ἐξαιρέτους τῶν rap’ αὐτοῦ εὐλογιῶν ἐκληρώσατο ὡς καὶ ἐν τῇ Τενέσει φέρεται. On the countries mentioned in this ver. see note on See note on 12-21, Bashan. In Eth. Basa. Islands of Kaftir. This is Caphtor the proper name of a country in Jer xlvii. 4; Amos ix. 7. The plural is used of its inhabitants in Gen. x. 14; Deut. ii. 283. In Gen. x. 14 these are taken to be the Cappadocians in the Syr., Onk., and the Jon. and Jer. Tar- gums; also in Amos ix. 7 in the LXX, Syr., Vulg., Targ.-Jon.; also in Jer. xvii. 4 in the Syr., Jon. Targ., Vulg.; also in Deut. ii. 23 in the LXX, Syr., Onk., Vulg., Jon.-Targ. There are thus some grounds for regarding Kafttir as equivalent to Cappadocia in this text, and this view may be confirmed by the passage in Epiphanius which includes Cappadocia in the portion of Shem ; see quotation in note on viii. 12-21, On the other hand if we take the words “islands of Kaftfir” as a correct translation of the original (prob- ably ἼΠ53 +x), the phrase may denote the island of Crete. Kaméatiri in ix. 13 may be a corruption of Kafttr. Modern exegesis has taken the scrip- tural Caphtor to be Cilicia, Cyprus, Crete, or Coptos, a city in the upper Thebaid (see Ancyc. Bib. on “Caphtor’’). Santrand’ Amand. Cf. ix.4. These names may be derived from Cant. iv. 8. Sanir is the Biblical Senir in Deut. iii. 9; Ezek. xxvii. 5. In Deut, iii. 9 it is said to be the Amoritish name for Hermon. Saniru occurs in the cuneiform inscriptions (see Bertholet on Ezekiel xxvii. 5). "Amana may belong to the range of the Antilibanus or be Mt. Amanus in northern Syria. Josephus (Ant. i. 6. 1) and the Chronicles of Jerahmeel (xxxi. 3. 5) favour the latter view. Elam. The name of Shem’s eldest son. The country is the Assyrian Elamtu, and is ‘‘nearly equivalent to the Susiana and Elymais of the Greeks” (Encyc. Bib. ii. 1258). Stisan, which is mentioned presently, was its capital, or it may stand for Susiana. Mad tddi, i.e. Media. See x. 35. CHAPTER VIII. 20-25 73 is in it is very good. 22. And for Ham came forth the second portion, beyond the Gihon towards the south to the right of the Garden, and it extends towards the south and it extends to all the mountains of fire, and it extends towards the west to the sea of ’Atél and it extends towards the west till it reaches the sea of Maé’ik—that (sea) into which feverything which is not destroyed descendst. 23. And it goes forth towards the north to the limits of Gadir, and it goes forth to the coast of the waters of the sea to the waters of the great sea till it draws near to the river Gihon, and goes along the river Gihon till it reaches the right of the Garden of Eden. 24. And this is the land which came forth for Ham as the portion which he was to occupy for ever for himself and his sons unto their generations for ever. 22-24. Ham’s portion. This portion embraces all Africa from the mouths of the Nile westward and southward and certain parts of Asia, which are vaguely defined in viii. 23, ix. 1, imperfectly in Epiphan. Ancorat. cxii.: Χὰμ δὲ τῷ δευτέρῳ ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς “Ῥινοκουρούρων ἕως Τ᾽ αδείρων τὰ πρὸς νότον: and in Syncellus, 82: Χὰμ δὲ τῷ δευτέρῳ . .. ἔδωκε τὰ πρὸς νότον καὶ Λίβα καὶ μέρος τῆς δύσεως ἀπὸ 'ῬΡινοκουρούρων τῆς Αἰγύπτου, Αἰθιοπίαν, καὶ Αἴγυπτον καὶ Λιβύην, ᾿Αφρικὴν καὶ Μαυριτανίαν ἕως Ἡρακλείων στηλῶν ἤτοι ἕως τοῦ δυτικοῦ καὶ Λιβυκοῦ ᾽Ωκεανοῦ, ποταμὸν διορί- ζοντα τὸν Νεῖλον, ὃς καὶ Τειὼν. . . λέγεται, for both these passages omit the countries belonging to Ham in Asia, In Epiphan. Adv. Haer, II. ii. 544 (Haer, Ixvi. 84), however, these are given very fully: ὑπέπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἀπὸ ινοκουρούρων ἄχρι Γαδείρων, Αὔγυπτον ἔχων καὶ Μαρει- ανδίνην καὶ ᾿Αμμῶνα, Λιβύην τε καὶ Μαρμαρίδα, εντάπολιν, Μακάτην, Μακρόνην τε καὶ Λεπτημάγνην, Σύρτιν, Μαυριτανίαν, ἄχρι τῶν ᾿Ἡρακλεωτικῶν στηλῶν λεγομένων καὶ τῆς ἔσω Ταδείρης" ταῦτα τὰ πρὸς νότον" ἀπὸ δὲ Ῥινοκου- ρούρων τὰ πρὸς ἀνατολήν, τήν τε 'Ιδου- μαίαν καὶ Μαδιανῖτιν, τήν τε ᾿Αλα- βαστρῖτιν, καὶ ᾽Ομηρῖτιν, καὶ ᾿Αξωμῖτιν, καὶ Βούγεαν, καὶ Λίβαν, ἄχρι τῆς τῶν Βάκτρων χώρας. ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς 25. And for Japheth κλῆρος διορίζει ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ Σὴμ τὰ πρὸς ἀνατολήν. According to the Chronicles of Jerahmeel xxxi. 2 “Ham took his portion in the land of Afriqia which comprises Aram, Hamath, and the mountain of Lebanon . until the Red Sea and the Sea of Philistia, from Rinés as far as Gadaira.” See also for Josephus’ views, Ant. i. 6. 2. 22. Gihon. Eth. has Gijén. See note on viii. 15. To the right, 1.6. to the south. Mountains of fire. On certain fiery mountains see Eth. Enoch xviii. 6-9, xxiv. 1-3. ’Atél. The Atlantic. Mak. This sea or ocean lies in the extreme west: cf. ver. 26. Is the word a distortion of ᾿Ωκεανός, the Great Ocean Stream ? Everything which is not destroyed descends (ab). cd= “ everything perish- able descends.” What is required probably is: ‘‘if anything descends into it, it perishes.” 23. Gadir, i.e. Gades, Cadiz. Goes along the river Gihon. I have added ‘ba’ before Gihon; for the writer could not say that the Nile flowed towards the Garden of Eden. 25-293, Japheth’s portion—Northern Asia, Europe, and five great islands. This portion, which is further described in ix. 7-13, embraces the countries north 74 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES came forth the third portion beyond the river Tiné to the north of the outflow of its waters, and it extends north- easterly to the whole region of Gog and to all the country east thereof. 26. And it extends northerly to the north, and it extends to the mountains of Qélt towards the north, and towards the sea of M&’tk, and it goes forth to the east of Gadir as far as the region of the waters of the sea, 27. And it extends until it approaches the west of Farad and it returns towards ’Aférég, and it extends easterly to the waters of the sea of Mé’at. 28, And it extends to the region of the river Tina in a north-easterly direction until it approaches the boundary of its waters towards the mountain Rafa, and it turns round towards the north. 29. This is the land which came forth for Japheth and his sons as the portion of his inheritance which he should possess for himself and his sons, for their generations for ever; five great islands, and a great land in the north. of Shem and Ham’s portions from Media to Rhinocurura in Asia and to Gades in Europe. Epiphanius (Ancorat. exii.) describes it brietly: Ἰάφεθ τῷ τρίτῳ ἀπὸ Μηδίας ἕως Ταδείρων καὶ Ῥινοκουρούρων τὰ πρὸς Βορρᾶν. Cf. Chronicon Pasch. i, 46. A fuller account from a later standpoint is given by Syncellus (p. 83): "Id@eO... (ἔδωκεν) ἀπὸ Μηδείας τὰ πρὸς ἄρκτον καὶ δυσμὰς ἕως Τ᾿αδείρων καὶ Βρεττανι- κῶν νήσων, ᾿Αρμενίαν καὶ ᾿Ιβηρίαν, Πόντον, Κόλχους καὶ τὰς κατόπιν χώρας καὶ νήσους ἕως ᾿Ιταλίας καὶ Ταλλικῆς, Σπανικῆς, τε καὶ Κελτιβηρίας καὶ Λυσι- τανῶν. Practically the same descrip- tion of Japheth’s province is given by Epiphanius (Adv. Haer. 11. 11. 544 [Haer. lxvi. 847): οὗτος ὁ κλῆρος (τοῦ Σὴμ) διορίζει τὸν ᾿Ιάφεθ τὰ πρὸς Βορρᾶν (.6., Japheth’s province in Asia is bounded by Shem’s on the south): πρὸς δὲ τὴν δύσιν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑὐρώπης ἄχρι τῆς σπανίας καὶ Βριττανίας, ἐκεῖθέν τε τὰ παρακείμενα ἔθνη, “Enres καὶ Δαύνεις, ᾿Ιάπυγες, Κάλαβροι, Λατῖνοι, Oncol, Μάγαρδες, ἕως διακατοχῆς τῆς Σπανίας, καὶ τῆς Γαλλίας, τῆς τε τῶν Σκόττων καὶ 30. But it is cold, Φράγγων ἄνω χώρας. An elaborate account of Japhet’s province appears in Josephus, Ant. i. 6. 1, and in the Chronicles of Jerahmeel xxxi. 4-5. The latter is dependent in some respects on the former. 25. The boundaries of Japheth’s por- tion in Asia. Gog. The country of Gog is in northern Asia. Gog is identified with the Scythians by Josephus (Ant. i. 6. 1) and the Chronicles of Jerahmeel (xxxi. 4). 26-28. The boundaries of Japheth’s portion in Europe. 26. @ét. These are probably the Celts, Maik, See on ver. 22. 27. Fara (cd), ὃ Ferf, a Ferég. Fara may be Africa. See ver. 15. Aférdg. This may be Phrygia. This country according to Josephus (Ant. i, 6. 1) and the Chronicles of Jerahmeel xxxi. 5 belonged to Japheth. 29. Five great islands. See note on ix. 18. To these five may belong Cyprus, Sicily, Sardinia, Corsica. Five islands in the Great Sea are mentioned in Eth. Enoch Ixxvii. 8. CHAPTERS VIII. 26-1Χ. 3 75 and the land of Ham is hot, and the land of Shem is neither hot nor cold, but it is of blended cold and heat. Subdivision of the three portions amongst the grandchildren of Noah. Amongst Ham’s children, 1: Shem’s 2-6: Japheth's, 7-13. Oath taken by Noah’s sons, 14-15. IX. And Ham divided amongst his sons, and the first portion came forth for Cush towards the east, and to the west of him for Mizraim, and to the west of him for Put, and to the west of him [and to the west thereof] on the sea for Canaan. 2. And Shem also divided amongst his sons, and the first portion came forth for Elam and his sons, to the east of the river Tigris till it approaches the east, the whole land of India, and on the Red Sea on its coast, and the waters of Dédan, and all the mountains of Mebri and BA, and all the land of Stisin and all that is on the side of Pharnak to the Red Sea and the river Tind. 3. And for Asshur came forth the second portion, all the land of Asshur and Nineveh 30. Land of Ham is hot. Cf. Epi- phan, Haer. Ἰχγὶ. 85: Χαναὰν δὲ πλεονέκτης ὧν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Χὰμ ἐπῆλθε τῇ Παλαιστηνῶν γῇ . .. καταλείψας τὸν ἴδιον κλῆρον διὰ τὸ δοκεῖν εἶναι running northward to Pontus and the Don. The east, the whole land of India (cd). ab read “to the east of the whole land of India.” But India was καυματινόν. IX. 1. Cf. Gen. x. 6. Cush. Eth. has Ques. The country is no doubt Ethiopia. See also Josephus and the Chronicles of Jerahmeel, in oc. Mizraim. Eth. has Mésrém. He receives onyp or Egypt. Put. Eth. has Phid. Soalsoin LXX Φούδ, ze. wr. The country of Phid is Libya, lying west of Egypt. See Josephus and Jerahmeel. To the west of him . . . on the sea for Canaan. Thus Canaan’s portion ex- tended from Libya to the Atlantic on the west. See x. 28-29, The bracketed words are a dittography, 2. Elam’s portion—from the Tigris to the utmost confines of India, the countries bordering on the Red Sea and in Shem’s portion. See viii. 21. Waters of Dédan. Dedan isa son of Raamah, one of the sons of Cush (Gen. x. 7) or of Jokshan, son of Keturah (Gen. xxv. 3). The Dedanites are generally taken to be a commercial people dwelling in Arabia, possibly on the north-west. See Zncyc. Bibl. i. 1053. Mebri (Ὁ). @ Mazbara. Bld (bcd). a Blam. Pharnak. Can this be Pharnacia on the coast of Pontus? On the countries falling to Shem’s portion in Asia Minor and to the north see quotation from Epiphanius (Adv. Haer.) in note on viii, 12-21, 8. Nineveh. Eth. Ninévi. γό THE BOOK OF JUBILEES and Shinar and to the border of India, and it ascends and skirts the river. 4. And for Arpachshad came forth the third portion, all the land of the region of the Chaldees to the east of the Euphrates, bordering on the Red Sea, and all the waters of the desert close to the tongue of the sea which looks towards Egypt, all the land of Lebanon and Sanir and ᾿Αγηδηδ to the border of the Euphrates. 5. And for Aram there came forth the fourth portion, all the land of Mesopotamia between the Tigris and the Euphrates to the north of the Chaldees to the border of the mountains of Asshur and the land of ’Arfra. 6. And there came forth for Lud the fifth portion, the mountains of Asshur and all appertaining to them till it reaches the Great Sea, and till it reaches the east of Asshur his brother. 7. And Japheth also divided the land of his inheritance amongst his sons. 8. And the first portion came forth for Gomer to the east from the north side to the river Tin&; and in the north there came forth for Magog all the inner portions of the north until it reaches to the sea of Mé@at. 9. And for Madai came forth as his portion that he should possess from the west of his two brothers to the islands, and to the coasts of the islands. Shinar. Eth. has Sindar. The Shinar of Scripture, Gen. x. 10, etc. And skirts the river=wawadafa falaga, emended from wadafa falag of abd, which is untranslateable. If wadafaé were the name of a river we might emend falag into falaga and translate: “to the river Wadafa.” 4. Arpachshad’s portion. See further ix. 13 for the islands allotted to him. In Josephus, Ant. i. 6. 4, the descend- ants of Arpachshad are identified with the Chaldees. Eth. has ’Arphaxed. Tongue of the sea, ete. I don’t know what is meant here. Sanir and ’ Amanda. viii. 21. 5. The Syrians. "Ardara, 1.6. Ararat. See viii. 21. 6. Lud’s portion extends from the See note on 10. And for Javan came forth the fourth west coast of Asia Minor to the east of Asshur. Josephus, Ant. i. 6. 4, says the descendants of Lud were the Lydians. 8. Magog. Only Gog is spoken of in viii. 25. 9. The north-western portions of Europe fell to Madai’s lot, but he was dissatisfied with it (see x. 85) and begged a portion of Shem’s lot. Madai’s lot would seem to embrace Britain and Ireland. The former is mentioned in the Chronicles of Jerahmeel (xxxi. 5), Epiphanius and Syncellus ; see notes on viii. 25-29a, δι 10. Javan. Eth.has’Ijé’evan. Javan denotes properly Tonia, the Greek colony in Asia Minor, and is used in this limited sense in Is. lxvi. 19; Ezek. xxvii. 13. This name also de CHAPTER IX. 4-14 77 portion every island and the islands which are towards the border of Lud. 11. And for Tubal there came forth the fifth portion in the midst of the tongue which approaches towards the border of the portion of Lud to the second tongue, to the region beyond the second tongue unto the third tongue. 12. And for Meshech came forth the sixth portion, all the region beyond the third tongue till it ap- proaches the east of Gadir. 13. And for Tiras there came forth the seventh portion, four great islands in the midst of the sea, which reach to the portion of Ham [and the islands of Kamatiri came out by lot for the sons of Arpachshad as his inheritance]. notes the Graeco-Macedonian empire : Dan. viii. 21, x. 20, xi. 2. In our text it seems to embrace all the islands of the coast of Asia Minor, while in Jose- phus, Ant. i. 6. 1, it includes Ionia and all the Greeks. Every island and the islands. We should expect rather ‘‘all the coast- lands and the island.” 11. Tubal’s (Eth. Tobél) portion seems to extend from Thrace to Italy. Josephus, Ant. i. 6. 1, iden- tifies Tubal’s descendants with the Iberes who lived in the Caucasus, and the Chronicles of Jerahmeel, xxxi. 5, identify them with the Iberi and Ispamia (?). It is not clear what the three tongues of land are. Italy seems to be the third, Greece the second and possibly Thrace the first. The descend- ants of Tubal in Gen. x. 2 are identified with Tibareni in Pontus. 12. As Italy seems to be the third tongue, Meshech’s portion extends from the north of Italy to Cadiz. Josephus, Ant. i. 6. 1, and the Chronicles of Jerahmeel, xxxi. 4, take the descend- ants of Meshech to be identified with the Cappadocians, but modern scholars with the Moschi who lived between the sources of the Phasis and Cyrus. 18. The descendants of Tiras (Eth. Tirds) seem to be the Tyrseni, a branch of the Pelasgians who lived by piracy on the coasts and islands of the Aegean Sea, Josephus, Ant. i. 6. 1, identifies them with the Thracians. Four great islands. See on viii. 29, 14, And thus the sons of Noah divided [The islands of Kamiatart ... as his inheritance]. I have bracketed these words as an interpolation. They are foreign to their present context, for it is dealing with the possessions of the sons of Japheth, and Arpachshad is a son of Shem. Furthermore, the phrase- ology “‘came out . . . for the sons of Arpachshad” is unusual. This phrase ‘*the sons of” is used only in the case of Noah’s three sons: viii. 17 ‘‘for Shem and his sons”; viii. 24 ‘‘for Ham... and his sons”; viii. 29 “for Japheth and his sons.” But in connection with Noah’s sixteen grand- sons in chap. ix. it is not used. The grandson is mentioned in each case as the person to whom ὦ certain province is allotted. On the other hand, the words may in some form have followed after ix. 4, which defines the possessions of Arpachshad. From viii. 21 we know that ‘‘the islands of Kaftir” were in Shem’s portion. Now these “islands of Kamattri” may be the ‘islands of Kaftir”; for Kamattiri could easily originate from Kafttir. 14. Following our text Epiphanius, Ancorat. cxiv. (Dind. ed., vol. i, 217), writes τούτων τοίνυν τῶν ἐθνῶν οὕτως ἐκ τῶν τριῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Νῶε γεγονότων καὶ τριχῆ τοῦ κόσμου τοῖς τρισὶν υἱοῖς διαμερισθέντος, ὡς προεῖπον, ὅρκος ἀπῃ- τήθη παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς μηδένα ἐπεμβαίνειν τῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ κλήρῳ, τὸν δὲ ὑπερβαίνοντα τὴν Τοῦ ὅρκου διαταγὴν ἐξολοθρεύεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὅρκῳ καὶ πᾶν τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ. See also Adv. Huer. 78 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES unto their sons in the presence of Noah their father, and he bound them all by an oath, imprecating a curse on everyone that sought to seize the portion which had not fallen (to him) by his lot. 15. And they all said, “So be it; so be it,’ for themselves and their sons for ever through- out their generations till the day of judgment, on which the Lord God shall judge them with a sword and with fire, for all the unclean wickedness of their errors, wherewith they have filled the earth with transgression and uncleanness and fornication and sin. Evil spirits lead astray the sons of Noah, 1-2. Noah’s prayer, 3-6. spirits, 7-11. Mastémd allowed to retain one-tenth of his subject Noah taught the use of herbs by the angels for resisting the demons, 12-14. Noah dies, 15-17. Building of Babel and the confusion of tongues, 18-2'7. Canaan seizes on Palestine, 29-34. Madar receives Media, 35-36. X. And in the third week of this jubilee the unclean demons began to lead astray tthe children of the sons of 11. ii, 544 (Haer Ixvi. 85). In Syncellus (i. 83) also, it is said of Noah: μέλλων δὲ τελευτᾶν ἐνετείλατο τοῖς τρισὶν αὐτοῦ υἱοῖς μηδένα ἐπελθεῖν τοῖς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ὁρίοις καὶ ἀτάκτως ἐνεχθῆναι πρὸς ἕτερον, ὡς τούτου γενησο- μένου αἰτίου στάσεως αὐτοῖς καὶ πολέμων τῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους. 15. The day of judgment. on iv. 19. X. 1. We have here another fragment of the lost Apocalypse of Noah. The former fragment we found in vii. 20-39. Of the present fragment a summary is preserved in Syncellus, i. 49, though, of course, as forming 5. genuine section of Jubilees. This summary gives the contents of verses 1-9. Kal yap ἐν τῇ Μωῦύσέως λεγομένῃ ἀποκαλύψει φέρεται περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅτι μετὰ τὸν κατα- κλυσμὸν τῷ βῴπβ' ἔτει τοῦ κόσμου φθόνῳ κινούμενοι μετὰ θάνατον ἐπλά- See note νησαν τοὺς υἱοὺς Νῶε. καὶ εὐξαμένου τοῦ Νῶε ἵνα ἀποστῶσιν ἀπ’ αὐτῶν, ὁ κύριος ἐκέλευσε τῷ ἀρχαγγέλῳ Μιχαὴλ βαλεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον ἄχρι ἡμέρας τῆς κρίσεως" ὁ δὲ διάβολος ἠτήσατο λαβεῖν μοῖραν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν πρὸς πειρασμὸν τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ τὸ δέκατον αὐτῶν κατὰ πρόσταξιν θείαν, ὥστε πειράζειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους πρὸς δοκιμὴν τῆς ἑκάστου πρὸς θεὸν προαιρέσεως, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ ἐννέα μέρη ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον. But what is of still greater interest is the fact that in the Hebrew Book of Noah fragments of verses 1-2, 9-14 have been preserved from the Hebrew original. For this work the reader can consult Jellinek’s Bet ha-Midrasch, iv. 155-156, or my text of Jubilees, p. 179. The third week of this jubilee. If this jubilee be the last mentioned, {,6., the thirty-third (viii. 10), then the date CHAPTERS ΙΧ. 15-X. 5 Noah, and to make to err and destroy them. 79 2. And the sons of Noah came to Noah their father, and they told him concerning the demons which were leading astray and blind- ing and slaying his sons’ sons. the Lord his God, and said: 3. And he prayed before “God of the spirits of all flesh, who hast shown mercy unto me, And hast saved me and my sons from the waters of the flood, And hast not caused me to perish as Thou didst the sons of perdition ; For Thy grace has been great towards me, And great has been Thy mercy to my soul; Let Thy grace be lift up upon my sons, And let not wicked spirits rule over them Lest they should destroy them from the earth. 4, But do Thou bless me and my sons, that we may increase and multiply and replenish knowest how Thy Watchers, is 1583-1589, but it may be much earlier. The unclean demons, These are the spirits which went forth from the Mamzerim or children of the angels and the daughters of men. See vii. 22; Eth. Enoch xiv.-xvi. The unclean demons began . .. de- stroy them (so ab). cd omit ‘‘the children of.”” But Syncellus, i. 49, and the passage from the Hebrew Book of Noah (see my Eth. Text, p. 35, notes 17- 19) showthat instead of “the children of the sons’? we should simply have “the sons.” Under the word daqiqa (= “the children of’’) there may lie some corrup- tion of the verb ’adqaqa, “to beat small” =m}, a corruption for man}, “to slay.” Now this verb is the last infinitive in the passage of the Hebrew Book of Noah (see below), and as the other three verbs in the Ethiopic text are literal equivalents of the preceding three infinitives in the same passage we may conclude that we have thus re- the earth. 5. And Thou the fathers of these spirits, covered the true text. The passage in question is: nanad oman man ibna maaby band mynd mownd mi 35 ΞΞ “And the spirits of the Mamzerim began to stir themselves against the sons of Noah, to lead astray and cause to err and to destroy and to slay.” ‘ Unclean demons” tn our text is a good equivalent for “the spirits of the Mamzerim,” though it is not a literal rendering. The Hebrew original of our text there- fore=‘‘The unclean demons began to lead astray and to make to err and to slay and to destroy the sons of Noah” (= Sanh: mand mynd mownd abn). = On the other hand the expression ‘‘ sons’ sons” recurs in verses 2, 3, and 5b, so that the text of ad may be right. 3. God of the spirits of all flesh. Num. xvi. 22, xxvii. 16, Sons of perdition (=praxn vi). Cf. 2 Thess. ii. 3. My sons (a). 6 “Thy sons’ sons.” 5. Thy Watchers. Cf. Eth. Enoch vi.-xvi. 8ο THE BOOK OF JUBILEES acted in my day: and as for these spirits which are living, imprison them and hold them fast in the place of condem- nation, and let them not bring destruction on the sons of thy servant, my God; for these are malignant, and created in order to destroy. 6. And let them not rule over the spirits of the living; for Thou alone canst exercise dominion over them. And let them not have power over the sons of the righteous from henceforth and for evermore.” 7, And the Lord our God bade us to bind all, 8. And the chief of the spirits, Mastéma, came and said: “Lord, Creator, let some of them remain before me, and let them hearken to my voice, and do all that I shall say unto them; for if some of them are not left to me, I shall not be able to The sons (cd). a ‘the place.” 6. Canst exercise dominion over them=ta’amr kudnnend l6mi emended from td’amr kuennanthémi= “Thou knowest their power” or “judgment.” 7. Cf. Eth, Enoch x. 4, 12, 8. See the quotation from Syncellus in note on ver. 1. Mastémd. In the Latin version this name appears as Mastima, and in the Midrashic Book of Noah (see my text, p. 179) as monenn ww. Hence the form in which it appears in Syncellus and Cedrenus as Μαστιφάμ, ὁ ἄρχων τῶν δαιμονίων, or Μαστιφάτ is less accurate. Outside the Jubilee literature, as Roénsch has remarked (p. 418), this word is not found as a proper noun except in the Acts of Philip (ed. Tischend., p. 98): ὁ δὲ Μανσημάτ, τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὑπεισῆλθεν εἰς τὸν ᾿Ανανίαν καὶ ἐπλήρωσεν αὐτὸν θυμοῦ καὶ ὀργῆς. As a common noun it is found twice in Hos. ix. 7, 8 in the sense of “enmity.” The word appears to be the hiphil of new (=jnw), ὁ.6. open, and is therefore the equivalent of ὁ Σατανᾶς in point of meaning and derivation. As in the Eth. Enoch it is the function of the evil spirits to tempt men, Eth. Enoch lxix. 4, 6; accuse them, Eth. Enoch xl. 7; and destroy them, Eth. Enoch xv. 11, 12, xvi, in which ὃ “the sons’ sons.” capacity they are designated as “ angels of punishment,” 1111, 3, lvi. 1, xii. 11, lxiii, 1, so also in our author. Thus the evil spirits under Mastéma (1) tempt men, lead them astray and blind them x. 2, 8, xlviii. 12, 16, and harden their hearts xlviii. 17. In xv. 31 it is actually stated that God put spirits in authority over men to lead them astray ; see notes on xv. 31-32. Again (2) they accuse men of actual or alleged sins, xvii. 16, xlviii.15, 18. Finally (3) they destroy those who have sinned, being created for this purpose, x. 2, 5. As angels of destruction they appear, xlviii. 2, in slaying the first-born in Egypt. In xlviii. 2 Mastéma seeks to slay Moses for failing to circumcise his son. These spirits seek to rule a man in order to destroy him, x. 3. But they cannot touch the righteous, x. 6; every breach of the law, however, exposes men to their malignant influence, xlviii, 2. Israel as such is God’s own portion and is not subject to spirits of any kind, xv. 32, xvi. 18, xix. 28. From this high ethical conception our author falls away, no doubt under the influence of his authorities, in x. 12, 18, where, as in Tobit, magical methods are said to be effective against evil spirits. See further note on xlviii. 2. Let some of them remain before me. See a from Syncellus in note on x, 1. CHAPTER X. 6-17 81 execute the power of my will on the sons of men; for these are for corruption and leading astray before my judg- ment, for great is the wickedness of the sons of men.” 9. And He said: “ Let the tenth part of them remain before him, and let nine parts descend into the place of condem- nation.” 10. And one of us He commanded that we should teach Noah all their medicines; for He knew that they would not walk in uprightness, nor strive in righteousness. 11. And we did according to all His words: all the malignant evil ones we bound in the place of condemnation, and a tenth part of them we left that they might be subject before Satan on the earth. 12. And we explained to Noah all the medicines of their diseases, together with their seductions, how he might heal them with herbs of the earth. 13. And Noah wrote down all things in a book as we instructed him concerning every kind of medicine. Thus the evil spirits were precluded from (hurting) the sons of Noah. 14. And he gave all that he had written to Shem, his eldest son; for he loved him exceedingly above all his sons. 15. And Noah slept with his fathers, and was buried on Mount Libar in the land of Ararat. 16. Nine hundred and fifty years he completed in his life, nineteen jubilees and 1659 a.m. two weeks and five years. 17. And in his life on earth he excelled the children of men save Enoch because of the 9. Cf. Hebrew Book of Noah: “And So it is stated in the Hebrew Book of the angel did so and enclosed them in Noah, where there is a manifest paro- the house of judgment (msypn nn). nomasia between ὉΝΕῚ and my. Cf. Only one-tenth did he permit to goto Eth. Enoch x. 7; Tob. iii, 17, xii. and fro on the earth before the prince 14, 15. of the Mastema to rule over the godless 11, See ver. 9, note. to smite them and to plague them with Satan. Satan and Mastema are thus all manner of diseases.” The angel identical. according to this Hebrew book is 12. This verse is found almost wholly Raphael, but according to Eth. Enoch in Heb, Book of Noah (see my text of x, 11-138 is Michael. Again, though Jubilees, p. 179). according to our text only one-tenth of 13-14. Shem as the eldest son (see the demons are allowed to act with note on iv. 33) or as the priest receives impunity to the day of judgment, in all the sacred writings from Noah. Cf. Eth. Enoch xv.-xvi., allthe demonshave Syncellus ii. 83. In xlv. 16 Jacob this privilege. gives all the books into Levi’s hands, 10. Oneofus. Thisangelis Raphael. as Levi was priest. 6 1645-1688 Shinar. A.M, 82 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES righteousness, wherein he was perfect. For Enoch’s office was ordained for a testimony to the generations of the world, so that he should recount all the deeds of generation unto genera- tion, till the day of judgment. 18. And in the three and thirtieth jubilee, in the first year in the second week, Peleg took to himself a wife, whose name was Lémna the daughter of Sina’ar, and she bare him a son in the fourth year of this week, and he called his name Reu; for he said: “ Behold the children of men have become evil through the wicked purpose of building for themselves a city and a tower in the land of Shinar.” 19. For they departed from the land of Ararat eastward to Shinar; for in his days they built the city and the tower, saying, “Go to, let us ascend thereby into heaven.” 20, And they began to build, and in the fourth week they made brick with fire, and the bricks served them for stone, and the clay with which they cemented them together was asphalt which comes out of the sea, and out of the fountains of water in the land of 21. And they built it: forty and three years were they building it; its breadth was 203 bricks, and the 17. Enoch’s office was ordained for a testimony, etc. Cf. iv. 24 for a similar statement. Recount all the deeds, etc. Cf. iv. 23, 24, Till the day of judgment. Cf. iv. 19, 24, ix. 15, x. 22. 18. Lémnd. This name is found in the Syriac fragment as (S), and Lagarde’s MS r as δυμνα, and Algazi’s Chronicle as m3ab. Reu, Eth, has Ragaw='Payat= yr (Gen. xi. 18). It is obvious that our author thus derived Reu from yys, “to be evil.” There was a paronomasia in the original. ‘‘He called his name Ragau (39); for... the children of men had become evil,” 3x. This deriva- tion appears in the Onomasticon, p. 197, 27: ‘Pady (ἰ.6. ἹΡααύ) κακούμενος. Shinar. Eth. has Séndar, in ver. 25 Sindar, in 26 Sanaér, 19, Cf Gen. xi. 2; Epiphan. Adv. Heer. 1. 1. 5, 20. On Babel see Encyc. Bibl. i. 410-418. Made brick. Eth. Text, p. 34.) Made brick with fire ; and the bricks served, etc. This passage appears to be the source of the Chronicles of Jerahmeel xxix. 2: ‘‘Come and let us make bricks ... and let us burn them and each brick will be to us as a stone and the pitch for mortar.” Cf. Joseph. Ant. i. 4. 8. 21. For the three slight emendations of the text in this verse see my text, pp. 36-37. The passage is found in Greek in the Catena of Nicephorus, i.175: ἐπὶ poy ἔτη ἔμειναν οἰκοδομοῦντες. τὸ ὕψος ,ευλγ πήχεις, καὶ δύω παλεσταί (sic), τὸ πλάτος ἐπὶ σγ' πλίνθους. τῆς πλίνθου τὸ ὕψος, τρίτον μιᾶς πλίνθου. τὸ ἔκταμα τοῦ ἑνὸς τοίχου στάδιοι vy καὶ τοῦ ἄλλον (Emended: see my CHAPTER X. 18-25 83 height (of a brick) was the third of one; its height amounted to 5433 cubits and 2 palms, and (the extent of one wall was) thirteen stades (and of the other thirty stades). 22. And the Lord our God said unto us: “ Behold, they are one people, and (this) they begin to do, and now nothing will be withholden from them. Go to, let us go down and confound their language, that they may not understand one another’s speech, and they may be dispersed into cities and nations, and one purpose will no longer abide with them till the day of judgment.” 23. And the Lord descended, and we descended with Him to see the city and the tower which the children of men had built, 24. And He confounded their language, and they no longer understood one another’s speech, and they ceased then to build the city and the tower. 25. For this reason the whole land of Shinar is called Babel, because the Lord did there confound all the language of the children of men, and from thence they were dispersed into their cities, each according to his language λ΄. Eutychius (translated by Pococke, 1658, pp. 51, 52) has drawn upon our text in the following passage: Tres ergo annos lateribus conficiendis et coquendis insumpserunt: quorum singuli tredecim cubitos longi, decem lati, ac quinque alti essent ; urbemque inter Tyrum et Babelem exstruxerunt orgyas longam tercentum et tredecim, latam centum quinquaginta unam: cujus muri alti orgyas quinquies mille quingentas triginta tres; lati triginta tres ; turris autem orgyas decies mille alta ; quibus exstruendis quadraginta annos insumpserunt. Cf. J. Malalas, p. 12; Glycas, p. 240. ‘The clauses in brackets in the translation are derived from the Greek. Rénsch (p. 401) quotes the following passage respecting this tower from Weil’s Biblische Legenden der Musel- ménner, pp. 77-78: Der Thurm (Nimrod’s) ward bis zu einer Hihe von 5000 Ellen gebaut . . . Gott liess ihn mit einem solchen Getise umstiirzen, dass alle Leute vor Schrecken ganz ausser sich waren und jeder eine andere Sprache redete. Thirteen stades. In Jerome (Epist. (78 in Migne) ad Fabdiolam, mansione 18) we have the following reference to this passage. Hoc verbum (72), quantum memoria suggerit, nusquam alibi in Scripturis sanctis apud Hebraeos invenisse menovi absque libro apocrypho qui a Graecis Aerry (a.0. Μικρογένεσις) id est, parva Genesis appellatur. Ibi in aedificatione turris pro stadio ponitur, in quo exercentur pugiles et athletae et cursorum velocitas comprobatur. This forms Jerome’s note on the name of the place of encampment Rissah (no) in Num. xxxiii, 21, 22. In later Hebrewpand jpare used as = stadium or race-course, See Levy’s Wérterbuch, in loc. 22. Will be withholden from them. Lit. “will fail from them.” Gen. xi. 6, 25. Cf. Gen. xi. 9. From thence they were dispersed .. . each according to hislanguage. Accord- 1688 A.M. 84 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES and his nation. 26. And the Lord sent a mighty wind against the tower and overthrew it upon the earth, and behold it was between Asshur and Babylon in the land of Shinar, and they called its name “Overthrow.” 27. In the fourth week in the first year in the beginning thereof in the four and thirtieth jubilee, were they dispersed from the land of Shinar. 28. And Ham and his sons went into the land which he was to occupy, which he acquired as his portion in the land of the south. 29. And Canaan saw the land of Lebanon to the river of Egypt that it was very good, and he went not into the land of his inheritance to the west (that is to) the sea, and he dwelt in the land of Lebanon, eastward and westward from the border of Jordan and from ing to the Ps.-Jon. on Gen. xi. 8 the number of nations thus created were seventy, under their seventy patron angels. Cf. Chronicles of Jerahmeel xxx. 8: also Epiphan. Adv. Haer. i. 1. 5: διεσκέδασε yap αὐτῶν τὰς γλώσσας, καὶ ἀπὸ μιᾶς εἰς ἑβδομήκοντα δύο διένειμε κατὰ τὸν τῶν τὔὄτε ἀνδρῶν ἀριθμὸν εὑρεθέντα. Book of Adam and Eve (Malan), 111. 22. 26. A mighty wind. This is a very old tradition. It is found in Sibyll. Or. iii. 98-103 ; Joseph. Ant. i. 4. 3; Epiphan. Adv. Huaer.i. 1.5; Syncellus, i. 77 ; Cedrenus, i. 22. “ Overthrow ” = déqat = καταστροφή =n257- Observe the play of words not preserved in Eth.): ‘‘Overthrew it . and they called its name ‘ Over- throw’” =1w ne xp. . yn nopn. This disagrees with its name ‘‘Babel” in Gen. xi. 9. According to Sanh, 109a@ one-third of the tower of Babel was burnt, one-third swallowed up in the earth, and: one-third standing. 28. Ham’s portion lay in the north of Africa. It is described in the next verse as lying in the west towards the sea, cf. ix. 1. The designation “land of the south” is a loose one. The word rendered “south” rightly means “north,” but it is used occasion- ally in this wrong sense by Ethiopic scribes. See note on viii. 15. 29. This view is, I think, found only in Jubilees and the books dependent upon it. Palestine fell by lot to Arpachshad and north-west Africa (see ix. 1) to Canaan; but Canaan wrong- fully seized Palestine : see Epiphanius, Ancorat. cxiv. Ὁ. 217 (ed. Dindorf): ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐν τῷ κλήρῳ Σὴμ ἡ Παλαιστίνη ὑπέπεσε καὶ πάντα τὰ πλησίον αὐτῆς, πλεονέκτης δὲ ὧν ὁ Χαναὰν υἱὸς Χὰμ ἐπῆλθε τῇ Παλαιστινῶν ὕστερον γῇ, τουτέστι τῇ ᾿Ιουδαίᾳ, καὶ ἀφαρπάζει αὐτήν, ἐμακροθύμει δὲ ὁ θεός, διδοὺς χρόνους μετανοίας, ἵνα μετανοήσειαν οἱ ἐκ τοῦ Χὰμ καὶ ἀποδῶσι τοῖς τοῦ Σὴμ τὴν ἰδίαν κληρουχίαν, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οὐ μετενόουν, ἀλλ᾽ ἤθελον τὸ μέτρον αὐτῶν πληρῶσαι. τότε ὁ θεὸς μετὰ πολλὰς ὕστερον γενεὰς δίκαιος dy ἐκδικεῖ τὴν παράβασιν τοῦ ὅρκου. οὕτω γὰρ ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὸ ᾿Αμορραίων μέτρον. Cf. also Haer, xvi. 85 (IL 11, 644); Syncellus, i. 83; Glycas, 242. The words of the last come very near our text: ὁ τοῦ Χὰμ υἱὸς Χαναὰν ἰδὼν τὴν πρὸς τὸν Λίβανον γῆν ὅτι. .. ἐστιν . . . κρείτ- των τῆς ἑαυτοῦ γῆς, τυραννικῶς καθήρ- παξεν αὐτήν. Clementine Recognitions i, 30: Cujus interim senior frater (Shem) habitationis sortem eam, quae est in medio terrae, suscepit, in qua est regio Judaeae, junior vero orientis (should be occidentis) plagam sortitus est, ipse autem occidentis (should be orientis) accepit. Jordan (ad). be ‘* Lebanon.” CHAPTER X. 26-36 85 the border of the sea. 30. And Ham, his father, and Cush and Mizraim, his brothers, said unto him: “ Thou hast settled in a land which is not thine, and which did not fall to us by lot: do not do so; for if thou dost do so, thou and thy sons will fall in the land and (be) accursed through sedition ; for by sedition ye have settled, and by sedition will thy children fall, and thou shalt be rooted out for ever. 31. Dwell not in the dwelling of Shem; for to Shem and to his sons did it come by their lot. 32. Cursed art thou, and cursed shalt thou be beyond all the sons of Noah, by the curse by which we bound ourselves by an oath in the presence of the holy judge, and in the presence of Noah our father.” 33. But he did not hearken unto them, and dwelt in the land of Lebanon from Hamath to the entering of Egypt, he and his sons until this day. 34. And for this reason that land is named Canaan. 35. And Japheth and his sons went towards the sea and dwelt in the land of their portion, and Madai saw the land of the sea and it did not please him, and he begged a (portion) from Elam and Asshur and Arpachshad, his wife’s brother, and he dwelt in the land of Media, near to his wife’s brother until this day. 36. And he called his dwelling-place, and the dwelling-place of his sons, Media, after the name of their father Madai. 80. Cf. Syncellus, i. 83-84: μετὰ 84, Cf. Glycas, p. 242: καὶ οὕτω διακόσια ἔτη τῆς τελευτῆς Νῶε, vewrepl- σας ὁ τοῦ Χὰμ υἱὸς Χαναὰν ἐπέβη τοῖς ὁρίοις τοῦ Σὴμ καὶ κατῴκησεν ἐκεῖ. With the word “sedition” in the text compare vewreploas in Syncellus. 82. By the curse, etc. Cf. ix. 14, 15. The holy judge, i.e. the angel who was present at the drawing of lots, viii. 10. 33. Hamath. Eth. has "fmath (6, Ἡμάθ, non); see xiii. 2. Hamath was the northern boundary of Israel (Num. xxxiv. 8; Judg. iii, 8, ete). In 2 Chron. vii. 8 we have the phrase: “From the entering in of Hamath to the river of Egypt.” πᾶσα ἡ γῆ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τοῦ Χαναὰν προσηγορεύθη. 35. See note on ix. 9. Diodorus, Presbyter of Antioch (οὗ. 592 3), appears to have known this passage. He is quoted in Catena Nicephort, i. 167 on Gen. ix. 27: τί δήποτε, καὶ κατοικησάτω ὁ Ἰάφεθ ἐν τοῖς σκηνώμασι τοῦ Σὴμ εἴρηται; ὁρᾷς, ὅτι πάντα προφητεία ἣν διὰ προφάσεώς τινος, ἢ ἄνευ προφάσεως φανερουμένη; καὶ γὰρ μετὰ ταῦτα Μαδαΐ, τουτέστιν ὁ Μῆδος, τοῦ ᾿Ιάφεθ ὧν υἱός, τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν τοῦ Σὴμ οἰκήσεων κατέσχε τὴν Μηδίαν, μέρος οὐκ ἐλάχιστον τῆς τῶν Περσῶν γῆς. Media, Eth. Médqin. 1681 a.m. 1687 A.M. 86 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES Reu and Serug, 1 (cf. Gen. xi. 20, 21). Rise of war and bloodshed and eating of blood and idolatry, 2-7. Nachor and Terah, 8-14 (cf. Gen. xi. 22-30). Abram’s know- ledge of God and wonderful deeds, 15-24. XI. And in the thirty-fifth jubilee, in the third week, in the first year thereof, Reu took to himself a wife, and her name was Ord, the daughter of Ur, the son of Késéd, and she bare him a son, and he called his name Séréh, in the seventh year of this week in this jubilee. 2. And the sons of Noah began to war on each other, to take captive and to slay each other, and to shed the blood of men on the earth, and to eat blood, and to build strong cities, and walls, and towers, and individuals (began) to exalt themselves above the nation, and to found the beginnings of kingdoms, and to go to war people against people, and nation against nation, and city against city, and all (began) to do evil, and to acquire arms, and to teach their sons war, and they began to capture cities, and to sell male and female slaves. 3. And Or, the son of Késéd, built the city of ’Ara of the Chaldees, and called its name after his own name and the name of his father. XI. 1. Cf. Gen. xi. 21. Ord. Lagarde’s MS r wpa: Syr. Frag. 750}. Ps.-Philo, Ant. bibl. Lid. p. 45 gives Melcha. Séréh. See ver. 6. Beer suggests that this is from mp, “to sin,” in Talmudic Hebrew. This would suit ver. 2, but ver. 6 implies that our author derived it from yp, “to turn aside.” Epi- phanius, Adv. Haer. i. 1. 6, writes: τὸν Σεροὺχ τὸν ἑρμηνευόμενον ᾿Βρεθισμόν. 2-6. The corruption of mankind which our author ascribes to the period of Serng is by later writers assigned to the age of Enos, the son of Seth: see iv. 12 note. Some reflection of our text appears in Epiphanius, Adv. Haer. i. 1.6: Φαλὲκ δὲ γεννᾷ τὸν ‘Payod .. . kal ἤρξατο els ἀνθρώπους ἡ εἰδωλολατρία τε καὶ ὁ Ἑλληνισμός .. . οὔπω δὲ ἐν ξοάνοις καὶ ἐν τορείαις λίθων ἢ ξύλων ἣ ἀργυροτεύκτων . .. μόνον δὲ διὰ χρω- μάτων καὶ εἰκόνων ἡ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου διάνοια ἑαυτῇ ἐφηύρατο τὴν κακίαν : also in Cedrenus, i. 47 : ἐπὶ τούτου (Σηροὺχ) οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸν κατ᾽ ἀλλήλων αὐξήσαντες τῦφον στρατηγούς τε ἑαυτοῖς κατεστή- σαντο καὶ βασιλεῖς. καὶ τότε πρώτως πολεμικὰ κατασκευάσαντες ὄργανα πολε- μεῖν ἀλλήλους ἐνήρξαντο. See also Book of Adam and Eve (Malan), iii. 24 : Ps.- Philo, And. bibl. Lib. p. 45. 2. Individuals began to exalt them- selves, etc. So MSS. The emendation in my text is not necessary. 3. Or, the son of Késéd. We have here an attempt to explain the phrase Ur of the Chaldees (Ὠ 123 ns) through reference to Ur and his father Késéd. *Ara. Corrupt for Ura or Ur. CHAPTER XI. 1-10 87 4, And they made for themselves molten images, and they worshipped each the idol, the molten image which they had made for themselves, and they began to make graven images and unclean simulacra, and malignant spirits assisted and seduced (them) into committing transgression and uncleanness, 5. And the prince Mastéma exerted himself to do all this, and he sent forth other spirits, those which were put under his hand, to do all manner of wrong and sin, and all manner of trans- gression, to corrupt and destroy, and to shed blood upon the earth. 6. For this reason he called the name of Sérdh, Serug, for every one turned to do all manner of sin and transgression. 7. And he grew up, and dwelt in Ur of the Chaldees, near to the father of his wife’s mother, and he worshipped idols, and he took to himself a wife in the thirty- 1744 a.m. sixth jubilee, in the fifth week, in the first year thereof, and her name was Mélk4, the daughter of Kabér, the daughter of his father’s brother. 8. And she bare him Nahor, in the first year of this week, and he grew and dwelt in Ur of the Chaldees, and his father taught him the researches of the Chaldees to divine and augur, according to the signs of heaven. 9. And in the thirty-seventh jubilee, in the sixth 1800 a.m. week, in the first year thereof, he took to himself a wife, and her name was “ljask4, the daughter of Néstag of the Chaldees. 10. And she bare him Terah in the seventh 5. Mastéma. See note on x. 8. To corrupt, etc. Cf. Eth. Enoch xvi. 6. Thereseemstobe here a play on the name Serug. ‘‘ He called the name... Serug (nw) for every one turned (mo) to all manner of sin and transgression (π΄). See, however, note on ver. 1. 7. He worshipped idols. See in note on iv. 12 passage from Chron. of Jerah- meel denying this. Mélka, daughter of Kabér. So also in Syr. and Lagarde’s MS 7. In Gen. xi. 29 Milcah is the name of Nahor’s wife, but this Nahor is Terah’s son. 8. Cf. Gen. xi. 23. His father taught him the researches of the Chaidees, etc. See reference to Chronicles of Jerahmeel in note on iv. 12. Our text was known directly or indirectly by Cedrenus, i. 47: avén- θέντα δὲ τὸν Ναχὼρ ἐδίδαξεν 6 πατὴρ πάντων ἐπίλυσιν οἰωνῶν, τῶν τε ἐν οὐρανῷ σημείων διακρίσεις καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ἁπάντων καὶ πᾶσαν Χαλδαϊκὴν μαντείαν. On an earlier reference to this art in our text see viii. 3. 9. Tjaska, the daughter of Néstdg. Syr. Fragment pa a, Δ.δλ.. This name Ijaska is found in Gen. xi. 29, i.e. Iscah (m0), but there she is the daughter of Haran. 10. Cf. Gen. xi. 25. Terah. Eth. has Tara. 1806 A.M. 1870 A.M. 88 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES year of this week. 11. And the prince Mastéma sent ravens and birds to devour the seed which was sown in the land, in order to destroy the land, and rob the children of men of their labours. Before they could plough in the seed, the ravens picked (it) from the surface of the ground. 12. And for this reason he called his name Terah, because the ravens and the birds reduced them to destitution and devoured their seed. 13. And the years began to be barren, owing to the birds, and they devoured all the fruit of the trees from the trees: it was only with great effort that they could save a little of all the fruit of the earth in their days. 14. And in this thirty-ninth jubilee, in the second week in the first year, Terah took to himself a wife, 11-18. This legend is traced to our text by Jerome. Two other writers reproduce it, but do not mention the source. Jerome, in commenting on Num. xxxiii, 27 (Hpist. Ixxviii. ad Fabiolam, wmansione 24), writes as follows: Castra metati sunt in Thare (Num. xxxiii. 27): Hoc eodem vocabulo (np) et iisdem litteris scriptum invenio patrem Abraham, qui in supradicto apocrypho Geneseos volumine, abactis corvis, qui hominum frumenta vasta- pant, abactoris vel depulsoris sortitus est nomen. I know of only two other references to the incident in our text. The first is in 5. Ephraem i. 156 and is quoted by Malan, Book of Adam and Ewe, p. 248: “Abram when a child, having been sent by Terah to drive away ravens sent to destroy the crops, as a punishment for the idolatry of the land, Abram—un- able to drive them away—by a sudden impulse, called upon God to order them off, who answered: ‘Here am I,’ and ordered the ravens away from Terah’s field.” The second is found in Bar-hebraeus, Historia Dyn- astiarum, p. 18 (Fabric. Cod. Pseud, V.T. i, 422 sq.) : Cum Abraam annorum esset quindecim, annuit Deus precibus ejus contra picas quae terram Chaldae- orum vastabant semina terrae ab iis Pat and her name was ’Edné4, the mandata perdentes. These last two passages are in the main derived from our text. 11. Sent. “had sent.” 12. Reduced them to destitution. The Ethiopic here = ἐπτώχισαν αὐτούς, but it could also be a rendering of ἔθλιψαν or ἐκάκωσαν. Hence this verb may go back to the Chaldee verb ysn=to ravage, de- vastate. This verb would constitute a play on the name Terah (man) and the verse would run: mon ipw ΠΝ ΝΡ nim D2 win oanyn 3. For attempts to explain the derivation of Terah from the meaning assigned by Jerome see Ronsch, Das Buch der Jubiléen, 266-267; Beer, Leben Abraham’s, pp. 95-96. 14. Band, the daughter of Abram. So Syriac Fragment (see my text, p. 40). Cf. Cedrenus, i. 47: Odppa δὲ .. . ἐγέννησεν ἐκ γυναικὸς Εἰδνας, θυγα- τρὸς ᾿Αβραὰμ πατραδέλφου αὐτοῦ, τὸν ᾿Αβραάμ, ὅντινα ἡ μήτηρ ἐκάλεσεν ἐπ’ ὀνόματι τοῦ ἑαυτῆς πατρός. In the later Jewish books the wife of Terah is called Amthelai, the daughter of Karnebo, Baba Bathra 91a; Book of Jashar (Migne, Dict, des Apocr. ii. 1103). In the Chronicles of Jerah- meel (Eng. transl.) xxvii. 7, Amtalai, This can be rendered also CHAPTER ΧΙ. 11-19 89 daughter of Abram, the daughter of his father’s sister. 15. And in the seventh year of this week she bare him a son, 1876 a.m. and he called his name Abram, by the name of the father of his mother; for he had died before his daughter had con- ceived a son. 16, And the child began to understand the errors of the earth that all went astray after graven images and after uncleanness, and his father taught him writing, and he was two weeks of years old, and he separated 1890 a.m. himself from his father, that he might not worship idols with him. 17. And he began to pray to the Creator of all things that He might save him from the errors of the children of men, and that his portion should not fall into error after uncleanness and vileness. 18, And the seed time came for the sowing of seed upon the land, and they all went forth together to protect their seed against the ravens, and Abram went forth with those that went, and the child was a lad of fourteen years. 19, And a cloud of ravens came to devour the seed, and Abram ran to meet them before they settled on the ground, and cried to them before they settled on the ground to devour the seed, and said, “ Descend not: return to the place whence ye came,” aud they proceeded to turn back. 20. And he caused the the daughter of Karnabo, is said to be the wife of Nahor, but by taking the context rightly we get Amtalai as wife of Terah. Book of Jashar (Migne, Dict. des Apocr. ii, 1103) gives Amtela as Terah’s wife, but there is no men- tion of her father’s name. According to Eutychius (translated by Pococke, 1658) Terah had two wives, Yuna and Tohwait. See note on xii. 9. 15. Abram, by the name, etc. This statement is referred to by Syncellus, i. 183: Τὸν κατὰ μητέρα πάππον τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἡ Λεπτὴ Τένεσίς φησιν ὅτι ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐκαλεῖτο, ἡ δὲ Σάρρα ἀδελφὴ ὁμοπατρία τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ ὑπῆρχε. 16-17. Syncellus writes (i. 184) on the authority of our text: τῷ 0d’ ἔτει αὐτοῦ ὁ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐπιγνοὺς τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν προσεκύνει. Cf. Cedrenus, i. 47: οὗτος (Αβραὰμ) μόνος, τῶν ἁπανταχοῦ τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ εἴδωλα πλάνην νοσούντων, τὸν ἀληθῆ θεὸν ἐπέγνω καὶ δημιουργὸν τῶν ὅλων ἀνεκήρυξε. According to Simon ben Lakish in Ber. rabba 80, 64, 95, Midr. on Shir ha-Shirim v. 16 (ef. Midr. on Esther ii. 5), Book of Jashar (op. cit. ii. 1106), Abraham knew God when only three years old, accord- ing to R. Chanina in his forty-eighth year. See Beer, Leben Abr. 103-104 for other references. 16. For later forms of the saga in xi. 16-17, xii. 1-14, see Beer, Leben Abr. 3, 102,; Book of Jashar (op. cit. ii. 1106 sqq.); Chronicles of Jerah- meel xxix., xxxiii.-xxxive 18. Lad of fourteen years. See quotation from Bar-hebraeus in note on 11-13. 1891 Α.Μ. 1904 Α.Μ. go THE BOOK OF JUBILEES clouds of ravens to turn back that day seventy times, and of all the ravens throughout all the land where Abram was there settled there not so much as one. 21. And all who were with him throughout all the land saw him cry out, and all the ravens turn back, and his name became great in all the land of the Chaldees. 22. And there came to him this year all those that wished to sow, and he went with them until the time of sowing ceased: and they sowed their land, and that year they brought enough grain home and eat and were satisfied. 23. And in the first year of the fifth week Abram taught those who made implements for oxen, the artificers in wood, and they made a vessel above the ground, facing the frame of the plough, in order to put the seed thereon, and the seed fell down therefrom upon the share of the plough, and was hidden in the earth, and they no longer feared the ravens. 24, And after this manner they made (vessels) above the ground on all the frames of the ploughs, and they sowed and tilled all the land, according as Abram commanded them, and they no longer feared the birds. Abram seeks to turn Terah from idolatry, 1-8. Marries Sarai, 9. Haran and Nachor, 9-11. Abram burns the idols: death of Haran, 12-14 (cf. Gen. xi. 28). Terah and his family go to Haran, 15. Abram observes the stars and prays, 16-21. 15 bidden to go to Canaan and blessed, 22-24. Power of speaking Hebrew given to him, 25-27. Leaves Haran for Canaan, 28-31. (Cf. Gen. xi. 31-xii. 3.) XII. And it came to pass in the sixth week, in the 20. He caused the clouds of ravens narrative in these verses we have in to turn back. Here we must emend gabera (ab), gaberti (c), gab’a (d), into agb’a, or retaining the reading of αὖ understand jetmajata after sabé‘a. XII. 1-14. Instead of the simple later Jewish writings elaborate accounts of the fear inspired in Nimrod by Abram’s birth, and the attempts of the former to destroy Abram in a furnace of fire when he refused to commit CHAPTERS ΧΙ. 20-Χ1]. 2 ΟΙ seventh year thereof, that Abram said to Terah his father, saying, “ Father!” And he said, “ Behold, here am I, my son.” 2. And he said, “What help and profit have we from those idols which thou dost worship, And before which thou dost bow thyself ? idolatry. The idea that Abram was cast into a fiery furnace arose from a literal interpretation of Gen. xv. 7, “I am the Lord that brought thee out of Ur (xp) of the Chaldees’’ where ἫΝ was taken to mean “fire.” Probably a comparison of Exod. xx. 2 and Is. xxix. 22 may have contributed to this interpretation. The casting of Abram into the furnace of fire is recorded in Targ.-Jon. on Is, x. 32, in the Ps.-Jon. on Gen. xi, 28, xv. 7, and the Jerus. Targ. on Gen.. xv. 7; also in Ber. Rabba 38, 39, 42, 48, 44, 63; Shem. rabba 18, 23, 44; Wajikra rabba 36 ; Debarimrabba9, As to whether it was God Himself or an angel who delivered Abram out of the fire was a question of debate among the Rabbis in the first and second cent. (Ber. rabba 48, Midr. on Shir ha-Shirim i. 12). Exaggerated and grotesque forms of the legend will be found in the Book of Jashar (Dict. des Apoer. ii. 1111 sqq.) and the Chronicles of Jerahmeel xxxiii.-xxxiv. On the other hand no trace of the legend occurs in Josephus (Ant. i. 7) or in the Palestinian Midrashim (the Mechilta, Sifra and Sifre), nor in our text save in xii. 14, where we have perhaps the source of a kindred legend—the death of Haran by fire (see note in doc.). Jerome men- tions this last legend (see note on xii. 14) and likewise the former about the casting of Abram into the fiery furnace (Quaest. Hebr on Gen. xii. 4): Erant autem Abram septuaginta quinque an- norum, quando egressus est ex Charra. Indissolubilis nascitur quaestio: si enim Thara pater Abrahae, cum adhucesset in regione Chaldaea, septuaginta annorum, genuit Abram, et postea in Charra ducentesimo quinto aetatis suae anno mortuus est: quomodo nunc post mortem Thare, Abram exiens de Charra, septuaginta quinque annorum fuisse memoratur: cum a nativitate Abrae usque ad mortem patris ejus, centum triginta quinque fuisse anni doceantur. Vera est igitur illa Hebraeorum traditio, quam supra diximus, quod egressus sit Thara cum filiis suis de igne Chaldaeorum; et quod Abram Baby- lonio vallatus incendio, quia illud adorare nolebat, Dei sit auxilio liber- atus: et ex illo tempore ei dies vitae, et tempus reputetur aetatis, ex quo confessus est Dominum, spernens idola Chaldaeorum. Potest autem fieri ut, quia scriptura reliquit incertum, ante paucos annos Thara de Chaldaea profectus: venerit in Charran quam mortem obieret, vel certe statim post persecutionem in Charran venerit et ibi diutius sit moratus. For a full dis- cussion of the subject and references to later Jewish literature see Beer's monograph in the Monatsschrift fir Gesch. Judenthums, 1855, pp. 59-65. Beer is of opinion that Persia was the home of the legend and that it did not make its way into Palestine till the third cent. of the Christian era, This is much too late. A late form of the tradition is found in Ps.-Philo, Ant. bibl. Lib. pp. 48 sqq. 2. This tradition of Abram admon- ishing Terah was known to Suidas (Fabric. Cod. Pseud. V.T. i. 336-338) : ᾿Αβραὰμ ὑπάρχων érGv ιδ΄ καὶ θεο- γνωσίας ἀξιωθεὶς ἐνουθέτει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ λέγων" τί πλανᾷς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους διὰ κέρδος ἐπιζήμιον, τουτέστι,τὰ εἴδωλα; οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος θεός, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ὁ καὶ πάντα τὸν κόσμον δη- μιουργήσας. Epiphanius (Adv. Haer. i, 1, p. 88, Oehler) attributes the invention of image-worship to Terah : Ναχὼρ δὲ γεννᾷ τὸν Odppa> ἐντεῦθεν γέγονεν ἀνδριαντοπλασία ἀπὸ πηλουρ- ylas καὶ κερὰμικῆς ἐπιστήμης διὰ τῆς τοῦ Θάρρα τούτου τέχνης. Help and profit . . . from those idols. Cf. 1 Sam, xii. 21, “ Vain things which cannot profit nor deliver.’ 1925 A.M. 92 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES . For there is no spirit in them, For they are dumb forms, and a misleading of the heart. Worship them not: . Worship the God of heaven, Who causes the rain and the dew to descend on the earth, And does everything upon the earth, And has created everything by His word, And all life is from before His face. . Why do ye worship things that have no spirit in them ? For they are the work of (men’s) hands, σι And on your shoulders do ye bear them, And ye have no help from them, But they are a great cause of shame to those who make them, And a misleading of the heart to those who worship them : Worship them not.” 6. And his father said unto him, “I also know it, my son, but what shall I do with a people who have made me to serve before them? 7. And if I tell them the truth, they will slay me; for their soul cleaves to them to worship them and honour them, Keep silent, my son, lest they slay thee.” 8. And these words he spake to his two brothers, and they were angry with him and he kept silent. 9. And in the fortieth jubilee, in the second week, in the seventh year thereof, Abram took to himself a wife, and her name was Sarai, the daughter of his father, and she became 3. There is no spirit, etc. See also 5. Work of (men’s) hands. Cf. Jer. ver. 5, xx. 8; Ps. cxxxv. 17. x. 38,9. See xx. 8, xxii. 18 of our text. 4, Causes the rain... to descend. On your shoulders do ye carry them. See xx. 9. Cf. Jer. xiv. 22, ‘‘ Are there any among the vanities of the heathen that can cause rain?... thou hast made all these things.” See also Epistle of Jeremy 53; Mt. v.45; Acts xiv. 17. Amos ν. 26; Is. xlvi. 7; Jer. x. 5; Epist. Jer. 4, 26; Ass. Mos. viii. 4. 9, Sarat. Sarai is written Sdra in the Ethiopic till xv. 15, when she receives the name Sarah (Eth, Sara), CHAPTER XII. 3-14 93 his wife. 10. And Haran, his brother, took to himself a wife in the third year of the third week, and she bare him a son in the seventh year of this week, and he called his name Lot. 11. And Nahor, his brother, took to himself a wife. 12. And in the sixtieth year of the life of Abram, that is, in the fourth week, in the fourth year thereof, Abram arose by night, and burned the house of the idols, and he burned all that was in the house, and no man knew it. 13. And they arose in the night and sought to save their gods from the midst of the fire. 14. And Haran hasted to save them, but the fire flamed over him, and he was burnt in the fire, and he died in Ur of the Chaldees before Terah his father, The same form of the words is found in the Ethiopic version of Gen. xvii. 15 and may go back to the Greek version. In the LXX the words, how- ever, are given as Σάρα and Σάρρα. The daughter of his father. Our author here follows Gen. xx. 12, where Abraham says that Sarah is the daughter of his father but not of his mother. Syncellus probably follows our text in saying (i. 183): ἡ δὲ Σάρρα ὁμοπατρία τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ ὑπῆρχε. In the Book of Adam and Eve (translated by Malan), iv. 2, the two wives of Terah are mentioned, Tona, the mother of Abraham, and Tahdif, the mother of Sarah (see note on xi, 14). On the other hand Josephus (Ant. 1, 6. 5; 7 1) describes Sarai as a niece of Abraham and ἃ daughter of Haran—an evasion probably unknown to our author. According to the rabbinic tradition (Jebam. 98 a, Sanh. 586, Ber. rabba 18, etc.) marriage with half-sisters on the father’s side was permitted to the descendants of Noah (see Singer, Das Buch der Jubilien, p. 167 note). Marriage with a sister or half- sister is strictly forbidden in Lev. xviii. 9,11, xx.17. See note on iv. 15. 10. Haran. Eth. has ’Aran. 11. According to Gen. xi. 29 Nahor married Milcah, the daughter of Haran. 12-14. In the note on xii. 1-14 (p. 90 sq.) I have drawn attention to the fact that our book knows nothing of the later legend of the casting of Abram into the furnace. In verses 12-14, however, we have an old legend—possibly devised by our author, being suggested by the twofold meaning of the Ur (7x), te. the name of a country and a fire. Our author is fond of explaining events from the meanings of words. A different form of the legend appears in Jerome, who rejects the legend of Abram’s being cast into the fire (Quaest. Hebr. on Gen. xi. 28): Pro eo, quod legimus, in regione Chaldaeorum, in Hebraeo habetur, in Ur Chesdim, id est in igne Chaldaeorum. Tradunt autem Hebraei ex hac occasione istius modi fabulam: quod Abraham in ignem missus sit, quia ignem adorare noluerit, quem Chaldaei colunt, et Dei auxilio liberatus de idolatriae igne profugerit . . . Mor- tuus est Aran ante conspectum Thare in igne Chaldaeorum: quod videlicet ignem nolens adorare igne consumptus sit. Syneellus (i. 185) follows our author: ἐνεπύρισεν ᾿Αβραὰμ τὰ εἴδωλα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Kal συγ- κατεκαύθη αὐτοῖς ᾿Αρρὰν θέλων σβέσαι τὸ πῦρ ἐν νυκτί. Cedrenus (i, 48) seems to have had our text before him : ἤδη δὲ ἑξηκοστὸν ἔτος ἄγων ὁ ᾿Αβραάμ, ὡς οὐκ ἐδόκει τὸν πατέρα πείθειν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους οἰκείους τῆς περὶ τὰ εἴδωλα ἀποσχέσθαι δεισιδαιμονίας, λανθάνει νυκτὸς τῶν εἰδώλων ἐμπρήσας τὸν οἶκον. αὐτῶν δὲ ἐξαναλουμένων οἱ ἀδελφοὶ νοήσαντες ἀναπηδῶσι, βουλόμενοι ἐκ μέσου τοῦ πυρὸς ἐξελέσθαι τὰ εἴδωλα. φιλοτιμότερον δὲ ὁ ᾿Αρὰμ τῷ πράγματι προσφερόμενος ἐν μέσῳ διαφθείρεται τοῦ πυρός. Cf. Bar-hebraeus, Historia 19382 a.M. 1986 A.M. 1951 A.M. 94 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES and they buried him in Ur of the Chaldees. 15. And Terah went forth from Ur of the Chaldees, he and his to go into the land of Lebanon and into the land of Canaan, and he dwelt in the land of Haran, and Abram dwelt with Terah his father in Haran two weeks of years. 16. And in the sixth week, in the fifth year thereof, Abram sat up throughout the night on the new moon of the seventh month to observe the stars from the evening to the morning, in order to see what would be the character of the year with regard to the rains, and he was alone as he sat and observed. 17. And a word came into his heart and he said: “ All the signs of the stars, and the signs of the moon and of the sun are all in the hand of the Lord. Why do I search (them) out ? 18. If He desires, He causes it to rain, morning and evening ; And if He desires, He withholds it, And all things are in His hand.” 19. And he prayed that night and said “My God, God Most High, Thou alone art my God, And Thee and Thy dominion have I chosen. And Thou hast created all things, And all things that are are the work of Thy hands. sons, Dynustiarum, p. 18 (quoted by Fabricius, i. 422): Incenditque 1116 templum idolorum in urbe Chaldae- orum, at Haran frater ipsius ad extinguendum ignem ingressus com- bustus est. According to Beer (Leben Abr, 110) the same legend is found in Midr. b, Bechaii. 15. Haran. Eth. has K4ran, 1,6. yu, Haran, « city in the N.W. of Mesopotamia. Cf, Gen. xi. 31. 16-18. Abram on the first of the seventh month seeks to determine the nature of the weather during the ensu- ing six rainy months (see note on xii. 27). In Ber, rabba 44, according to the Rabbis, God told Abram that he was » prophet and not a star-gazer. Cedrenus (i. 48-49) reproduces the sub- stance of our text: ἔνθα ὁ ᾿Αβραὰμ δεκαπέντε ἔτη τῷ πατρὶ συνοικήσας ἐν- νοεῖ ποτὲ νυκτὸς ἐκ τῆς τῶν ἄστρων κινή- σεως τοῦ ἐπιόντος καιροῦ κατασκέψα- σθαι τὴν ποιότητα" ἣν γὰρ οὐ μετρίως ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς ἅπασαν τὴν τοιαύτην ἐξασκηθεὶς ἐπιστήμην. καὶ δὴ μετὰ τὴν ἑκάστου τῶν ζητουμένων διάγνωσιν, συνίησι περιττὴν ἅπασαν εἶναι τὴν τοι- αὐτὴν περιεργίαν: δύνασθαι γὰρ αὖθις τὸν θεόν, εἰ βούλοιτο, μετασκευσάσαι πρὸς τὸ οἰκεῖον βούλημα τὰ προεγνωσμένα. Cf. Book of Jashar (op, cit. ii. 1106). Some such idea seems to have been present to Philo, De Magr. Abr. xxxii.- xxxiii. 19. And Thee and Thy Dominion, etc. The MSS put this line at the end of ver. 19. CHAPTER XII. 15-25 95 20. Deliver me from the hands of evil spirits who have sway over the thoughts of men’s hearts, And let them not lead me astray from Thee, my God. And stablish Thou me and my seed for ever That we go not astray from henceforth and for ever- more.” 21. And he said, “Shall I return unto Ur of the Chaldees who seek my face that I may return to them, or am I to remain here in this place? The right path before Thee prosper it in the hands of Thy servant that he may fulfil (it) and that I may not walk in the deceitfulness of my heart,O my God.” 22. And he made an end of speaking and praying, and behold the word of the Lord was sent to him through me, saying: “Get thee up from thy country, and from thy kindred and from the house of thy father unto a land which I shall show thee, and I shall make thee a great and numerous nation. 23. And I shall bless thee And 1 shall make thy name great, And thou wilt be blessed in the earth, And in Thee will all families of the earth be blessed, And I shall bless them that bless thee, And curse them that curse thee. 24, And I shall be a God to thee and thy son, and to thy son’s son, and to all thy seed: fear not, from henceforth and unto all generations of the earth I am thy God.” 25. And the Lord God said: “Open his mouth and his ears, that he may hear and speak with 22-23, Gen. xii. 1-3. Abram’s life. Our text was before 22. From the house of thy father. This implies separation from Terah (see 29-31). The phrase is omitted in Acts vii. 8, where the quotation is given a different context. 25-26. From the overthrow of Babel (x. 26) the knowledge of the Hebrew language was lost till the 75th year of Syncellus, 1. 185. Thus, contrary to his own system of chronology, he assigns the date in this connection as the beginning of the 41st jubilee. ᾿Αρχὴ τοῦ μά ᾿Ιωβηλαίου rap’ Ἕβραίοις. Ἰωβὴλ δὲ map’ αὐτοῖς ἡ πεντηκοντα- ετηρίς, ὡς εἶναι ἀπὸ ᾿Αδὰμ κατ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ae’ (so Rénsch: MSS pe’) ἔτος 1953 A.M. 96 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES his mouth, with the language which has been revealed” ; for it had ceased from the mouths of all the children of men from the day of the overthrow (of Babel). 26. And I opened his mouth, and his ears and his lips, and I began to speak with him in Hebrew in the tongue of the creation. 27. And he took the books of his fathers, and these were written in Hebrew, and he transcribed them, and he began from henceforth to study them, and I made known to him that which he could not (understand), and he studied them during the six rainy months. 28. And it came to pass in the seventh year of the sixth week that he spoke to his father, and informed him that he would leave Haran to go into the land of Canaan to see it and return to him. 29, And Terah his father said unto him; “Go in peace: ᾿Αβραὰμ ἔτη ,Ba' (=2001: so Rénsch: MSS βν᾽. ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν τῷ Motion εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ὅτι τὸν ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐγὼ ἐδίδαξα τὴν Ἑβραΐδα γλῶσσαν κατὰ τὴν am’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως, λαλεῖν τὰ πάτρια πάντα, ὡς ἐν Λεπτῇ κεῖται Τενέσει. The above reckoning agrees exactly with our text if we take into account the fact that Syncellus wrongly takes ὦ jubilee as 50 years instead of 49 years. Syncellus thus finds that on the Ist year of the 41st jubilee, 2001 years have elapsed from Adam till the 85th year of Abram. Accord- ing to our text Abram was 75 years old in 1951 and therefore 85 in 1961. Now 40 jubilees+1=1961, but Syn- cellus, reckoning the jubilee at 50 years, wrongly made the total 2001. A curtailed form of the above state- ment is reproduced by Cedrenus, i. 48. Again the writer of the Clementine Recognitions, i. 30, knew the substance of our text : Quinta decima generatione primo omnium homines idolum statu- entes adoraverunt, et usque ad illud tempus divinitus humano generi data Hebraeorum lingua tenuit monarchiam. A different tradition from that in our text appears in the Catena Nicephori, i. col. 177, on Gen. xi. 8, where Heber is said to have alone retained the Hebrew language, because he took no part in the building of Babel. In the next colophon of the same work the same statement is attributed to Diodorus of Antioch (878-394 a.p.), A similar view is set forth in Augustine, De Civ. Dei, xvi. 11, and in Cedrenus, i. 22: φασὶ δὲ ὅτι μόνος ὁ Ἕβερ ὁ τοῦ Φάλεκ πατὴρ οὐ συνέθετο τῇ πράξει τῆς πυργοποιίας" διὸ καὶ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων φωνῆς συγχε- θείσης ἡ τοῦ “HBep οὐκ ἀπώλετο. According to Malan, Book of Adam and Eve, p. 245, this view was pro- pounded by Bar-hebraeus (Syr. p. 9). 25. Language which has been re- vealed. Cf. Clementine Recognitions i, 80: Divinitus humano generi data Hebraeorum lingua (see preceding note). Day of the overthrow. See note on x. 26, 27. The books of his fathers. See note on xxi, 10. Six rainy months. winter in the East. It is the time for study. The expression is Talmudic: Dowan mn’ (Taan. 36; Erubin 56 a) in opposition to mnnn mm, the days of the Sun, ¢.e. the summer. 29-31. Singer (Das Buch der Jubiléen, p. 170) is no doubt right in saying that this passage owes its exist- ence to the author’s wish to protect Abram against the reproach of leaving his aged father (see Ber. rabba 39). This means the CHAPTERS XII. 26-XIII. 3 97 May the eternal God make thy path straight, And the Lord [(be) with thee, and] protect thee from all evil, And grant unto thee grace, mercy and favour before those who see thee, And may none of the children of men have power over thee to harm thee ; Go in peace. 30. And if thou seest a land pleasant to thy eyes to dwell in, then arise and take me to thee and take Lot with thee, the son of Haran thy brother, as thine own son: the Lord be with thee. 31. And Nahor thy brother leave with me till thou returnest in peace, and we go with thee all together.” Abram journeys from Haran to Shechem in Canaan, thence to Hebron and thence to Egypt, 1-14a. Returns to Canaan where Lot separates from him, and receives the promise of Canaan and journeys to Hebron, 140-21. Chedor- laomer’s attack on Sodom and Gomorrah : Lot taken cap- tive, 22-24. Law of tithes enacted, 25-29. (Cf. Gen. xii. 4-10, 15-17, 19-20, xiii. 11-18, xiv. 8-14, 21-24.) XIII. And Abram journeyed from Haran, and he took Sarai, his wife, and Lot, his brother Haran’s son, to the land of Canaan, and he came into +Asshurt, and proceeded to Shechem, and dwelt near a lofty oak. 2. And he saw, and, behold, the land was very pleasant from the entering of Hamath to the lofty oak. 3. And the Lord said to him: Accordingly, Abram is to return and XTII. 1. Cf. Gen. xii. 5-6. fetch his father. As Terah is still +Asshur.t I have obelised this as alive at the age of 147 (see xi. 10, 15) corrupt. We should expect “Canaan.” it follows that our author accepts 205 a has Sar. years in Gen. xi. 32 (Mass., LXX) as Shechem. Eth. has Sakimon. the age of Terah when he died. The 2. Hamath. Eth. has ’Emath. See Samaritan here has 145, and this is the note on x. 33. text presupposed by Acts vii. 4. It Lofty oak. So LXX Gen. xii. 6; is accepted by Budde and Dillmann. Mass. = “ oak of Moreh.” ” 1954 a.M. 1956 A.M. 98 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES “To thee and to thy seed will I give this land.” 4. And he built an altar there, and he offered thereon a burnt sacrifice to the Lord, who had appeared to him. 5. And he removed from thence unto the mountain . . . Bethel on the west and Ai on the east, and pitched his tent there. 6. And he saw and behold, the land was very wide and good, and everything grew thereon—vines and figs and pomegranates, oaks and ilexes, and terebinths and oil trees, and cedars and cypresses and date trees, and all trees of the field, and there was water on the mountains. 7. And he blessed the Lord who had led him out of Ur of the Chaldees, and had brought him to this land. 8. And it came to pass in the first year, in the seventh week, on the new moon of the first month, that he built an altar on this mountain, and called on the name of the Lord: “Thou, the eternal God, art my God.” 9. And he offered on the altar a burnt sacrifice unto the Lord that He should be with him and not forsake him all the days of his life. 10. And he removed from thence and went towards the south, and he came to Hebron, and Hebron was built at that time, and he dwelt there two years, and he went (thence) into the land of the south, to Bealoth, and there was a famine in the land. 11. And Abram went into Egypt in the third year of the week, and he dwelt in Egypt five years before his wife was torn away from him. 12. Now Tanais in Egypt was at 3-5. Cf. Gen. xii. 7-8. 5. Unto themountain . . . Bethelon the west, etc. After ‘‘mountain”’ there is probably a loss of the words: “to the east of Bethel with.” This lacuna is not marked in the MSS. Zasemé after Bétél in ὦ may be ἃ corrup- tion of westa=év. If so, it should be placed before Bétél, dcd read “unto the mountain of Bethel,” etc. Ai. Eth. Aggé, LXX ᾿Αγγαί. 6. Date trees=bilands (= βάλανος), an emendation of ὦ bibanés. cd read libanés, which Dillmann takes to mean “pine trees,” 8. On the new moon of the first month. So cd, which is to be pre- ferred to the reading of a 6 as Praetorius and Littmann have pointed out. Thou, the eternal God, art (bcd) a ‘And said, the eternal God is,” ver. 16. 9-10. Cf. Gen. xii. 8.10. 10. Hebron, Eth. Kébrén. Bealoth, Latin Bahalot, LXX Βααλ- 8 (Mass. nibya). A town in the south of Judah, Jos. xv. 24, as Littmann has recognised. MSS corruptly Béa Léth. 12. Tanais, ᾽ See te. Zoan, ys (LXX CHAPTER XIII. 4-20 99 that time built—seven years after Hebron. 13. And it came to pass when Pharaoh seized Sarai, the wife of Abram, that the Lord plagued Pharaoh and his house with great plagues because of Sarai, Abram’s wife. 14. And Abram was very glorious by reason of possessions in sheep, and cattle, and asses, and horses, and camels, and menservants, and maidservants, and in silver and gold exceedingly. And Lot also, his brother’s son, was wealthy. 15. And Pharaoh gave back Sarai, the wife of Abram, and he sent him out of the land of Egypt, and he journeyed to the place where he had pitched his tent at the beginning, to the place of the altar, with Ai on the east, and Bethel on the west, and he blessed the Lord his God who had brought him back in peace. 16. And it came to pass in the forty-first 1963 a.m. jubilee, in the third year of the first week, that he returned to this place and offered thereon a burnt sacrifice, and called on the name of the Lord, and said: “Thou, the most high God, art my God for ever and ever.” 17. And in the fourth 1964 a.m. year of this week Lot parted from him, and Lot dwelt in Sodom, and the men of Sodom were sinners exceedingly. 18. And it grieved him in his heart that his brother’s son had parted from him; for he had no children. 19. In that year when Lot was taken captive, the Lord said unto Abram, after that Lot had parted from him, in the fourth year of this week: “Lift up thine eyes from the place where thou art dwelling, northward and southward, and westward and eastward. 20. For all the land which thou seest I Τανίν) The statement in this verse is drawn from Num. xiii. 22. 13-15%, Cf. Gen. xii. 15-20. Our author conceals Abram’s deception of Pharaoh relative to Sarai, and omits Gen. xii. 18. The Book of Jashar expands all the details of the Biblical account. 15. Journeyed to the place where he had pitched his tent, etc. Cf. Gen. xiii. 3, 4. Ai on the east, etc. See on ver. 5. 16. Thou, the most high God, etc. Cf. ver. 8. 17. Lot parted from him. Cf. Gen. xiii. 11, 18, It grieved him = ’akajd. So ὃ. Cf. Sir. xi. 22 for this transitive use. ὦ has ’ak’ijé,d’aékaji. ὁ gives hazana, a conjecture right in sense, 19-21. Cf. Gen. xiii, 14-18. 19. This week, MSS add “and said’ against Latin and Gen. xiii, 100 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES shall give to thee and to thy seed for ever,and I shall make thy seed as the sand of the sea: though a man may number the dust of the earth, yet thy seed shall not be numbered. 21. Arise, walk (through the land) in the length of it and the breadth of it, and see it all; for to thy seed shall I give it.” And Abram went to Hebron, and dwelt there. 22. And in this year came Chedorlaomer, king of Elam, and Amraphel, king of Shinar, and Arioch, king of Séllasar, and Térgal, king of nations, and slew the king of Gomorrah, and the king of Sodom fled, and many fell through wounds in the vale of Siddim, by the Salt Sea. 23. And they took captive Sodom and Adam and Zeboim, and they took cap- tive Lot also, the son of Abram’s brother, and all his pos- sessions, and they went to Dan. 24. And one who had escaped came and told Abram that his brother’s son had been taken captive and (Abram) armed his household servants. 26. : ὃ : ; ; : ‘ : : for Abram, and for his seed, a tenth of the 20. Sand of the sea. This expres- Térgdél, ie. Tidal of Mass. Syr. sion is borrowed from Gen. xxii. 17. has Tar'il and LXX Oapydn. Gen. xiii. 16 has here: ‘dust of the Gomorrah, Eth, Gomor. earth.” King of Sodom fled. Our author Not be numbered. Gen. xiii. 16 omits the negative ; but it is also found in Onkelos. 21. I have added “through the land” from Gen. xiii. 17, since the expression “length of it” presupposes its presence in the text, otherwise we have to go back twenty-three words in the Ethiopic for the antecedent of “it.” The Latin is here defective, omitting ‘through the land in its length and.” 22-29. Cf. Gen, xiv. 22. Chedorlaomer. gomér, : Amraphel. Eth. has ’Amarphel. Cf. Gen. xiv. 1 (LXX) ᾿Αμαρφάλ. Séldsar. Possibly « corruption of Ellisar, since sé and ’é are easily con- fused in Ethiopic ; but the corruption originated in the Greek, since A in Gen. xiv. 1 has ZeAdacap; or in the Hebrew, as the Syriac has Dalasar and the Targum of Ps.-Jon. Telassar. Eth. has Kéd6la- here corrects the apparent contradiction in Gen. xiv. 10, 17. Vale of Siddim. An easy emenda- tion of a corrupt text. See my Eth. text (p. 48). 23. Adam, i.e. Admah. They went. Text which has went ” should be emended. To Dan. Cf. Gen. xiv. 14. 24. One who had escaped. Gen. xiv. 13. This person was named Oni according to the Book of Jashar (Migne’s Dict. des Apocr. ii. 1125), And (Abram) armed his household servants. Gen. xiv. 14. For “armed” (abd), ὁ corruptly reads “made atone- ment for.” Onkelos (11) supports the rendering which our text gives of py in Gen. xiv. 14, The LXX ἠρίθμησε and Vulg. numeravit which presuppose pr the text of the Samaritan. 25. At the beginning of this verse there is obviously a lacuna, for the text “the CHAPTER XIII. 21-29 first-fruits to the Lord, and Io! the Lord ordained it as an ordinance for ever that they should give it to the priests who served before Him, that they should possess it for ever. 26. And to this law there is no limit of days; for He hath ordained it for the generations for ever that they should give to the Lord the tenth of everything, of the seed and of the wine and of the oil and of the cattle and of the sheep, 27. And He gave (it) unto His priests to eat and to drink with joy before Him. 28. And the king of Sodom came to him and bowed himself before him, and said: “Our Lord Abram, give unto us the souls which thou hast rescued, but let the booty be thine.” “T lift up my hands to the is anacolouthic. ὁ removes the anacol- outhon by changing ’astarasaja = “armed” of add into ’astastraja= ‘“made atonement for.” Thus instead of ‘‘(Abram) armed his household servants .... for Abram” we have ‘*his household servant made atone- ment for Abram.” But this change is against the best MSS, which are like- wise supported by Gen. xiv. 14 (see note on ver. 24), and it does not dis- pense with the necessity of assuming a lacuna at the close of ver. 24. The lacuna, drawn attention to in our text, would naturally contain an account of Abram’s pursuit of the kings and recovery of the captives and spoil. It no doubt told also of Melchizedek ; for ver. 25 presupposes Gen. xiv. 18>- 20¢ by declaring that the tithes belong to the priests. In Nedar 320 it is said that the priestly office passed from Melchizedek’s successors to those of Abraham because Melchizedek sinned in blessing Abraham before he blessed God (Beer, Buch der Jubiliéen, p. 74). Since Beer had before him the corrupt reading of ¢, which tries to obviate the anacolouthic nature of the text, he assumed that the text contained no reference to Melchizedek. It is true that this passage has always been a stumbling-block to strict Jews. Thus it was urged against them by Justin (Dial. υ. Tryph. 19: ἀπερίτμητος Fv ὁ ἱερεὺς τοῦ ὑψίστου Μελχισεδέκ, ᾧ καὶ δεκάτας 29. And Abram said unto him: Most High God, that from a προσφορὰς ἔδωκεν ᾿Αβραάμ) that Mel- chizedek was uncircumcised to whom Abram gavetithes, and also by Tertullian, Adv. Jud. iii: Patriarchae incircumcisi fuerunt, ut Melchisedech qui ipsi Abrahae jam circumciso... panem et vinum obtulit incircumcisus. To evade such attacks some Jewish writers declared that Melchizedek was born circumcised (Ber. rabba 43 ; for other references see Singer, Ὁ. 122 note) ; also that Melchizedek was identical with Shem (Targum Jon. and Jerus. on Gen. xiv. 18; Nedar 326; Ber. rabba 44: Book of Jashar (Dict. des Apocr, ii. 1125); see Beer, Leben Abrahams, 142 ; Singer, Das Buch der Jubiléen, 122 note for further references), These evasions were apparently unknown to Philo and Josephus. In connection with the fact that Melchizedek was called “a priest of the most high God” (Gen. xiv. 18) we should remember that the Maccabeans called themselves by this title (see note on xxxii. 1). Now since our author (see Introd. § 21) is an apologist of the Maccabean dy- nasty, it is not probable that he would omit all reference to Melchizedek who first bore the title they afterwards as- sumed. 26. From the enigmatical words of Gen. xiv. 20 ‘“‘he gave him a tenth of all” our author derives the law of universal tithing. See xxxii. 15. 28-29. Cf. Gen. xiv. 21-24. 102 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES thread to a shoe-latchet I shall not take aught that is thine, lest thou shouldst say I have made Abram rich; save only what the young men have eaten, and the portion of the men who went with me—Aner, Eschol, and Mamre. These will take their portion.” Abram receives the promise of a son and of innumerable descendants, 1-7. Offers a sacrifice and is told of his seed being in Egypt, 8-17. God's covenant with Abram, 18-20. Hagar bears Ishmael, 21-24. (Cf. Gen. xv., xvi. 1-4, 11.) XIV. After these things, in the fourth year of this week, on the new moon of the third month, the word of the Lord came to Abram in a dream, saying: “ Fear not, Abram ; I am thy defender, and thy reward will be exceeding great.” 2. And he said: “Lord, Lord, what wilt thou give me, seeing I go hence childless, and the son of Maséq, the son of my handmaid,is the Dammasek Eliezer: he will be my heir, and to me thou hast given no seed.” 3. And He said unto him: “This (man) will not be thy heir, but one that will come out of thine own bowels; he will be thine heir.” 4, And He brought him forth abroad, and said unto him: “Took toward heaven and number the stars, if thou art able to number them.” 5. And he looked toward heaven, and beheld the stars. And He said unto him: “So shall thy seed be.” 6. And he believed in the Lord, and it was counted to him for righteousness. 7. And He said unto 29. Aner. Eth. has ’Aundn. Instead of “the son of Maséq” we should XIV. 1-6. Cf. Gen. xv. 1-6. have “the possessor.” Next, “the son 2. Lord, Lord. Probably=Aéorora of my handmaid” =6 οἰκογενής μου. Κύριε as in LXX of Gen. xv. 2-Ξ ν΄ Hence our text="naj3 pwnya. Subse- mn. quent tradition made much of Eliezer. The son of Madséq, the son of my He was said to be one of the seven handmaid. The Greek translator (and righteous men who had not tasted of also the LXX) wrongly took pwn(= death (Baba bathra 58 a). possession”) to be a proper name. 7. Cf. Gen. xv. 7, CHAPTER XIV. 1-14 103 him: “I am the Lord that brought thee out of Ur of the Chaldees, to give thee the land of the Canaanites to possess it for ever; and I shall be God unto thee and to thy seed after thee.” 8. And he said: “Lord, Lord, whereby shall I know that I shall inherit (it)?” 9. And He said unto him: “Take Me an heifer of three years, and a goat of three years, and a sheep of three years, and a turtle-dove, and a pigeon.” 10. And he took all these in the middle of the month; and he dwelt at the oak of Mamre, which is near Hebron, 11. And he built there an altar, and sacrificed all these; and he poured their blood upon the altar, and divided them in the midst, and laid them over against each other; but the birds divided he not. 12. And birds came down upon the pieces, and Abram drove them away, and did not suffer the birds to touch them. 13. And it came to pass, when the sun had set, that an ecstasy fell upon Abram, and lo! an horror of great darkness fell upon him, and it was said unto Abram: “Know of a surety that thy seed shall be a stranger in a land (that is) not theirs, and they will bring them into bondage, and afflict them four 14. And the hundred years. nation also to whom they will And I shall be God unto thee (ced). ab read “to be God unto thee.” 8-9. Cf. Gen. xv. 8-9, 8. Lord, Lord. See note on ver. 2. 9. An heifer of three years, etc. The Mass., LXX, Ps.-Jon., Wajikra rabba 14, Joseph. Ant. i. 10. 3 mention one animal of each kind, as here. On the other hand, Gen. rabba and Onkelos on this verse prescribe three of each kind. So also Rashi, Nachmanides, Kimchi according to Beer (Leb. Abr. 20, 121). 10. In the middle of the month. Ps.-Jon. on Exod. xii, 40, and the Seder Olam 5, state that this event took place on Nisan 15. Dwelt at the oak of Mamre. Gen. xiv. 13. 11-12. Cf. Gen. xv. 10-11. 12. The pieces. The MSS have here “that which was spread out” Ξε ταθέντα, which I have taken to be a corruption Cf. of tundévra: cf. LXX τὰ διχοτομή- para, This would imply the reading onn. But ταθέντα might possibly be a corruption of xra@évra=o25 as in Mass. text. In that case we should render ‘‘ carcases.” Observe that LXX (Ξ ἐπὶ τὰ σώματα ἐπὶ τὰ διχοτομήματα) had clearly ὨΡἼλ- Ὅν omasn-by before it. And Abram drove them away=kat ἀπεσόβησεν (= Mass. ayn) αὐτὰ ᾿Αβράμ (Aquila). LXX=xal συνεκάθισεν αὐτοῖς ᾿Αβράμ. 18-16. Cf. Gen. xv. 12-16. 13. They will bring theminto bondage. So LXX and Vulgate. Mass., Sam., and Syr. = “ they will be in bondage tothem.” Four hundred years. In Gen. xv. 13 the length of the sojourn in Egypt is given as 400 years, but in Exod. xii. 40 as 480. But since neither number agrees with the period calcu- lated from the ages of Kohath, Amram 104 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES be in bondage shall I judge, and after that they will come forth thence with much substance. 15. And thou wilt go to thy fathers in peace, and be buried in a good old age. 16. But in the fourth generation they will return hither ; for the iniquity of the Amorites is not yet full.” 17. And he awoke from his sleep, and he arose, and the sun had set ; and there was a flame, and behold! a furnace was smoking, and a flame of fire passed between the pieces. 18. And on that day the Lord made a covenant with Abram, saying: “To thy seed will I give this land, from the river of Egypt unto the great river, the river Euphrates, the Kenites, the Kenizzites, the Kadmonites, the Perizzites, and the Rephaim, the Phakorites, and the Hivites, and the Amorites, and the Canaanites, and the Girgashites, and the Jebusites.” in Exod. vi. 18, 20, and Moses at the time of the Exodus, vii. 7, tradition early assumed that the above periods include the sojourn of the patriarchs in Canaan before the migration. Thus the LXX in Exod. xii. 40 insert the words καὶ ἐν γῇ Xavday after ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ, and the same addition is found in the Samaritan Pentateuch. The period of 400 or 480 years was reckoned from the date of its announce- ment in Gen. xv. 13, according to St. Paul, Gal. iii. 16, 17; Joseph. Ant. ii. 15.2; Ps.-Jon. in Exod. xii. 40, but our text reckons the 430 years from Isaac’s birth. On the other hand, Philo (Quis rer. div. her. 54) sets down the actual sojourn of Israel in Egypt at 400 years, and likewise Josephus (Ant. ii. 9. 1; Bell. Jud. v. 9.4). According to Ps. - Jon. on Exod. xii. 40, 41 the 480 years are explained as follows: 400 years elapsed between Isaac’s birth, which took place when Abraham was 100 years old (Gen. xxi. 5), and the Exodus ; and 430 between the date of God’s promise to Abraham (Gen. xv. 18) and the Exodus ; for this promise was given 80 years before Isaac’s birth. Thus 430 years=380 (years between promise in Gen. xv. 13 and birth of Isaac)+ 60 (years from birth of Isaac to birth of Jacob) - 180 (being age of Jacob on his arrival in Egypt, Gen. xlvii. 9)+ 19. 210 (years of sojourn in Egypt). vi here has been carelessly edited in one or Ε more points. Thus on p. 898 line 11 refers toShechem. So anciently also the instead of “Pasasivon Aram” weshould LXX (Σικιμα) ἀπά Ps.-J} on. on Gen. xl viii. read ‘“ Pasusi, Kénig von Sartan, und 22 (31 xmp, the city of Shechem). Laban, Kénig von Aram.” A much ‘Thus our verse points to an overthrow enlarged and elaborated form of the: ofShechem by all Israel under Jacob’s legend is given in the Book of Jashar direction, and the fact that Jacob makes (see the French translation: Dict. it over to one of his sons to the exclusion des Apocr. ii, 1173-1184). So far of the rest can only be justified by the as I have compared this translation further fact that he was the personal and the text it is trustworthy. A short leader of the war and had captured but interesting study of this subject Shechem with his sword and with his has appeared from the pen of Bousset bow (see Holzinger’s Commentary in in the Z f. NTliche Wissenschaft, (oc.). Thus this form of the story 1890, pp. 202-204, but in some cases differs clearly from that in Gen. xxxiv, he has been misled by the translations, There Jacob has no part whatever in and in others I have been obliged to the onslaught on Shechem and is sub- disagree with his identifications. sequently hostile to its authors (xxxiv. A full treatment of this legend 80, xlix. 5-7). But the possibly older belongs rather to the Test. Judah 3-7, account has survived in the present where the order of events corresponds work as in Gen. xlviii. 22. Before we closely with that in the Midrash pass on, we might observe that later Wajjissau, and in many cases pre-_ rabbinic tradition changed ‘sword and supposes details which are found in bow” into “merits and good deeds that Midrash, That some form of this Targ. Jerus. in loc.; Gen. rabba 97 legend is very ancient is attested by (to these Beer (Buch ὦ. Jub. p. 3) adds : the fact that it is referred to in Gen. Baba bathra 123 a), and in ὦ corrupt xlviii, 22 where Jacob declares: ‘‘I text of Onkelos we find “prayer and have given to thee one portion (02¥ supplication.” 202 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES his father, and his own servants, and he went against them with six thousand men, who carried swords. Returning now to the legend in our text, I append here » table in which the proper names authorities are compared. 7. And he in the various Midrash Wajjissau in Bodleian ΜῈ Jubilees. Test, Judah pete Book of Jashar. chs, 8-7. in Jellinek’s text in brackets when these differ. 1 | Tapha Tagové (1) Jashub οἵ (1) Jashub οἵ Tappuach Tappuach 2 | ’Arésa ᾿Ασούρ (MS 0, | (4) Pir'athaho of | (4) Parathon of corrupt for ‘Aowp | Hazor Hazor (wanting = sn) on ii. 1173-1174, but Hazor ismen- tioned on 1176, 1182) 3 | Séragan "Aperav (5) Susi of Sartan | (5) Sartan [Pasusi of Sartan] 4 | 5ὲ]ὸ Σηλώμ (3) Shilo [Zerori | (3) Iburi (nx) of Shiloh] of Shiloh 5 | Ga’as Tads (MSS OR) | (2) Gaash [Ion | (2) Ion (pox) of of Gaash] Gaash 6 | Béthérén Axwp (? for Xw-|(6) Laban of|(6) Laban οἵ pév. Xwpa in| Cheldon (so Bod- |} Bethoron an Arm. MS) leian Hebrew MS. British Museum MS may have “Horan’’)[Laban of Aram ] 7 | Ma’anisakir (cor-| Μαχιρ [com-|(7) Shakir οἵ (7) Shakir οἵ rupt for Shakir-| pressed from} Machnah [Shebir |} Machnaim Maani) Μαχανισακιρ. Cf. | of Machnaim] form in Jubilees] 3. Sorrowful. Latin is ‘“‘pusill- one of the cities fortified by Bacchides animes.” (1 Mace. ix. 50). 4, King[s] of Tapha. In this and Sérdgdn. In the Hebrew authorities all the other cases in this verse we should read “king” and not the plural. The Latin has the singular in all the instances but one. Taphfi is to be identified with Te@dv in 1 Macc. and this with Tappuah in Jos. xv. 58, xvi. 8. It was fortified by Bacchides against Jonathan (1 Mace. ix. 50). {Arésa.t This is corrupt for Aser (cf. Tobit i. 2, ᾿Ασήρ) or rather Asor, ὦ.6., Hazor (myn). See above table. At Hazor, according to 1 Macc, xi. 67 sqq.; Joseph. Ant. xiii. 5. 7, Jonathan won a great victory over the Syrians, Parathon, who was king of Hazor (see table above), is of the same name as this word appears as Sartan. I can discover nothing further about it. Sé6é. This is Shiloh. See above table. Géa'as. This may be the Gaash (wy) in the hill-country of Ephraim, where Joshua was buried (Jos. xxiv. 30; Judg. ii. 9), Béthérén. The city Bethhoron was closely associated with the victories of the Maccabees. Thus Judas defeated Seron, a Syrian general, in the neighbourhood of Bethhoron and put 800 of his troops to the sword (1 Macc. iii, 18-24; Jos. Ant. xii, 7. 1). A few years later it was the scene of CHAPTER XXXIV. 7-9 203 slew them in the pastures of Shechem, and pursued those who fled, and he slew them with the edge of the sword, and he slew +’Arésa+ and Taphti and Sarég4n and Sélé and +Aminisakirt and Ga[ga]as, and he recovered his herds. 8. And he prevailed over them, and imposed tribute on them that they should pay him tribute, five fruit products of their land, and he built Rdbél and Tamndatarés. Judas’s great victory over Nicanor when 9000 Syrians were slain (1 Macc. vii. 39-47; Joseph. Ant. xii. 10. 5). It was subsequently fortified by Bacchides against Jonathan (1 Mace. ix. 50; Joseph. Ané. xiii. 1. 3). tMa'antsakir.t This is corrupt for Shakirmaant or Shakir, king of Maha- naim. See table above. (And). Supplied from Latin. 6. Six thousand (abd). c¢ gives 800. 7. According to our text six kings were slain out of the seven. This agrees with Test. Jud. 4. 8-9. With this passage cf. Test. Jud. 7: ἐδεήθησαν τοῦ πατρός pov καὶ ἐποίησεν εἰρήνην μετ᾽ αὐτῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἐποιήσαμεν αὐτοῖς οὐθὲν κακόν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐποιήσαμεν αὐτοὺς ὑποσπόνδους, καὶ ἀπεδώκαμεν αὐτοῖς πᾶσαν τὴν αἰχμα- λωσίαν. καὶ φκοδόμησα ἐγὼ τὴν Θάμνα καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου τὴν Ῥαβαήλ (0, ἹῬοβαήλ P). It will be observed that whereas in our text Jacob recovers his herds, in the Test. Jud. the sons of Jacob restore to the Amorites the herds which they had taken from them. This divergence in the tradition is seen also in the Hebrew versious. Thus the Yalkut (in Jellinek’s Bet ha- Midrasch) supports our text: “ All the Amorites . came without arms and besought them to make peace, and they made peace with them and gave them Timna (mon) and all the land of Hararya (nn). And then Jacob made peace with them, and they delivered up to the sons of Jacob all the cattle which they had taken from them, (returning) two for each one, and they gave them tribute, and returned (yvinn) to them all the booty; and Jacob turned to Timnah and Judah to Arbael (Sx25x).” On the other hand Gaster’s translation of the Chronicles of 9. And Jerahmeel (pp. 83-84) supports the view in the Test. Jud.: ‘* All the Amorites came without arms and promised to keep peace (and friendship, and they gave unto Jacob Timn'a and the whole land of Hararyah). Then Jacob made peace with them, and the sons of Jacob restored them all the sheep they had captured from them, and in returning them gave double, two for one. And Jacob built Timnah (magn) and Judah built Zabel (xa1).” This translation does not represent the Bodleian MS, which (fol. 30 a) runs as follows: “Allthe Amorites . . . came to them without arms and surrendered themselves to be their hirelings, and they made peace with them, and they gave a present and they restored to them Jacob (sic, here I think the un- grammatical apy ond is corrupt rather for apy ab: hence ‘“‘restored to the sons of Jacob” as in the Yalkut and our text; or for apy’ 12: hence “the sons of Jacob restored” as we presume is the text of the British Museum MS occasionally used by Gaster) all the cattle which they had captured twice over, and they restored (reading Inn instead of the intransitive in) the booty and Jacob built (sic) and also Judah (510). The Bodleian MS men- tions no towns. The view represented in the Test. Jud. has thus no indubitable support in the Chronicles of Jerahmeel. It has such, however, in the Book of Jashar (op. cit. ii. 1184): Les fils de Jacob . . . leur rendirent tous les hommes qu’ils avaient emmenés prison- niers . . . et autre butin,” 8, Rébé. This is most probably corrupt for Arbael, cf. Jalkut (Sxaix) quoted in preceding note. Thus Arbael appears in Test. Jud. 7 as 'Ῥαβαήλ (O) or Ῥοβαήλ (P), ᾿Ραμβαήλ (CR) ; by apparently in the Brit. Museum 2149 a.m. 204 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES he returned in peace, and made peace with them, and they became his servants, until the day that he and his sons went down into Egypt. 10. And in the seventh year of this week he sent Joseph to learn about the welfare of his brothers from his house to the land of Shechem, and he found them in the land of Dothan. 11. And they dealt treacherously with him, and formed a plot against him to slay him, but changing their minds, they sold him to Ishmaelite merchants, and they brought him down into Egypt, and they sold him to Potiphar, the eunuch of Pharaoh, the chief of the cooks, priest of the city of "Eléw. 12. And the sons of Jacob slaughtered a kid, and dipped the coat of Joseph in the blood, and sent (it) to Jacob their father on the tenth of the seventh month. 13. And he mourned all that night, for they had brought it to him in the evening, and he became feverish with mourning for his death, and he said: “An evil beast hath devoured Joseph”; and all the members of his house {mourned with him that day, and they] were grieving and mourning with him all that day. 14. And his sons and became his servants. The Hebrew for these words is preserved in the MS used by Gaster but not in the Bodleian (see preceding note). We have here most probably the strong- hold Arbela mentioned in 1 Macc. ix. 2, where it is said that Bacchides and Alcimus “went by the way that lead- eth to Galgala and encamped against Mesaloth which is in Arbela (Μεσσαλὼθ τὴν ἐν ’ApBydos) and got possession of it” (cf. Joseph. Ant. xii. 11.1). Here it seems best with Tuch and Wellhausen to read Meoadw8=ninyn= “ strong- holds” (see Enyc. Bib. i. 291). Arbela is mentioned in the Book of Jashar (op. cit. ii, 1178) as one of the cities put to the sword by the sons of Jacob in this war. Tamnatarés = Θαμναθάρες = pin-nion, Judg. ii. 9. This appears as Timna (a30n) in the Jalkut: see note on verses 8-9. It was one of the cities fortified by Bacchides against Jonathan (1 Macc. ix. 50). 9, Made peace with them, and they Chronicles of Jerahmeel ; see note on verses 8-9. 10-11. 20, 28, 36. 10. Dothan. Eth. Déthé’im. 11. Zunuch of Pharaoh. Here “Eunuch” goes back to psp. But this word need not be taken literally but simply as meaning ‘‘a court official” ; cf. 2 Kings xxv. 19. Chief of the cooks. Of. xxxix. 2, 14, xl. 10. Our text and the LXX of Gen. xxxvii. 36 wrongly take onsaun-w as= ἀρχιμάγειρος. It should be “captain of the body-guard.” City of ᾿Εἰδιυ-ε' Ἡλίου πόλεως (cf. LXX Gen. xli. 45, 50, xlvi. 20), 1.6. On (jks). 12-14. Cf. Gen. xxxvii. 31-35. 13. [Mourned with him that day, and they]. Bracketed as a dittography. Cf. Gen, xxxvii. 12, 18, 17, CHAPTER XXXIV. 10-20 205 his daughter rose up to comfort him, but he refused to be comforted for his son. 15. And on that day Bilhah heard that Joseph had perished, and she died mourning him, and she was living in +Qafratéf,+ and Dinah also, his daughter, died after Joseph had perished. And there came these three mournings upon Israel in one month. 16. And they buried Bilhah over against the tomb of Rachel, and Dinah also, his daughter, they buried there. 17. And he mourned for Joseph one year, and did not cease, for he said “ Let me go down to the grave mourning for my son.” 18. For this reason it is ordained for the children of Israel that they should afflict themselves on the tenth of the seventh month— on the day that the news which made him weep for Joseph came to Jacob his father—that they should make atone- ment for themselves thereon with a young goat on the tenth of the seventh month, once a year, for their sins ; for they had grieved the affection of their father regarding Joseph his son. 19. And this day has been ordained that they should grieve thereon for their sins, and for all their transgressions and for all their errors, so that they might cleanse themselves on that day once a year. 20. And after Joseph perished, the sons of Jacob took unto them- selves wives. The name of Reuben’s wife is “Adi; and the name of Simeon’s wife is “Adiba’a, a Canaanite; and the 15. Qafratéf (Ὁ and so almost a). ὁ reads Qaraftifa. These may be corrup- tions of “‘ Eder of Ephrath,” which was 18. A flict themselves. This phrase (= ταπεινοῦν τὴν ψυχήν, wD) m3y) is ἃ tech- at one time the abode of Jacob. See xxxiii, 1 note. Or more probably Qafratéf is the same as Kabratan in xxxii. 82, where see note. Dinah. According to Gen. rabba 80 Dinah married Simeon ; according to Ps.-Philo, Ant. bibl. Lib. p. 51, she married Job. 17. Cf. Gen. xxxvii. 35. 18-19. Cf. Lev. xvi. 29, 34, 15, 16.— Haggada knows nothing of this institu- tion of the Day of Atonement. See notes on v. 17-18 which possibly belong to this context. nical designation for fasting: see Lev. xvi. 31, xxiii. 27, 32; Ezra viii. 21; Dan. x. 12. So used in the Mishna: miyn= “fasting.” 20. For the list of these names in the Syriac Fragment see my text, p. 183. A different list is given in the Book of Jashar, Dict. des Apoer. ii. 1198. ’Add. So Syriac Fragment. Book of Jashar gives Elioram, daughter of Havi, a Canaanitess. ’Adibd’a, a Canaanite. This is referred to in Gen. xlvi. 10; Exod. vi. 15 where Shaul a son of Levi is said to 206 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES name of Levi’s wife is Mélka, of the daughters of Aram, of the seed of the sons of Terah; and the name of Judah’s wife, Bétast’él, a Canaanite; and the name of Issachar’s wife, Hézaqi; and the name of Zebulon’s wife, {Niimant ; and the name of Dan’s wife, "held ; and the name of Naphtali’s wife, Βαβὰ ἃ, of Mesopotamia; and the name of Gad’s wife, Maka; and the name of Asher’s wife, Tjona ; and the name of Joseph’s wife, Asenath, the Egyptian; and the name of Benjamin’s wife, *Tjasaka. 21. And Simeon repented, and took a second wife from Mesopotamia as his brothers. be the son of a Canaanitish woman. Since such a marriage was an abomina- tion for which death was the penalty, ef. xxx. 7 sqq., it is to our author’s credit that he has not sought to explain away the statement in Gen. xlvi. 10. ’ Adibia may be corrupt ; for the Syriac Fragment has .o, and Book of Jashar “Buna.” Later rabbinic tradi- tion sought to explain this away. Ac- cording to Gen. rabba 80 Shaul the son of the Canaanitish woman is said to be the son of Dinah, who was deflowered. by Shechem. The Rabbis say that Simeon married her (so also Book of Jashar, op. cit. ii, 1198). Another evasion is found in Ps.-Jon. on Gen. xlvi. 10 where Shaul is said to be ‘‘Zimri who did the work of the Canaanites in Shittim” ; and in Sanh. 826, Shaul is said to have been called ‘‘the son of a Canaanite” ‘‘because he had com- mitted an act like that of Canaan” (see Beer, Buch der Jubiléen, p. 51 sq.). Mélkd. So also in Test. Levi ll and Syriac Fragment. Bk. of Jashar “ Adina,” daughter of Jobab, son of Joctan, son of Heber. Terah. Eth. Taran. Betustv’é. Cf. xli. 7. So also in Test. Jud. 8, 13, 16 where the name appears variously as Βησσοῦς, Βησουέ, Βισσουέ. These are all derived from pwrna, “‘the daughter of Shua”: see Gen. xxxviii. 2 and Syriac Fragment Soa 2h5. ‘te ΒΚ. of dashar gives her personal name as “ Habith.” She is here and in Test. Jud. 18, 16 and Bk, of Jashar called a Canaanitess. Here again the rabbinic tradition felt this an offence. Accordingly in some of the MSS of Onkelos on Gen. xxxviii. 2 ‘yia wx is rendered by san 123, “a merchant.” Similarly in Ps.-Jon, on the same passage: also in Gen. rabba 85; Pessach. 500. Simeon ben Lakish (circ. 200-250 a.D.) gave this interpretation on the ground of Hosea xii. 7, where he evidently took 5.12 in the sense of ‘‘ trader,” “‘ merchant.” Hézaga. Syr. Frag. fLo,S. Bk, of Jashar, ‘‘ Arida,”’ tMvimant. Since abd omit this name it may be the invention of an Ethiopic scribe. Furthermore the Syr. Frag. gives Cats), “Adni” Bk. of Jashar, “ Marusa.” *fgla. Syr. Frag. Wine. Bk. of Jashar, “Aphlalath.” Rasta. Syr. Frag. ΟΝ. Bk.of Jashar, “ Merimath.” Méka. Syr. Frag. Bk. of Jashar, “Usith,” a daughter of Emoram, son of Hus, son of Nachor.” The Syr. Frag. makes Maaka also to be of the house of Nachor. ‘Lond. Syr. Frog. 1.1.8... Bk, of Jashar, first ““Edon” and next “Ha- dora.” Asenath. Eth ’Asnéth, xli. 45. Trasake, Syr. Frag. LLfoms. Bk. of Jashar, ‘‘ Mahalia” and “ Harbath.” Cf. Gen. CHAPTERS XXXIV. 21-XXXV. 7 207 Rebecca’s admonition to Jacob and his reply, 1-8. Rebecca asks Isaac to make Esau swear that he will not injure Jacob, 9-12. Isaac consents, 13-17. Esaw takes the oath and likewise Jacob, 18-26. Death of Rebecca, 27. XXXV. And in the first year of the first week of the 2157 a.m. forty-fifth jubilee Rebecca called Jacob, her son, and com- manded him regarding his father and regarding his brother, that he should honour them all the days of his life. 2. And Jacob said: “I will do everything as thou hast com- manded me; for this thing will be honour and greatness to me, and righteousness before the Lord, that I should honour them. 38. And thou too, mother, knowest from the time I was born until this day, all my deeds and all that is in my heart, that I always think good concerning all. 4, And how should I not do this thing which thou hast commanded me, that I should honour my father and my brother! 5. Tell me, mother, what perversity hast thou seen in me and I shall turn away from it, and mercy will be upon me.” 6. And she said unto him: “My son, I have not seen in thee all my days any perverse but (only) upright deeds. And yet I shall tell thee the truth, my son: I shall die this year, and I shall not survive this year in my life; for I have seen in a dream the day of my death, that I should not live beyond a hundred and fifty-five years: and behold I have completed all the days of my life which I am to live” 7. And Jacob laughed at the words of his mother, because his mother had said unto him that she should die; and she was sitting opposite to him in possession of her strength, and she was not infirm in her strength; for she went in and out and saw, and her teeth were strong, and no ailment XXXV. 1. His life. MSS add a 5. Mercy. Latin has “ Misericordia gloss “of Jacob.” Domini.” 208 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES had touched her all the days of her life. 8. And Jacob said unto her: “ Blessed am I, mother, if my days approach the days of thy life, and my strength remain with me thus as thy strength: and thou wilt not die, for thou art jesting idly with me regarding thy death.” 9. And she went in to Isaac and said unto him: “One petition I make unto thee: make Esau swear that he will not injure Jacob, nor pursue him with enmity; for thou knowest Esau’s thoughts that they are perverse from his youth, and there is no goodness in him; for he desires after thy death to kill him. 10. And thou knowest all that he has done since the day Jacob his brother went to Haran until this day ; how he has forsaken us with his whole heart, and has done evil to us; thy flocks he has taken to himself, and 11. And when we implored and besought him for what was our own, he did as a man who was taking pity on us. 12. And he is bitter against thee because thou didst bless Jacob thy perfect and upright son; for there is no evil but only goodness in him, and since he came from Haran unto this day he has not robbed us of aught, for he brings us everything in its season always, and rejoices with all his heart when we take at his hands, and he blesses us, and has not parted from us since he came from Haran until this day, and he remains with us continually at home honouring us.” 13. And Isaac said unto her: “I, too, know and see the deeds of Jacob who is with us, how that with all his heart he honours us; but I loved Esau formerly more than Jacob, because he was the first-born; but now I love Jacob more than Esau, for he has done manifold evil carried off all thy possessions from before thy face. 9. This passage is referred to Josephus by Syncellus, i. 202 at the beginning of the section, and to Jubilees at the close, but he attributes it wrongly to Josephus. ἡ Ῥεβέκκα ἤτησε τὸν Ἰσαὰκ ἐν τῷ γήρᾳ παραινέσαι τῷ Ἡσαῦ καὶ τῷ ᾿Ιακὼβ ἀγαπᾶν ἀλλήλους. καὶ παραινέσας αὐτοῖς προεῖπεν ὅτι ἐὰν ἐπαναστῇ τῷ ᾿Ιακὼβ ὁ Ἡσαῦ, εἰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ πεσεῖται. CHAPTER XXXV. 8-20 209 deeds, and there is no righteousness in him, for all his ways are unrighteousness and violence, [and there is no righteousness around him]. 14. And now my heart is troubled because of all his deeds, and neither he nor his seed is to be saved, for they are those who will be destroyed from the earth, and who will be rooted out from under heaven, for he has forsaken the God of Abraham and gone after his wives and after their uncleanness and after their error, he and his children. 15. And thou dost bid me make him swear that he will not slay Jacob, his brother; even if he swear he will not abide by his oath, and he will not do good but evil only. 16. But if he desires to slay Jacob, his brother, into Jacob’s hands will he be given, and he will not escape from his hands, [for he will descend into his hands.] 17. And fear thou not on account of Jacob; for the guardian of Jacob is great and powerful and honoured, and praised more than the guardian of Esau.” 18. And Rebecca sent and called Esau, and he came to her, and she said unto him: “I have a petition, my son, to make unto thee, and do thou promise to do it, my son.” 19. And he said: “I will do every- thing that thou sayest unto me, and I will not refuse thy petition” 20, And she said unto him: “I ask you that the day I die, thou wilt take me in and bury me near Sarah, thy father’s mother, and that thou and Jacob will love each other, and that neither will desire evil against the other, but mutual love only, and (so) ye will prosper, my sons, and be honoured in the midst of the land, and no enemy will rejoice over you, and ye will be a blessing 18. [And there is no righteousness 17. Guardian of Jacob. We seem around him.] This is either a corrup- here to have the idea of men’s guardian tion or, as I take it, a dittography. angels. In that case it is the earliest 16. [For he will descend into his distinct reference to this belief. Cf. hands.| Here jéwaréd=‘“‘willdescend” Mt. xviii, 10; Acts xii. 15; Heb. i. is corrupt for jéwadéq= “will fall.” 14; Edersheim, Jesus the Messiah, ii. 1 have bracketed the clause asa gloss 752. from xxxvi. 9. 14 210 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES and a mercy in the eyes of all those that love you.” 21. And he said: “I will do all that thou hast told me, and I shall bury thee on the day thou diest near Sarah, my father’s mother, as thou hast desired that her bones may be near thy bones. 22. And Jacob, my brother, also, I shall love above all flesh; for I have not a brother in all the earth but him only: and this is no great merit for me if I love him; for he is my brother, and we were sown together in thy body, and together came we forth from thy womb, and if I do not love my brother, whom shall I love? 23. And I, myself, beg thee to exhort Jacob concerning me and concerning my sons, for I know that he will assuredly be king over me and my sons, for on the day my father blessed him he made him the higher and me the lower. 24. And I swear unto thee that I shall love him, and not desire evil against him all the days of my life but good only.” And he sware unto her regarding all this matter. 25. And she called Jacob before the eyes of Esau, and gave him commandment according to the words which she had spoken to Esau. 26. And he said: “I shall do thy pleasure; believe me that no evil will proceed from me or from my sons against Esau, and 1 shall be first in naught save in love only.” 27. And they eat and drank, she and her sons that night, and she died, three jubilees and one week and one year old, on that night, and her two sons, Esau and Jacob, buried her in the double cave near Sarah, their father’s mother. Isaac gives directions to his sons as to his burial : exhorts them to love one another and makes them imprecate destruction on him who injures his brother, 1-11. Divides his 22. From thy womb. Sod probably mercy” which goes back to a mis- by an emendation. bc=“from thy translation of om (Littmann). CHAPTERS ΧΧΧΝ. 21-XXXVI. 7 211 possessions, giving the larger portion to Jacob, and dies, 12-18. Leah dies: Jacob’s sons come to comfort him, 21-24, XXXVI. And in the sixth year of this week Isaac called 2162 a.m. his two sons, Esau and Jacob, and they came to him, and he said unto them: “My sons, I am going the way of my fathers, to the eternal house where my fathers are. 2. Wherefore bury me near Abraham my father, in the double cave in the field of Ephron the Hittite, where Abraham purchased a sepulchre to bury in; in the sepulchre which I digged for myself, there bury me. 3. And this I command you, my sons, that ye practise righteousness and uprightness on the earth, so that the Lord may bring upon you all that the Lord said that he would do to Abraham and to his seed. 4. And love one another, my sons, your brothers as a man who loves his own soul, and let each seek in what he may benefit his brother, and act together on the earth; and let them love each other as their own souls. 5. And concern- ing the question of idols, ] command and admonish you to reject them and hate them, and love them not; for they are full of deception for those that worship them and for those that bow down to them. 6. Remember ye, my sons, the Lord God of Abraham your father, and how I too wor- shipped Him and served Him in righteousness and in joy, that He might multiply you and increase your seed as the stars of heaven in multitude, and establish you on the earth as the plant of righteousness which will not be rooted out unto all the generations for ever. 7. And now I shall make you swear a great oath—for there is no oath which is greater XXXVI. 1. According to ver. 18 The eternal house. Eccles. xii. 5, Isaac was 180 years old when he died. indy nn. Hence he must have been born in 1982 4. Your brothers. Seems a gloss. and not in 1980 as in xvi. 12-13. 6. How=wakama emended from Josephus (Anz. i. 22) sets Isaac’s age waemze= “and after this.” down at 185. Plant of righteousness. See notes on i. 16, xvi. 26, xxi. 24. 212 THE BOOK ΟΕ JUBILEES than it by the name glorious and honoured and great and splendid and wonderful and mighty, which created the heavens and the earth and all things together—that ye will fear Him and worship Him. 8. And that each will love his brother with affection and righteousness, and that neither will desire evil against his brother from henceforth for ever all the days of your life, so that ye may prosper in all your deeds and not be destroyed. 9. And if either of you devises evil against his brother, know that from henceforth every one that devises evil against his brother will fall into his hand, and will be rooted out of the land of the living, and his seed will be destroyed from under heaven. 10. But on the day of turbulence and execration and indignation and anger, with flaming devouring fire as He burnt Sodom, so likewise will He burn his land and his city and all that is his, and he will be blotted out of the book of the discipline of the children of men, and not be recorded in the book of life, but in that which is appointed to destruction, and he will depart into eternal execration; so that their condemnation may be always renewed in hate and in execration and in wrath and in torment and in indignation and in plagues and in disease for ever. 11. I say and testify to you, my sons, accord- ing to the judgment which will come upon the man who wishes to injure his brother.” 12. And he divided all his possessions between the two on that day, and he gave the larger portion to him that was the first-born, and the tower and all that was about it, and all that Abraham possessed at the Well of the Oath. 13. And he said, “This larger portion I shall give to the first-born.” 14. And Esau said, “TJ have sold to Jacob and given my birthright to Jacob; to him Jet it be given, and I have not a single word to say 10. Turbulence and execration and Book of life. See note on xxx. 22. indignation and anger. It can hardly In contrast with the Book of life we be accidental that we find in Eth. En. have here also a Book of destruction. xxxix. 2 “Books of wrath and anger 18. I shall give(=’thab). MSS give and books of disquiet and turbulence.” “I shall make great” (’a'abi). CHAPTER XXXVI. 8-20 213 regarding it, for it is his.” 15. And Isaac said, “ May a blessing rest upon you, my sons, and upon your seed this day, for ye have given me rest, and my heart is not pained concerning the birthright, lest thou shouldest work wicked- ness on account of it. 16. May the Most High God bless the man that worketh righteousness, him and his seed for ever.” 17. And he ended commanding them and blessing them, and they eat and drank together before him, and he rejoiced because there was one mind between them, and they went forth from him and rested that day and slept. 18. And Isaac slept on his bed that day rejoicing; and he slept the eternal sleep, and died one hundred and eighty years old. He completed twenty-five weeks and five years; and his two sons Esau and Jacob buried him. 19. And Esau went to the land of Edom, to the mountains of Seir, and dwelt there. 20. And Jacob dwelt in the moun- tains of Hebron, in the tower of the land of the sojournings of his father Abraham, and he worshipped the Lord with all his heart and according to the visible commands according as 16. Most High God. |\This divine title is frequently used by our author: see vil. 86, xii. 19, xiii, 29, xvi. 18, 27, xx. 9, xxi. 20, 22, 23, 25, xxii. 6, 11, 18, 19, 28, 27 (twice), xxv. 3, 11, 21, xxvii. 15, xxxii, 1, xxxvi. 16, xxxix. 6. Cf. Test. Levi 3, 4, 5 (twice), 8, 18. This frequency is characteristic of many writings of the second cent. B.c. Thus it is found forty- eight times in Sirach and thirteen times in Daniel. On the other hand it appears only once in the Prophets, six times in the Pentateuch (and of these four times in Gen. xiv. in connection with Mel- chizedek), in the Pss. twenty-one times. From the close of the second cent. B.C. till after the Christian era it is rare. Thus in Eth. En. xci.-civ. (before 79 B.c.) it is found nine times, four in xxxvii.- Ixx., three times in Tobit, once in Judith, not at all in the Pss. of Solomon, twice in Wisdom, twice in the Assumption of Moses, nine times in the N.T. It is fre- quent in the Apocalypse of Baruch— twenty-three times, and also in 4 Ezra, From the above facts it follows that this title of God was most used in the second cent. B.c., though rare in some charac- teristic writings of that century such as Eth. Enoch i,-xxxvi. (twice), Ixxii.- xc. (once) and 1 Macc. (not at all). After a long period of comparative disuse it again became prominent in writings of the latter half of the first cent. A.D. 18. Cf. Gen. xxxv. 29. Slept the eternal sleep. Cf. Test. Dan7 ; Issach.7: ὕπνωσεν ὕπνον αἰώνιον. Test. Jos. 20: ἐκοιμήθη ὕπνον αἰώνιον. 20. According to the visible com- mands according as He had divided. (ad). 6c almost wholly wanting. Latin: “secundum praecepta visibilia secundum divisionem temporum genera- tionum ejus.” The commands here referred to were made visible to Jacob on the seven tablets which the angel showed him in a vision: see xxxii. 21. All the history of Jacob’s descendants was recorded here in their successive time divisions (so also Rénsch, p. 152). 2167 a.m. 2162 A.M. 214 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES He had divided the days of his generations. 21. And Leah his wife died in the fourth year of the second week of the forty-fifth jubilee, and he buried her in the double cave near Rebecca his mother, to the left of the grave of Sarah, his father’s mother. 22. And all her sons and his sons came to mourn over Leah his wife with him, and to comfort him regarding her, for he was lamenting her. 23. For he loved her exceedingly after Rachel her sister died; for she was perfect and upright in all her ways and honoured Jacob, and all the days that she lived with him he did not hear from her mouth a harsh word, for she was gentle and peace- able and upright and honourable. 24. And he remembered all her deeds which she had done during her life, and he lamented her exceedingly; for he loved her with all his heart and with all his soul. Esau’s sons reproach him for his subordination to Jacob, and constrain him to war with the assistance of 4000 mercenartes against Jacob, 1-15. 16-17. θαι reply, 18-25, Jacob reproves Esau, XXXVII. And on the day that Isaac the father of Jacob and Esau died, the sons of Esau heard that Isaac had given XXXVIL-XXXVIII. These two chapters give in some respects the fullest account in the Jalkut and _ the Chronicles of Jerahmeel comes very and in others an abridged form of an ancient legend dealing with the wars between the sons of Jacob and Esau. The legend is elsewhere found in the Test. Judah 9, in the Jalkut Shimeoni i. 132 (reprinted in Jellinek’s Bet ha- Midrasch, iii. 3-5 and on pp. 180-182 of my Ethiopic text of Jubilees), in the Chronicles of Jerahmeel, pp. 80-87, and in the Book of Jashar (op. cit. ii. 1236-1238). Our text preserves the oldest form. The same form though very abbreviated is presupposed in the Test. Judah 9: yet even this preserves some details on the capture of Adora (?) not found in any of the others, The close to—at times reproduces verbally— that in our text, though most probably with later amplifications. They show however a deliberate attempt to adapt the legend to later times. Thus Adora or Adoraim (ox) is changed to Arodin (in the Jalkut) or Merodin (nn, @.2. pw in the Chron. of Jerah.) where the M of the latter is due to a change of x into p. This Arodin is Herodion built by Herod the Great. Gaster has recognised this fact, and on this ground would assign the origin of the legend to the beginning of the Christian era. He takes this legendary story to be ἃ piece of contemporary CHAPTERS XXXVI. 21-XXXVII. 6 215 the portion of the elder to his younger son Jacob and they were very angry. 2. And they strove with their father, saying: “ Why has thy father given Jacob the portion of the elder and passed over thee, although thou art the elder and Jacob the younger?” 3. And he said unto them “ Because I sold my birthright to Jacob for a small mess of lentils ; and on the day my father sent me to hunt and catch and bring him something that he should eat and bless me, he came with guile and brought my father food and drink, and my father blessed him and put me under his hand. 4. And now our father has caused us to swear, me and him, that we shall not mutually devise evil, either against his brother, and that we shall continue in love and in peace each with his brother and not make our ways corrupt.” 5. And they said unto him, “We shall not hearken unto thee to make peace with him ; for our strength is greater than his strength, and we are more powerful than he; we shall go against him and slay him, and destroy him and his sons. And if thou wilt not go with us, we shall do hurt to thee also. 6. And now history, “ὦ reflex of the Jewish wars against Herod” (Chron. of Jerah. p. lxxxiii.). But the legend does not owe its origin to the times of Herod, but only this adaptation of it. We should observe also that there were two places called Herodion: the first was a fort puilt near Jerusalem by Herod (Joseph. Ant. xiv. 18, 9, xv. 9. 6, xvii. 8. 3), in which he was subsequently buried. The second was likewise a fort built in Idumea on the confines of Arabia (Joseph. Ané. xvi. 2.1; Bell. Jud. i. 21. 10). Our legend underwent a further adaptation—indeed a complete recasting—in the Book of Jashar, which has here borrowed its materials from the Midrash in Josippon (see Bousset, Z. f. NTliche Wissensch. 1900, p. 205). The events recorded are placed after Jacob’s death, and the story presupposes the struggles of the Idumean house of Antipater, by which through the help of Rome—here called “ Aeneas ”’—it rose to royal power. Thus the oldest form of the legend is found in our text and in the Test. Jud. 9; the next oldest in the Jalkut and Chronicles of Jerahmeel, and the latest in the Book of Jashar. XXXVII. 1. On the day that Isaac ... died. The sons of Esau began their opposition to Jacob from the day of Isaac’s death (2162 a.M.), but did not attack him till Leah died (2167 a.m.). See ver. 14. 2-8, 11-12. The favourable view presented here of Esau contrasts strongly with that found in Jalkut Shimeoni reprinted in Jellinek’s Bet ha-Midrasch, iii. 8-5, or in the Chronicles of Jerahmeel, xxxvii. 1. According to our text, it was not Esau but Esau’s sons that were primarily to blame for this fraternal war. δ. Him and his sons. Emended with Latin from “his sons” (bcd). Text of u, though ungrammatical, = “him his sons.” 216 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES hearken unto us: Let us send to Aram and Philistia and Moab and Ammon, and let us choose for ourselves chosen men who are ardent for battle, and let us go against him and do battle with him, and let us exterminate him from the earth before he grows strong.” 7. And their father said unto them, “ Do not go and do not make war with him lest ye fall before him.” 8. And they said unto him, “ This too, is exactly thy mode of action from thy youth until this day, and thou art putting thy neck under his yoke. We shall not hearken to these words.” 9. And they sent to Aram, and to ’Aduram to the friend of their father, and they hired along with them one thousand fighting men, chosen men of war. 10. And there came to them from Moab and from the children of Ammon, those who were hired, one thousand chosen men, and from Philistia, one thousand chosen men of war, and from Edom and from the Horites one thousand chosen fighting men, and from the Kittim mighty men of war. 11. And they said unto their father: “Go forth with them and lead them, else we shall slay thee.” 12. And he was filled with wrath and indignation on seeing that his sons were forcing him to go before (them) to lead them against Jacob his brother. 13. But afterward he remem- 6-10. To these verses the only 3, 65. The Syrians invaded Judah equivalent in the Test. Jud. 9 is: ἐπῆλθεν ἡμῖν Ἡσαῦ, ὁ ἀδελφὸς τοῦ πατρός μου, ἐν λαῷ βαρεῖ καὶ ἰσχυρῷ. For that in the Jalkut see note on verses 14-16. 6. The ,names of the nations men- tioned here recur in verses 9-10. 9-10. Against nearly all the nations mentioned here the Maccabees waged war. With Aram or Syria they were at strife for many decades. The Ammonites were invaded by Judas (1 Macc. v. 6-8; Joseph. Ant. xii. 8. 1), and discomfited in several battles. On the complete subjugation of the Philis- tines by the Maccabees see notes on xxiv. 28-32. As regards the Edomites Judas fought against them and smote them with great slaughter, 1 Mace. v. frequently by Edom (1 Macc. iv. 29, 61), and were helped by the latter against Israel. Later John Hyrcanus wrested Adora and Mareshah out of the hands of the Edomites and com- pelled the whole nation to accept circumcision (Joseph. Ant. xiii. 9. 1, xv. 7.9; Bell. Jud. i, 2.6). As regards the Kittim, see note on xxiv. 28. These may have been Greek auxiliaries of the Syrians. 9. ’Addram, He was an Aramaean. See xxxviii. 3. 10. Horites. Eth. Koréwés (Ὁ): a Kéréws. See Encyc. Bib., in loc. Kittim. The Eth, might also be rendered ‘‘ Hittites” but the context is against this meaning in xxiv. 28. CHAPTER ΧΧΧΥΊΙ͂Ι. 7-17 217 bered all the evil which lay hidden in his heart against Jacob his brother; and he remembered not the oath which he had sworn to his father and to his mother that he would devise no evil all his days against Jacob his brother. 14, And notwithstanding all this, Jacob knew not that they were coming against him to battle, and he was mourning for Leah, his wife, until they approached very near to the tower with four thousand warriors and chosen men of war. 15. And the men of Hebron sent to him saying, “Behold thy brother has come against thee, to fight thee, with four thousand girt with the sword, and they carry shields and weapons”; for they loved Jacob more than Esau. So they told him; for Jacob was a more 16. But Jacob would not believe until they came very near to the tower. 17. And he closed the gates of the tower; and he stood on the battlements and spake to his brother Esau and said, “Noble is the comfort wherewith thou hast come to comfort me for my wife who has died. Is this the oath that thou didst swear to thy father and again to thy mother before they died? Thou hast broken the oath, and on the moment that thou didst swear to thy liberal and merciful man than Esau. 14-16. These verses are found in the Jalkut Shimeoni (Jellinek’s Bet ha-Midrasch, iii. 8): “It was the year when Leah died and Jacob and his sons were mourning and some of their children had come to comfort them. Then came (Esau) against them with a mighty army of warriors, clad in armour of iron and brass, all armed with shields and bows and _ swords, 4000 warriors. All these surrounded the tower, in which were Jacob and his sons together with their servants, children and all their possessions ; for they had all assembled there in order to comfort Jacob in his mourning for Leah. They were sitting there peace- fully, and none imagined that any force had come upon them to contend with them, nor did they discover it till the whole host had encompassed the tower, in which there were only Jacob and his sons and their 200 servants.” Similarly in Chron. of Jerahmeel, p. 84. 17-25. Jacob’s attempt to bring about peace and Esau’s reply are not referred to in the Test. Jud. 9, but are shortly summarised in the Yalkut: “When therefore Jacob saw that Esau had emboldened himself to come against him in war in order to put those in the tower to the sword, and that he shot arrows against them, Jacob stood upon the wall of the tower, and spake to Esau his brother words of peace, friend- ship and brotherliness (mnx); but Esau would have none of them.” Similarly in Chron. of Jerah. p. 84. 218 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES father wast thou condemned.” 18. And then Esau answered and said unto him,“ Neither the children of men nor the beasts of the earth have any oath of righteousness which in swearing they have sworn (an oath valid) for ever; but every day they devise evil one against another, and how each may slay his adversary and foe. thou dost hate me and my children for ever. is no observing the tie of brotherhood with thee. 19. And And there 20. Hear these words which I declare unto thee, If the boar can change its skin and make its bristles as soft as wool, Or if it can cause horns to sprout forth on its head like the horns of a stag or of a sheep, Then shall I observe the tie of brotherhood with thee. [And if the breasts separated themselves from their mother; for thou hast not been a brother to me.] 21. And if the wolves make peace with the lambs so as not to devour or do them violence, And if their hearts are towards them for good, Then there will be peace in my heart towards thee. 22, And if the lion becomes the friend of the ox and makes peace with him, 19. The tie of brotherhood. See this phrase in quotation in preceding note. 20. Boar. In Eth. Enoch Ixxxix. 12, 42 sq., 49, 66, the boar is used to denote Esau symbolically. Cf. Ps. lxxx. 18. There is no doubt some such reference here, Make... soft. Instead of ’adkama we should expect jadakém. It can cause horns to sprout forth. So a. bcd=“horns were to sprout forth.” [And if (ab omit) the breasts separated themselves from their mother ; for thou hast not been a brother to me.] So abed save that for “thou hast not been a brother to me” ὦ reads “I shall not be a brother to thee.’ These words do not belong to their present context ; for the tristichs before and after deal with ideas taken only from the animal world. Nor do the words as they stand form a distich. If they belong to the text at all, they are corrupt. It is not improbable that originally they followed immediately after ver. 19? “thou dost hate me and my children for ever.” By transposing the two clauses and by reading ’ém’ama tafalta atb&é "tm’%imémf instead of wa’éma tafalta ’atbat ’ém’émén, we should get the following excellent sense in ver. 19 “Aud thou dost hate me and my children for ever ; for thou hast not been a brother to me since the twins were separated from their mother. Yea, there is no observing the tie of brother- hood with thee.” 22, And makes peace with him. This clause which cd omit is added by ab after “ploughs with him.’ With the CHAPTERS XXXVII. 18-XXXVIII. 2 219 And if he is bound under one yoke with him and ploughs with him, Then shall I make peace with thee. . And when the raven becomes white as the raza, Then know that I have loved thee And shall make peace with thee. Thou shalt be rooted out, And thy sons shall be rooted out, And there shall be no peace for thee.” 24. And when Jacob saw that he was (so) evilly disposed towards him with his heart, and with all his soul as to slay him, and that he had come springing like the wild boar which comes upon the spear that pierces and kills it, and recoils not from it; 25. Then he spake to his own and to his servants that they should attack him and all his companions. War between Jacob and Esau. throw of his forces, 1-10. “till this day,” 11-14. Kings of Edom, 15-24. Gen. xxxvi. 31-39.) XXXVIII. And after that Judah spake to Jacob, his father, and said unto him: “Bend thy bow, father, and send forth thy arrows and cast down the adversary and slay the enemy; and mayst thou have the power, for we shall not slay thy brother, for he is such as thou, and he is like thee: let us give him (this) honour.” 2. Then Death of Esau and over- Edom reduced to servitude (CE. guidance of the parallelism I have transposed it as above. 23. The razd. The raza is according to Isenberg, Amharic Dictionary, p. 48, ‘‘a large white bird which eats grass- hoppers.” Dillmann both in_ his Lexicon and translation took raz4 here to mean “rice,” oryza, but there can be no doubt that the above is right. Littmann has followed my rendering. XXXVI. 1. In the Jalkut (cf. the Chron. of Jerah. p. 84) Judah says: “ How long wilt thou extend words of peace and friendship to him, when he comes against us as an enemy with his mail-clad troops to slay us.” Let us give him=Nahabé (so read in my text instead of Nehabé). Emended with Lat. “demus illi” from bahabéna = “with us.” 220 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES Jacob bent his bow and sent forth the arrow and struck Esau, his brother, (on his right breast) and slew him. 3. And again he sent forth an arrow and struck ’Ad6ran the Aramaean, on the left breast, and drove him backward and slew him. 4. And then went forth the sons of Jacob, they and their servants, dividing themselves into companies on the four sides of the tower. 5. And Judah went forth in front, and Naphtali and Gad with him and fifty servants with him on the south side of the tower, and they slew all they found before them, and not one individual of them escaped. 6. And Levi and Dan and Asher went forth on the east side of the tower, and fifty (men) with them, and they slew the fighting men of Moab and Ammon. 7. And Reuben and Issachar and Zebulon went forth on the north side of the tower, and 2-3. These two verses are found in the reverse order in the Jalkut and the Chron. of Jerah. pp. 84-85. The former runs: “ When Jacob heard this, he seized his bow and slew Adoram the Edomite. And again he seized his bow and smote Esau on the right breast.” In the Test. Jud. 9 it is said shortly of Esau: ἔπαισεν ἐν τόξῳ ᾿Ιακὼβ τὸν Ἡσαῦ. 2. (On his right breast). Supplied from the Latin and the Yalkut. See preceding note. Slew him. 3)- It corresponds well with Deut. xvi. 6, which gives directions for the sacrificing of the passover “at even, at the going down of the sun.” But in ver. 10 of our text, a wider definition is given—‘‘ from the third part of the day to the third part of the night.” The Pharisees and the Sadducees differed in the interpre- tation of the phrase “between the evenings.” The former said it meant from the time when the sun inclined towards his setting till his final dis- appearance, 1.6., from 3 to 6 p.m, but according to the latter it was the time between actual sunset and dark- ness, ὕ.6., 6 and 7 p.m. (Pesachim v. 1). The hours (the 9th to the 11th) assigned by Josephus (Bell. Jud. vi. 9. 8) agree with the Pharisaic determination (θύου- ow μὲν ἀπὸ ἐνάτης ὥρας μέχρις év- δεκάτη). If then we combine the statements in verses 10 and 12 of our text we may infer that the slaughter- ing of the victim might take place any time during “the third part of the day” before sunset ; and this harmonises on the whole with the rabbinic tradition. TheSamaritans and Karaite Jews support the usage of the Sadducees in limiting the act of sacrificing to the hour between sunset and complete darkness. Eat it at the time of the evening until the third part of the night. Night was divided into three parts 6 to 10 p-m., 10 p.m. to 2 a.m, and 2 to 6 a.m. Hence the time for eating seems to be from 6 to 10 pm. The rabbinic rule fixed midnight as the hour when the eating must be concluded (Berachoth i, 1; Pesach. x. 9). 13. And they shall not cook... roast on the fire. Cf. Exod. xii. 9. They shall eat it = jébléw6, emended with Lat. ‘‘comedetis illud”’ from the unmeaning bestila. They shall eat it with diligence. Cf. Exod. xii, 11. ‘With diligence” = σπουδαίως, which in the LXX is a rendering of ;pna. In ver. 28 this Hebrew phrase is rendered more liter- ally. Its head with the inwards, ete. Exod. xii. 9. Not break any bone thereof. Cf. Exod. xii. 46. +Of the children of Israel no bone shall be crushedt. The Latin differs and is to be followed: ‘‘ Non erit tribulatio in filiis Istrahel in die hac.” If we might suppose two distinct Greek versions of the Hebrew and that the original of “‘in die hac’ was ova oxy2 mm, we could explain the Eth. by supposing the loss of nin own and the change of μὴ into oxy. But the cor- Cf. 256 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES crushed}. 14. For this reason the Lord commanded the children of Israel to observe the passover on the day of its fixed time, and they shall not break a bone thereof ; for it is a festival day, and a day commanded, and there may be no passing over from day to day, and month to month, but on the day of its festival let it be observed. 15. And do thou command the children of Israel to observe the passover throughout their days, every year, once a year on the day of its fixed time, and it will come for a memorial well pleasing before the Lord, and no plague will come upon them to slay or to smite in that year in which they celebrate the passover in its season in every respect according to His command. 16. And they shall not eat it outside the sanctuary of the Lord, but before the sanctuary of the Lord, and all the people of the congregation of Israel shall cele- brate it in its appointed season. 17. And every man who has come upon its day shall eat it in the sanctuary of your God before the Lord from twenty years old and upward; for thus is it written and ordained that they should eat it in the sanctuary of the Lord. 18. And when the children of Israel come into the land which they are to possess, into the land of Canaan, and set up the tabernacle of the Lord in the midst of the land in one of ruption seems native to the Ethiopic. If the text referred here to the “ break- ing” of a bone, it would most probably have used sabara as in the clause before and in the verse after, where the Latin uses frangere and confringere respec- tively. In this clause, therefore, ’ijét- qataqat (=‘‘ will not be crushed’) is to be taken metaphorically = the Latin “non erit tribulatio.’” This idea, that no evil will befall on the day of the right celebration of the Passover, recurs in ver. 15 iv an intensified degree. 15. Every year, once a year. Cf. verses 7-8. No plague will come upon them, ete. Cf. Exod. xii. 13. In every respect according to His com- mand. Latin seems better: ‘secundum universa praecepta ejus.” 16. Before the sanctuary of the Lord. Cf. ver. 17 and see note on ver. 20. 17. Your God. Latin has Dei nostri, but the phrase recurs in ver. 22. From twenty years old, ete. Rabbinic tradition determines fourteen years and upwards as the qualifying age. The determination in our text may be based on such passages as Exod. xxx. 14; Num. i. 32 which prescribe that in numbering the people only the males from twenty years old and upwards should be taken account of. Man was not accountable for the first twenty CHAPTER XLIX. 14-22 257 their tribes until the sanctuary of the Lord has been built in the land, let them come and celebrate the passover in the midst of the tabernacle of the Lord, and let them slay it before the Lord from year to year. 19. And in the days when the house has been built in the name of the Lord in the land of their inheritance, they shall go there and slay the passover in the evening, at sunset, at the third part of the day. 20. And they will offer its blood on the threshold of the altar, and shall place its fat on the fire which is upon the altar, and they shall eat its flesh roasted with fire in the court of the house which has been sanctified in the name of the Lord. 21. And they may not celebrate the passover in their cities, nor in any place save before the tabernacle of the Lord, or before His house where His name hath dwelt; and they will not go astray from the Lord. 22. And do thou, Moses, command the children of Israel to observe the ordinances of the passover, as it was commanded unto thee; declare thou unto them every year and the day of its days, andt the festival of unleavened bread, that they should eat unleavened bread seven days, (and) that they should observe its festival, and that they bring an oblation every day during those seven days of joy before the Lord on the altar of your God. years according to some rabbis, and no δυνήσῃ) and the Vulg. (non poteris) ren- punishment was to be enacted for them. der in the same faulty manner $>n xb. 20.~Eat its flesh... in the court In any place. Eth. prefixes ‘ and,” of the house, etc. This direction can which I have omitted with the Latin. be justified by an appeal to Deut. xvi. Will not go astray from the Lord. 7 (cf. 6) “thou shalt eat itin the place Cf. Zeph. i. 6. which the Lord thy God shall choose.” 22. Every year=“aimata (c) laamatat But the Mishna extended this privilege (d). So Latin “per singulos .. . to Jerusalem at large (Sebach. v. 8; annos.” ab=“‘its year every year.” Makkoth iii. 3). This extension was t+And the day of its days, andt+. Here necessitated by the vast multitudes the Latin ‘‘in tempore dierum suorum” which came up to this feast (cf. Joseph. is most probably right, and we should Bell. Jud. vi. 9. 3, ii. 14. 3). render ‘‘ during its days and during.” 21. May not. Here Eth. and Latin (And) that. “And” supplied from (poterunt)=ov δυνήσονται, which is ἃ the Latin. faulty rendering of 59)" xb, where the During those. Latin omits “those.” phrase denotes moral inability. The text Hence it probably represents the Greek is based on Deut. xvi. 5, wherethe LXX(ov article. 17 2410 Α.Μ. 2450 A.M. 258 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES 23. For ye celebrated this festival with haste when ye went forth from Egypt till ye entered into the wilderness of Shur; for on the shore of the sea ye completed it. Laws regarding the jubilees, 1-5, and the Sabbath, 6-13. L. And after this law I made known to thee the days of the Sabbaths in the desert of Sin[ai], which is between Elim and Sinai. 2. And I told thee of the Sabbaths of the land on Mount Sinai, and I told thee of the jubilee years in the sabbaths of years: but the year thereof have I not told thee till ye enter the land which ye are to possess, 3. And the land also will keep its sabbaths while they dwell upon it, and they will know the jubilee year. 4. Wherefore I have ordained for thee the year-weeks and the years and the jubilees: there are forty-nine jubilees from the days of Adam until this day, and one week and two years: and there are yet forty years to come (lit. “distant ”) for learning the commandments of the Lord, until they pass over into the land of Canaan, crossing the Jordan to the west. 5. And the jubilees will pass by, until Israel is cleansed from all guilt of fornication, and uncleanness, and pollution, and sin, and error, and dwells with confidence in all the land, and there will be no more a Satan or any evil one, and the land will be clean from that time for evermore. 6. And behold the commandment regarding the Sabbaths— 1 have written (them) down for thee—and all the judgments 23. With haste. See note on ver. Jubilees. Our author assumes jubilee 18. Cf. Exod. xii. 11. For Shur (Eth. Sar) see Exod. xv. 22. 1.1. Sin[ai], which is between Elim and Sinai. Cf. Exod. xvi, 1. Sin[ai] corrupt for Sin. 2. Jubilee years. Cf. Lev. xxv. 8. 3. Cf. Lev. xxvi. 34, etc. 4. Yeur-weeks, i.e, seven years. periods of 49 years each, as R. Jehuda (Nedarim 61 a), whereas the majority of Jewish writers reckoned it at 50 years (Beer, Buch ἃ. Jub. p. 38). 5. Forecast of the Messianic kingdom. A gradual transformation: cf. i. 29 note ; xxiii. 26-28 note. A Satan or any evil one. See note on xxiii. 29, CHAPTERS XLIX. 23-L. ὃ 259 of its laws. 7. Six days wilt thou labour, but on the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord your God. In it ye shall do no manner of work, ye and your sons, and your men-servants and your maid-servants, and all your cattle and the sojourner also who is with you. 8. And the man that does any work on it shall die: whoever desecrates that day, whoever lies with (his) wife, or whoever says he will do something on it, that he will set out on a journey thereon in regard to whoever draws water thereon 7. Cf. Exod, xx. 9, 10. 8-12. On the Talmudic laws relating to the Sabbath see Schiirer, History of N.T. Times, ΤΙ. ii. 96-105 ; Edersheim, Life and Times of Jesus the Messiah,” ii. 777-787 ; and the Bible Dictionaries, im loc. 8. The man that does any work on it shall die. This statement found in Exod. xxxv. 2 makes death the penalty for any and every breach of the Sabbath. Whoever lies with (his) wife. This law sprung probably from the fanatical period referred to in Sanh. 46a, the period of the Syro-Grecian domination, when a man was put to death for riding a horse. That certain regulations of this nature existed we must infer from our text, as well as from the Talmudic treatise Nidda 88a. Early Chasids refrained from cohabitation with their wives from the close of the Sabbath to the fourth day of the week, in order that their wives might not desecrate the Sabbath 271 to 278 days later by child-bearing. Against this ascetic attitude towards marriage a reaction set in which resulted in the laws of the Mishna on this subject. Thus the co- habitation of husband and wife is en- joined on the Sabbath in Nedar iii. 10, viii. 6, while in Baba kamma 82a it is stated that one of the ordinances in- stituted by Ezra directed that a man should “eat garlic” (i.e. cohabit) on the eve of the Sabbath. The severer usage is followed by the modern Samaritans (Eichhorn’s Repertorium, xiii. 257, 282; de Sacy, Wotices et extraits de la Bible, xii. 175: also by the Abyssinian Falashas (Univ. Isr. any buying or selling: and which he had not prepared 1851, p. 482) and the Karaite Jews (see Singer, pp. 198-199 note), The Karaite Jews inferred the unlawfulness of cohabitation on the Sabbath from a literal interpretation of Exod. xxxiv. 21. As regards the usage of the ancient Samaritans there has been some diversity of opinion. Karo (Beer, Buch der Jubilien, p. 54) argues that the text in Nedar iii. 10 speaks for the existence of the strict law having existed among the Samaritans at a date anterior to the time of the Karaite Jews, but this is disputed by Frankel (influss ad. pal. Exeg. 252 sq.). That he will set out on a journey thereon (bd). ac omit ‘‘thereon.” This command was derived from Exod. xvi. 29, where the people are bidden **to abide every man in his place. . . on the seventh day” and not to goin quest of manna, Permission was given to go a distance of 2000 cubits (Erubin iv. 3, 1, v. 7), which was called the “Sabbath limit ’’ (navn ornn) or simply “limit” (oynn), or Sabbath-day’s journey (Σαββάτου ὁδός, Acts i, 12). See Lightfoot, Euercitations on the Acts, i. 12; Buxtorf and Levy’s Lexicons on oinn; Schiirer, History of the New Testament Times, II. ii. 102-103. Josephus (Ant. xiii. 8. 4) speaks of this halacha: οὐκ ἔξεστι δ᾽ ὑμῖν οὔτε τοῖς σαββάτοις οὔτ᾽ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ ὁδεύειν. In regard to any buying or selling. All the MSS prefix “and.” The true text is uncertain and probably trans- posed. Buying and selling are prohibited in Neh. x. 81, xiii. 16, 17. Whoever draws water. This was forbidden by the Karaite Jews (Jost, 260 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES for himself on the sixth day, and whoever takes up any burden to carry it out of his tent or out of his house shall die. 9. Ye shall do no work whatever on the Sabbath day save what ye have prepared for yourselves on the sixth day, so as to eat, and drink, and rest, and keep Sabbath from all work on that day, and to bless the Lord your God, who has given you a day of festival, and a holy day: anda day of the holy kingdom for all Israel is this day among their days for ever. 10. For great is the honour which the Lord has given to Israel that they should eat and drink and be satisfied on this festival day, and rest thereon from all labour which belongs to the labour of the children of men, save burning frankincense and bringing oblations and sacrifices before the Lord for days and for Sabbaths. 11. This work alone shall be done on the Sabbath-days in the sanctuary of the Lord your God; that they may atone for Israel with sacrifice continually from day to day for a memorial well-pleasing before the Lord, and that He may receive them always from day to day according as thou hast been commanded. any work thereon, or goes a journey, or tills (his) farm, 12. And every man who does whether in his house or any other place, and whoever lights a fire, or rides on any beast, or travels by ship on Gesch, ὦ, Judenth. ii. 304, quoted by Singer, p. 199 note), Which he had not prepared on the stath day. This clause comes in awkwardly. A command against ‘‘eat- ing or drinking anything” may have originally preceded this clause in our text. Cf. ii, 30, note. Takes up any burden to carry it, etc. See note on ii. 29. This is the 39th form of work forbidden in the treatise Shabbath. If a man dropped his false teeth it would be unlawful to lift and carry them ; for they would constitute a “burden.” Similarly as much ink as would suffice for writing two letters (Edersheim, Life and Times of Jesus the Messiah,? ii. 782, 784). 9. See note on ii. 29. 10. Cf. ii, 21. 11. Cf. Num. xxviii. 9,10; Matt.xii. 5, 12. Goes a journey. See note on ver. 8. Tills (his) farm. Ploughing and harvesting are forbidden in Exod, xxxiv, 21; Shabb. vii. 2. Whether in his house or any other place. These words seem to be in their wrong place. They would give good sense if they were read immediately after ‘‘every man who does any work thereon.” Lights a fire. Forbidden in Exod. xxxv. 3; Shabb. vii. 2. The man who gathers sticks for this purpose is to be stoned. Num. xv, 82, 88. CHAPTER L. 9-13 261 the sea, and whoever strikes or kills anything, or slaughters a beast or a bird, or whoever catches an animal or a bird or a fish, or whoever fasts or makes war on the Sabbaths: 13, The man who does any of these things on the Sabbath shall die, so that the children of Israel shall observe the Sabbaths according to the commandments regarding the Sabbaths of the land, as it is written in the tables, which He gave into my hands that I should write out for thee the laws of the seasons, and the seasons according to the division of their days. Herewith is completed the account of the division of the days. Rides on any beast. This is forbidden in Beza v. 2: also in Sanh. 46a, which states that during the Syro-Grecian domination an offender against this law was arraigned before the judicial court and sentenced to death by stoning: cf, Jebam. 90 ὁ. Strikes or kills anything. Killing any animal is the 26th forbidden Sabbatical offence (Shabb. vii. 2). Fasts. Israel is to ‘‘eat and drink”’ on the Sabbath (see ver. 9). This law was observed by Judith (Judith viii. 6, a book which in its shorter form probably goes back to the early Maccabean times). The injunction against fasting in our text is not in harmony with the severe ascetic law against the marriage-bed on the Sabbath. Makes war. This prohibition of all warfare, which is found also in’the Mishna, Shabb. vi. 2, 4, was observed literally before and during the outbreak of the Maccabean wars (1 Mace. ii. 31-38; 2 Macc. vi. 11; Joseph. Ant. xii, 1; 2 Mace. xv. 1; cf. Joseph. Ané. xiii. 12, 4, xviii. 9. 2 for later occasions), But on the urgent repre- sentations of Mattathias this prohibi- tion of warfare, offensive and defensive, was abandoned, and defensive measures were declared legitimate (1 Macc. ii, 41; Joseph. Ant. xii. 6. 2): but offensive warfare was still forbidden (2 Macc. viii. 26), Jonathan’s battle against Bacchides (1 Macc. ix, 43 sqq.) can be justified from the new standpoint. This emended law was in force when Pompey besieged Jerusalem (Joseph. Ant, xiv. 4. 2), but as it only allowed of an active resistance against an active assault, it did not permit of the de- struction of fortified works raised by the enemy on the Sabbath, and so ex- posed the Jews to defeat (op. cit. xiv. 4.2). Once during the final war with Rome the Jews broke through this Sabbatical law, and successfully attacked the Romans (Joseph. Bell, Jud. ii. 19. 2). INDEX I PASSAGES FROM THE SCRIPTURES AND OTHER ANCIENT Books Directly CoNNECTED oR CLOSELY PARALLEL WITH THE Text} Exopus JUBILEES 1, ὃ xliv, 33 i7 xlvi. 1 i, 22 xlvii. 2-4 ii, 2-4 xlvii., 2-4 ii, 5-9 xlvii. 5-8 ii. 8 xlvii. 7 ii. 10 xlvii. 9 ii, 11-14 xlvii. 10-12 ii, 15 xlviii iv, 24 xlviii, 2 vi. 20 xlvii. 8 ix. 11 xlviii. 11 xii. 6 xlix. 1 xii. 9 xlix. 18 xii. 11 xlix. 18 xii, 11 xlix, 23 xii, 18 xlix. 15 xii, 46 xlix. 13 xiv. 8, 9 xlviii, 12 xiv. 8 xlviii. 17 xiv. 19 1. 29 xvi. 1 1.1 xix. 5 xvi. 18 xix. 6 xvi. 18 xx. 5 xz. 8 xx. 9,10 1.7 xxiii, 25 2x. 9 xxiii, 33 i. 9 xxiv. 12 il xxiv. 15-18 1. 2-4 xxv. 8 1.17 xxvii. 21 ii. 88 xxix. 45 i 17 xxx. 7 iv. 25 xxx. 19-21 xxi. 16 xxx, 34 xvi, 24 Exopus xxxi. 13 ΧΧΧΙ. xxxi. xxxi. 16 xxxi. 18 xxxiii. 1, 3 xxxiv. 21 xxxiv. 27 xxxv. 2 xxxv. 3 NUMBERS vi. 26 ix. 13 xiii. 22 xv. 32, 88 xvi. 22 xviii, 2, 4 xviii. 26 xxvi. 59 xxvii. 16 xxviii. 9, 10 xxix. 2, 5 xxix. 12-40 xxix. 13 xxix. 16 xxxiv. 4 xxxv. 33 xxxv. 33 LEvITICUS ii, 4 ii. 18 iii. 7-10 JUBILEES ii. 17 ii. 19 ii, 25 JUBILEES xxii. 28 xlix. 9 xiii. 12 1.12 x. 3 xxxi. 16 xxxii. 9 xlvii. 8 x. ὃ 111 vii. 3 xxxii. 4 xvi. 22 xvi. 22 xxix. 14 vii. 33 xxi. 19 JUBILEES xxi. 7 xxi. 11 xxi. 7 Leviticus JUBILEES iii. 9, 10 xxi. 8 vii. 26 xxi. 6 xii. 2, 6 iii, 8-14 xvi, 29, 34, 15, 16 xxxiv. 18, 19 xvii. 13 vii, 80 xvii. 13 xxi. 17 xvii. 14 Χχὶ, 18 xviii. 15 xli. 26 xix. 28, 24 vii. 36 xix. 23-25 vii. 1 xx. 2 xxx, ἢ xx, 2-4 xxx. 14, 15 xx, 12 xli. 26 xx. 14 xli. 25 xxi. 7,14 = xxii, 22 xxi. 9 xx. 4 xxi. 9 ΧΙ. 17 xxiii. 40 xvi. 30 xxiii. 84-36, 39-44 xxxii, 4 xxv. 8 1.2 xxvi. 34, etc. 1. 3 xxvi. 40 1, 22 DEUTERONOMY JUBILEES 1, 4 xxix. 10 iv. 20 xxii. 9 iv. 80,29 i. 15 v. 31, 32 = xxiii. 16 vii. 6 ii, 21 vii. 6 xvi. 18 vii. 6 xix. 18 vii. 13 xx. 9 vii. 16 i. 9 ix. 26,29 i. 21 1 I have not given the passages in Genesis which are reproduced in the text. These are indicated generally in the headings to the chapters and in detail in the notes. 263 \ 264 DrUTERONOMY JUBILEES x. 16 1. 23 x. 17 v. 16 x. 17 xxi. 4 x. 22 xliv. 12-33 xiv. 2 xvi. 18 xiv. 22 sq. xxxii. 10 xvi. 5 xliz, 21 xvi. 6. xlix. 12 xlvi. 7 xlix. 20 xxii. 28 sqq. xx. 4 xxii. 30 xxxiii. 7 xxv. 9 ΧΙ, 4 xxvi. 14 ext 17 xxvi. 18 xvi. 18 xxvii, 16 xx. 8 xxvii. 24 ἰν. ὃ xxviii. 8 χχ. 9 xxviii, 185 1.16 xxviii. 13,14 xxiii. 16 xxix. 28 ii, 27 i. 6 1. 28 i 7 1.18 17 1. 7 i, 22 i, 24 xxii. 17 xxiii. 7 xxxiv. 9 xxv. 14 JOSHUA JUBILEES xxiii. 13 i. 9 1 Kines JUBILEES viii. 29, 52 xxii. 29 viii. 53 ii. 19 xii. 15 xii. 19 xxi. 20 vii. 23 2 CHRONICLES JUBILEES vi. 38 i. 23 xx. 7 xix. 9 xxiv. 19 1,12 xxviii. 8 1. 11 xxix. 21 xvi. 23 xxxiii, 6 i. 11 NEHEMIAH i. 6 ix. 2 ix. 7 χ. 31 xiii. 16, 17 PsaLtMs iv. 6 li. 10 lexx. 13 Ixxxix. 27 xe. 10 xe. 10 cvi. 28 evi. 37 exxxix. 8 sqq. ΙΒΑΙΑΗ xl. 8 xli. 8 xlvi. 7 lit. 11 lviii. 13 ἴχν. 15 Ixv. 17 sqq. JEREMIAH ii. 27 vn, 21, 22, 24, 27 xvii, 22 xxvi. 16 xxix. 18, 148 xxix. 14 xxix. 18 xxxii. 41 li. 39, 57 EZEKIEL xx. 12 JUBILEES xxii. 29 i, 22 xxii. 27 1. 8 1.8 JUBILEES xxii. 28 i. 20 xxxvii. 20 ii, 20 xxiii. 12 xxiii. 15 xxii. 17 xxii. 17 xxiv. 31, 32 JUBILEES xix. 9 ii, 20 xii. 5 xxii. 16 11, 29 xx. 6 xxiii. 25-30 JUBILEES xxii. 18 xxiii, 23 xxii. 8 xxiii. 23 xii. 5 xii. 5 xii. 4 ii. 29 ii. 30 xxxill. 13 1. 16 i. 15 xx. 6 i. 16 xxiii. 1 JUBILEES ii. 19 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES DANIEL JUBILEES ix 18 xxl, 29 χ. 18, 20,21 xv. 31, 32 xi. 80 xxiii. 16 xi. 2 xv. 31, 32 Hosea JUBILEES i. 10 i, 25 iv. 3 xxiii. 18 Amos JUBILEES ix. 2-4 xxiv. 31, 32 ZEPHANIAH JUBILEES i. 3 xxiii. 18 ZECHARIAH JUBILEES viii. 13 1. 16 Ersiopic ENocH JUBILEES vi. 1, 2 ν. 1 vii. 1 (Syn- cellus’ Gk.) vii. 21, 22 vii. 1, 2 ν. 1 vii. 5 v. 2, vii. 24 ix. 1, 9 vii. 23 x. 4,12 x4 oA. iv, 22 sii. 1,2 iv. 21 xii. 3-6 (xiii.1-2, xiv. 4-7,xv. 2 sqq.) vii. 22 xv. 3-4 vii. 22 Xxili.-XXXVi. (implied by) vii. 211 liv. 7, 8 ii. 4 Ix. 12-21 ii, 2 Isxii.-lxxxii. (implied by) iv. 17 Ixxiv. 12 vi. 32 Ixxiv. 13-16 (implied by) νἱ. 36 isxe, 1, ἃ (Ixxxii11) νὶ. 23 Ixxxiii.-xe. (implied by) iv. 19 Ixxxv. 3 iv. 20 Ixxxix.7,8 νἱ. 26 1xxxix.-xe. (implied by) xv. 31, 32 Wherever there has been a relation of dependence in the preceding list of passages, the dependence has been on the side of Jubilees. When such a relation exists in the list that follows, Jubilees is to be regarded as the original. 1 See note on iv. 17-23 of the Translation. ἙΤΗΉΙΟΡΙΟ ΒΝΟΟΗΙ JuBILErs iii. wan, 12, 13 v. 9 xxiii. 29 ΧΧΧΙΧ, 2 xxxvi. 10 Ixx. 1-3 iv. 23 xci. 4 xxii. 16 xci. 16 i, 29 xciii. 2,5, 10 xvi. 26 xev. 8 xxxii. 18 xevi. 1 xxxii. 18 xeviii. 11] vii. 28, 29 xeix, 7 xii, 2 ci, 2 xii, 4 οἰ. 7, 8, vii. 29, xxii. 22 ciii, 11 1, 16 civ. 6 xxii. 16 Wispom 2 JUBILEES ii, 18 (v. 5, xii. 7, etc.) xxi. iv. xi. 16 iv. 31 xviii. 5 xlviii, 14 4 Ezra2 JUBILEES xiv. 4-6 i. 26 (see note) INDEX I MattHEew ix, 11 zu. 6 xviii, 10 xxiii, 34 Mark ii. 16 *iii, 22 LUKE ἔχ! 49 JOHN *xiv. 26 ACTS ἄγῃ, 15, 16 ἄγῃ, 23 vii. 53 Romans Ἐν, 15 JUBILEES xxii. 16 1. 11 χχχν. 17 i, 12 JUBILEES xxii. 16 Ae 8 JUBILEES i. 12 JUBILEES xxxii, 25 JUBILEES xlvi. 9 xlvii. 10-12 1. 27 JUBILEES xxxiii. 15, 16 265 1CoRINTHIANS JUBILEES x, 20 xxii, 17 2CoRINTHIANS JUBILEES ἦν, 17 v.12 vi. 18 i, 24 GALATIANS JUBILEES *ii 15 *xxiii. 23 “iii, 17 xv. 4 sqq. ἣν, 12 xv. 27 2THESSALONIANS JUBILEES *ii. 8 χ. ὃ 2 PETER JUBILEES πῃ, 5 vii. 20-39 ἴῃ, 8 iv. 80 *Tii, 13 i, 29 REVELATION JUBILEES *i, 6 xvi, 18 *iv. 5 ii, 2 ἔν, 10 xvi. 18 1 On the following list of passages from this work, see Introduction, § 19. 2 See Introduction, § 22. * Passages so asterisked are dealt with in the Introduction, § 23. INDEX II NAMES AND SUBJECTS Abel, iv. 1 Abimelech, xxiv. 18, 17, 26 Abraham. See Abram *Abram, father-in-law of Terah, xi. 14 Abram, birth of, xi. 15 late legend of his being cast into a fiery furnace, xii. 1-14 note observes the sky, xii. 16-17 called Abraham, xv. 7 his ten trials, xvii. 17 note death of, xxiii. 1 glorification of, in Jubilees, p. liii Abysses, the, ii. 2,16; v. 29 Ada, wife of Reuben, xxxiv. 20 Adam, creation of, ii. 14 brought into Eden forty days after his creation, iii. 9 names the animals, iii, 1-3 death of, iv. 29 Life of, pp. xix-xx Adam’s Daughters, Book of, pp. xviii- xix Adam = Admah, xiii. 23 Adam and Eve, Book of, pp. 28, 34, 88, 93 ’Adatanésés, vii. 15, 17 ’Adiba’a, wife of Simeon, xxxiv. 20 *Adéran, xxxviii. 3 ’Adfiram, friend of Esau, xxxvii. 9 *Addiram—a place, xxxviii. 8, 9 Adurin, p. xxxi ’Aférag, viii. 27 ‘Afra, vii, 15 Africanus, Julius, p. 34 Ahuzzath, xxiv. 26 Ai, xiii. 5 Akrabbim, xxix. 14 "Amana, viii. 21; ix. 4 Ammonites, xxix, 10; xxxvii. 6, 10; xxxviii. 6 Amorites, xiv. 18 ; (destroyed in lifetime of the author ?) xxix. 9-11 war of, against Jacob and his sons, pp. lvi, lxii; xxxiv. 1-9 Amram, father of Moses, xlvi. 10 Amraphel, xiii. 22 Anastasius Sinaita, pp. 18, 23 Aner, xiii. 29 Angelology of Jubilees, pp. lvi sqq. and of the New Testament, p. Ixxxvi Angels created on the first day, ii. 2 note created on the second day according to later tradition, ii. 2-3 note of the presence, i. 27, 29 note; ii. 1, 2 note, 18; xv. 27; xxxi. 14 of sanctification, ii. 2,18; xv. 27; xxxi, 14 over natural phenomena — winds, clouds, fire, etc., ii. 2 two chief orders of, created circum- cised, xv. 27 note descend in days of Jared to instruct mankind, iv. 15 note marry the daughters of men, v. 1 note ; vii. 21; a myth rejected by later Jewish and Christian tradition, pp. 33-35, 43 notes their punishment and that of their children, v. 6-11; vii. 25 guardians of individuals, p. lxxxvi ; xxxv. 17 Antiochus Epiphanes, pp. 1x, 1xi, Ixiii Apocalypse of the last things, xxiii. 11- 31 Apocalyptic tradition written down by Moses, i. 26 note ’Ara (corrupt for Ur, xi. 7), city of, xi. 3 Arabs, xx. 13 267 268 Aram, son of Shem, vii. 18 ; ix. 5 land of, xxxvii. 6, 9 Ararat, v. 28; viii, 21; ix. 5; x. 15 Ard, xliv. 25 Areli, xliv. 20 *Arésa, corrupt for Hazor, xxxiv. 4, 7 Arioch, xiii, 22 Ark, building of the, v. 21-22 Arodi, xliv. 20 Arpachshad, vii. 18 ; viii. 1 Asenath, xxxiv. 20; xl. 10; xliv. 24 Ashbel, xliv. 25 Asher, xxviii. 21 Ashtaroth, xxix. 10 Asshur, son of Shem, vii. 18; ix. 3, 6 land of (= Assyria), viii, 21; ix. 3, 5 ’Asfidi, xliv. 28 Atonement, Day of, p. xlii; v. 17-18; . xxxiv. 18-19 "Awan, wife of Cain, iv. 1, 9 ’Azridl, wife of Methuselah, iv. 27 ’Azara, wife of Seth, iv. 8, 11 wife of Eber, viii. 7 Babel, tower of, x. 19-26 Babél, viii. 21 Babylon, xx. 12 Bacon, pp. xxv, 56-57 Baldensperger, p. xxv Baraka, wife of Jared, iv. 16 Baraki’él, brother of Kenan, iv. 15 Baraki’il, brother of Methuselah, iv. 28 Barhebraeus, pp. Ixxxiii, 88, 94 Barth, pp. 19, 25 Bashan, viii. 21 Bealoth, xiii. 10 Becher, xliv. 25 Bédst’él, wife of Judah, xli. 7 Beer, pp. xxiii, 3, 55, 65, 68, 89, 91, 101, 118, 121, 127, ete. Beersheba (see Well of the Oath), xvii. 9; xviii. 17; xxii, 2 Bela, xliv. 25 Beliar, sons of, xv. 33 note spirit of, i. 20 Benjamin, xxxii. 8, 33 Beon, xxix. 10 Beriah, xliv. 21 Bétast’él, wife of Judah, xxxiv. 20 Béténés, wife of Lamech, iv. 28 Bethel, xiii. 5; xxvii. 19, 26 Béthorén, xxxiv. 4 Bethshan, xxix. 14 Bethuel, xix. 10; xxvii. 10, 12 Bilhah, sister of Zilpah, xxviii. 9 Reuben sins with, xxxiii, 1-9 Blood, eating of, forbidden, vii. 28, 29 ; xxi. 6, 18 Bohn, p. xxvi THE BOOK OF JUBILEES Book of Life, xxx. 22; xxxvi. 10 those who will be destroyed, xxx. 22 Bousset, pp. lxii, 146, 201, 215 Burial of patriarchs in Canaan, xlvi. 9 Cain, iv. 1 death of, iv. 31 Calendar, p. Ixvi Canaan, vii. 10-13 ; ix. 1; xxii, 21 seizes Palestine, x. 29-34 Canaanites, xiv. 18; xxx. 25 Canaanitish wives of Joseph, Judah, Simeon, xl. 10; xxxiv. 20 Caphtorim, xxiv. 30 Carmi, xliv. 12 Carpenter, pp. xlvii, lili Catena on Pentateuch quoted, p. xviii Cedrenus, pp. xvi, xvii, lxxix, 11, 28, 35, 37, 41, 66, 67, 80, 86-88, 93, 94, 96, 116, 191, 248, 252 Ceriani, pp. xv, xxix Cettin, p. xxxi Chaldees, land of, ix. 4, 5 Charles, pp. xx, xxi, xxvi, xxviii, xxix Chasids, rise of, xxiii. 16 Chedorlaomer, xiii. 22 Chrysostom quoted, p. 34 Circumcision, an everlasting ordinance, p.1; xv. 14 note, 25; xx. 3 observed in the creation of the two highest orders of angels, pp. 1, lx ; xv. 27 on the eighth day, xv. 14, 25 neglected by Israel, xv, 33-34 Clementine Recognitions, pp. lxxx, 84, 96 Covenant with Noah, vi. 17-18 with Abram, xiv. 20 Cush, vii. 13; ix. 1 Creation, the new, i. 29 note; iv. 26 note ; xxiii. 26-30; 15 twenty-two works of, ii. 1-16 Creator of all things, xvii. 3; xxii. 4, 27; xiv. 5 Dan, xiii. 23; xxviii, 18; xliv. 27, 28 Danél, iv. 20 Deane, p. xxv Deborah, xxxii. 30 Dédain, waters of, ix. 2 Demonology of Jubilees, p, lviii and of the New Testament, pp. Ixxxvi sq. Demons, sons of the Watchers, vii. 22 note ; vii. 27 tempt Noah’s sons, x. 1-2 notes: x. 5, 8 note; xii. 20 INDEX II one-tenth of the, left subject to Mas- téma, x. 9 nine-tenths to be bound in place of temporal punishment, x. 9 to be punished finally with Satan, x. 8 worshipped, xxii. 17 Didymus of Alexandria, p. lxxvii Dillmann, pp. xx, xxi, xxiii, 118, 198 Dinah, daughter of Jacob, xxviii. 28 ; xxx, 1-3; xxxiv. 15; xliv. 18 Dinah, wife of Mahalalel, iv. 15 Diodorus of Antioch, pp. Ixxxi, 85, 96 Dislocations of text, pp. xlii, 45, 218 Dittographies, pp. xli-xlii Dothan, xxix. 14; xxxiv. 10 Driver, p. 140 Drummond, p. xxv Earth divided, viii. 8 Eating with Gentiles forbidden, xxii. 16 Eber, viii. 7 Eden, Garden of. See Garden land of, viii. 16, 21 Edersheim, p. 260 "Edna, wife of Methuselah, iv. 27 wife of Terah, xi. 14 *Edni, wife of Enoch, iv. 20 Edom, p. lvi; xxiv. 6; xxxvi. 19; xxxviii. 8 kings of, xxxviii. 16-23 made tributary to Israel, Ὁ. lxii; xxxviii. 10-14 Edrei, xxix. 10 "Bgla, wife of Dan, xxxiv. 20 ἘΠῚ, xliv. 25 fil “Bl, xl. 7 ‘Ela, mountains of, ix. 2 Elam, son of Shem, vii. 18; ix. 2 land of, viii. 21; xiii. 22 "Blew, city of = Heliopolis, xxxiv. 11 Eliezer, xiv. 2 *Elj6, vii. 22 Elon, xliv. 17 ‘Emazara, wife of Noah, iv. 38 Encyclopaedia Biblica, pp. 167, 176, 204, 245 Enoch, son of Cain, iv. 9 son of Jared, iv. 16-26; xix. 24, 27; first to learn writing, iv. 17; the scribe of judgment in the Garden of Eden, iv. 23-24; x. 17 son of Reuben, xxxviii. 8; xliv. 12 Ethiopic Book of, pp. 13, 36, 37, 53, 62-64, 102, 134, 146, 150, 212, 213 Slavonic Book of, pp. 13-15, 25, 37, 39, 41 Enos, son of Seth, iv. 11; xix. 24 269 Ephraim, xliv. 24 Ephrath, xxxii. 34 Ephron, the Hittite, xxxvi. 2 Epiphanius, pp. xv, xvi, xl, lxxvii, Ixxviii, 11-16, 18, 32, 33, 47, 59, 61, 68, 69, 70, 73-74, 75, 77, 84, 86, 91 Eppstein, pp. xvi, xxv, lxxvi, 11, 53, 55 Er, xli, 1 Eri, xliv. 20 *Ermén = Heroonpolis, xlvi. 6 Esau (see Edom), p. lvi; xv. 30; xix. 18; xxix. 13 sells his birthright, xxiv. 2-7 breaks with Jacob, xxxvii. 20-23 slain by Jacob, xxxviii, 2 Eschol, xiii. 29 Euphrates, ix. 5; xiv. 18 Eutychius, pp. lxxxii, 28, 35, 83, 89 Eve created on the 6th day of the second week, iii. 5-6 brought into Eden 80 days after her creation, iii. 9 Exposure of the person condemned, p. Ix ; iii. 31; vii. 20 Ezbon, xliv. 20 Ezra, Fourth, pp. 1, lxxv, 7, 14 Fabricius, pp. xviii, xxii, 121, 171, 194 Fara (= Africa 2), viii. 27 Feast of tabernacles instituted by Abra- ham, xvi. 20-31 celebrated by Jacob, xxxii, 4-9 Feast of weeks celebrated in heaven and first revealed to Noah, vi. 17-18 note; xv. 1 note; xxii. 1-5 rules as to its observance, vi. 20-22 commemorates giving of Law on Sinai, vi. 17-18 note its designation ‘‘ Pentecost’ unknown to the author, vi. 17 note Feasts on the new moons, vi. 23-29 Filistin, p. xxxi Flood, the, v. 23-32 Floodgates, the, v. 24 Fornication, punishment for, xxv. 7; xxxix. 6 Four sacred places, iv. 26 Frankel, pp. xxiv, 30, 42, 107, 259 Friend of God, xix. 9; xxx. 20, 21 Fruit trees, law as to, vii. 86 xx. 43 Ga’as (=Gaash), xxxiv. 4, 7 Gad, xxviii. 20; xliv. 19, 20 Gadir (=Cadiz), viii. 23, 26 ; ix, 12 Garden of Eden, ii, 7 note; iv. 26; viii. 16, 19, 28 Gaster, pp. 200, 208, 204, 214 270 Gelasius, Decree of, pp. xviii, Lxxviii Genesis, the Little, pp. xv-xvi Gentiles denounced, pp. lv, lvi Geoponica, the, quoted, p. 134 Gera, xliv. 25 Gerar, mountains of, xvi. 10; xxiv. 12, Gershon, xliv. 14 Giants, the, vii. 22 Gihon, the, viii. 15, 22 Gilead, xxix. 4, 5, 9 Ginsburg, p. xxiv Girgashites, the, xiv. 18 Glycas, pp. xvi, Ixxx, 23, 25, 26, 35, 37, 84, 85, 164 God dwells with man in the Messianic times, i. 26 note, 27 the Father of the children of Jacob, i, 24, 28 note of all, xxii. 10, 273 xxx. 195; xxxi. 13, 32 Gog, land of, viii. 25 Gomer, vii. 19; ix. 8 Gomorrha, xiii. 22; xvi. 5; xx. 6 Goshen, xliv. 9; xlv. 1, 2 Great Sea, the, ix. 6 Guni, xliv. 30 Hagar, xiv. 22; xvii. 2; xix. 11 Haggada, older forms of, in Jubilees, pp. Ixiv sq. Haggi, xliv. 20 Halacha, older forms of, in Jubilees, pp. Ixv sq. Ham, iv. 88 ; vii. 8, 18 ; xxii. 21 portion of, viii, 22-24 Hamath, a. 335 xiii, 2 Hamor, xxx. 2 Haran, brother of Abram, xii. 10, 14 land of, xiii. 1; xxvii. ὃ, 19; xxxv. 10, 12 Hastings’ Bible Dictionary, pp. 107, Hazor (see ’Arésa), p. lxiii ; xxxiv. 4, 7 Headlam, p. xxvi Heap of Witness, xxix. 8 Heavenly tables, iii. 10 note Hebraisms in Ethiopic text, p. xxxiisq. Hebrew, the original language of men and animals, iii. 28 note forgotten from overthrow of Babel till Abram’s time, xii. 25-26 note Hebron, xiii. 10, 21; xix. 1; xxxvi. 20 Heliopolis, xl. 10 Hellenism, p. 1 Hermon, xxix. 10 Hesiod quoted, p. 149 Heth, children of, xix. 4, 5 Heézaqf, wife of Issachar, xxxiv. 20 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES Hezron, xliv. 12 Hilgenfeld, pp. xxv, Ιχχν Hippolytus, p. 1xxx Hivites, xiv. 18 Horites, xxxvii. 10; xxxviii. 8 Huppim, xliv. 25 Hushim, xliv. 28 Hyrcanus, J., pp. lvi, lix, Ixii, lxiv, Ixxxviii Idolatry, rise of, xi. 4 Abram dissuades Terah against, xii. 1-8 , , forbidden, xx. 7-9; xxi. 3-5 *Tjaka, xliv. 28 *Tjasaka, wife of Benjamin, xxxiv. 20 ‘Tjaska, xi. 9 *1j6na, wife of Asher, xxxiv. 20 Immortality of the soul, pp. xii, lxxxix; xxiii, 31 Imnah, xliv. 21 Incest, laws regarding, xxxiii. 10-20; ΧΙ, 25-26 India, viii. 21; ix. 2, 3 Intercalary days, p. lxviii; vi. 23 note Intermarriage with Canaan forbidden, pp. liii, Ixi; xx. 4; xxii. 20; xxv. 1, 5 δ Ὲ iene ake to Moloch, xxx. -1 Isaac, xv. 21; xvi. 13 sacrifice of, xviii. 1-18 blesses Levi, xxxi. 4-17 blesses Judah, xxxi. 18-22 death of, xxxvi. 18 glorification of, in Jubilees, p. lili Ishbak, xix. 12 Ishmael, xiv. 24; xv. 18, 20, 28, 30; aval 2, 4; χχ. 1, 11 Ishmaelites, xx. 13 Ishvah, xliv. 21 Ishvi, xliv. 21 Isidore of Pelusium, p, 1xxxi of Seville, pp. Ixxxi, 18 Israel, apostasy of, i. 5-9; xv. 88-34; xxiii. 14, 17-19 captivity of, i. 10 God’s inheritance, xxii. 9, 10, 15 God’s portion, xv. 31 note ; xvi. 18 note to be separate from the Gentiles, p. lv glorification of, pp. liv sq. Issachar, xxviii, 22 ‘Ly, xliv. 30 Jabbok, xxix. 18, 14 Jachin, xliv. 18 Jacob, birth of, xix. 13 twenty-second from Adam, ii. 23 note INDEX II called Israel, xxxii, 17 twelve sons of, xxxiii. 22 sees the future on the heavenly tables, xxxii. 21-26 gives his books to Levi, xlv. 16 dies, xlv. 14 glorification of, in Jubilees, pp. liii, liv Jahleel, xliv. 17 Jahziel, xliv, 30 Jalkut Shimeoni, pp. xliii, 200, 201, 208, 214, 217, 220, 221 Jamin, xliv. 13 Jannaeus, A., p. lix Japheth, iv. 33; vii. 9,12, 15; ix. 7 portion of, viii, 25-29 Jared, iv. 15 Jashar, Book of, pp. xliv, lxxvi, 32, 33, 40, 48, 67, 89, 126, 171, 179, 196, 197, 201-204, 206, 214 Jastib, xliv. 16 Javan, vii. 19; ix. 10 Jebusites, xiv. 18 Jellinek, pp. xx, xxiii, xliv, 201, 202, 214, 215, 217 Jemuel, xliv. 13 Jerahmeel, Chronicles of (translated by Gaster), pp. lxxv, Ixxvi, 12, 28, 82, 36, 69, 70, 78, 77, 82, 89, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 214, 215, 220, 246 Jerome, pp. xvi, 15, 34, 52, 83, 88, 91, 93, 126, 174 Jerusalem, i. 28, 29 Jezer, xliv. 30 Jochebed, xlvii. 8 Joel, Greek chronographer, pp. 1xxxii. 37, 67 Jokshan, xix. 12 Jordan, the, xxix. 14 Joseph, xxviii. 24 carried down into Egypt, xxxiv. 11-21 dies, xlvi. 3 Josephus, pp, xxxix, lix, 8, 26, 27, 44, 65, 66, 69, 106, 113, 187, 191, 195, 211, 245, 246, 249, 255, 257, 259, 261 Jubilee period =49 years, pp. xv, xvii =50 years, pp. xv, Ixviii laws regarding, 1. 1-5 Jubilees, Book of, its various titles— Jubilees, or the Book of Jubilees, p. xv; Little Genesis, pp. xv, xvi; Apocalypse of Moses, p. xvii ; Tes- tament of Moses, pp. xvii-xviii; Book of Adam’s Daughters, pp. xviii-xix; Life of Adam, pp. xix, xx written originally in Hebrew, pp. XXxi-xxxiii 271 textual affinities of, p. xxxiii sqq. versions of, pp. xxvi-xxix Greek version of, pp. xxvi, xxvii Ethiopic version of, pp. xxvii, xxvii Latin version of, pp. xxviii, xxix Syriac version of, p. xxx Ethiopic and Latin, from the Greek, pp. Xxx, xxxi Ethiopic MSS of, p. xx ; editions of, pp. xx, xxi; translations of, pp. xxi, xxii poetical element in, pp. xlii sq. from one'‘author but based on earlier books and traditions, pp. xliv sqq. a product of the Midrashic tendency, pp. xlvii sqq. an esoteric tradition according to its author, pp. 1, li written by Moses at the dictation of an angel according to its author, i, 26 note ; xxiii. 32 omissions in, of narratives in Genesis, pp. xlviii sqq. alterations in, of such narratives, pp. xlix, liv explanations in, pp. liii, liv notes object of,—the defence of Judaism, pp. li sqq.; and exposition of pre- Mosaic elements of the law, pp. li sqq. glorifies the patriarchs and Israel, pp. lili sqq. date of, pp. lviii-lxvi makes use of Eth. Enoch vi.-xxxvi., lxxii.-xe., pp. Lxviii sq. makes use of Book of Noah, pp. 1xxi sq. made use of by Eth. Enoch xci.-civ., pp. lxix sqq. made use of by Eth. Enoch i.-v. (2), p. Ixxi made use of by Wisdom, pp. lxxiv sq. made use of by 4 Ezra, Ὁ. Ixxv relation of, to Test. XII. Patriarchs, p. ixxii author of, a Pharisee and a Priest (?), p. Ixxiii author of, an upholder of the Mac- cabean dynasty, p. lxxiii in Jewish literature, pp. lxxiv sqq. in Christian non-canonical literature, pp. lxxvii-lxxxiii influence of, on the New Testament, pp. Ixxxiii-Ixxxvi Judah, tribe of, carried into captivity, 1,18 restored from the captivity, i. 15-16 Judah born, xxviii. 15 Judas Maccabaeus, pp. Ixiii, Ixxxvii 272 Judgment, final, of the fallen angels and their sons, v. 10, 11 of mankind (ἢ) and Satan precedes the Messianic kingdom, xxiii. 11 at close of Messianic kingdom, pp. lxxxvii sq. ; xxxiii, 30 note Judith quoted, pp. 179, 205 Justin Martyr quoted, pp. 33, 41, 50, 101, 109 Kabér, brother of Reu, xi. 7 Kabratan, xxxii. 82 Kadesh, xvi. 10 Kadmonites, xiv. 18 Kafttr, viii. 21 Kainam, viii. 1-4 Kamatiri, ix. 13 Ka&r4s6 (=Chersonese or Rhinocorura), viii. 13 Karnaim, xxix. 10 Kenan, iv. 13 Kenites, xiv. 18 Kenizzites, xiv. 18 Késéd, brother of Arpachshad, viii. 6 grandfather of ’Ora, the wife of Reu, xi. 1 Keturah, xix. 11; xx. 1, 11, 12 Kirjath Arba, xix. 1 Kittim = Macedonians, pp. lxiii; xxiv. 28, 29 = Hittites (ἢ), xxxvii. 10 Kohath, xliv. 14 Kriiger, p. xxiv Laban, xix. 10; xxvii. 8,10; xxviii. 1 Lacunae, pp. xxxix sqq.; ii. 225 iii. 23; vii. 87; xiii. 25 Lambros’ Catalogue of Greek MSS on Mt. Athos, p. xl Lamech, iv. 27 Land to lie fallow every seventh year, vii. 37 Langen, p. xxiv Law, the, of everlasting validity, pp. xiii, 1, lii sq. given through angels, i. 27 note transmitted through the patriarchs, vii. 38 Leah, xxviii. 3 death of, xxxvi. 21 Lebanon, viii. 21; ix. 4: xii, 15 Legendary matter in Jubilees, pp. xliv sqq. Levi, birth of, xxviii. 14 ordained to the priesthood for the destruction of Shechem, xxx. 17-23 ordained to the priesthood because he was the tenth son, xxxii. 2, 3 note THE BOOK OF JUBILEES pre-eminence of, over Judah, p. xii ; xxxi, 14-17 Levitical elements in Enoch, vii. 37, 88 ; xxi. 10 notes Lidzbarski, p. xix Littmann referred to, pp. xxii, xxvi, xxxi; 5, 19, 25, 44, 70, 98, 135, 169, 210 Lémna, wife of Peleg, x. 18 Lot, xii. 80 ; xiii. 1; xvi. 7 Lfibar, v. 28; vii. 1 Lud, vii. 18; ix. 6, 10, 11 Luz, xxvii. 19, 26 Ma’anisakir (corrupt for Shakir of. Mahanaim), xxxiv. 4, 7 Maccabean victories, scenes of, alluded to, pp. lvi, lxii, lxiii; xxiii, 21- 22 Maccabees, First, referred to, pp. 1xxxviii, 147, 148, 204 Second, referred to, p. 42 Madai, vii. 19; viii. 5; ix. 9 obtains Media, x. 35-36 MAa‘édai (= Media), viii. 21 Magdaladré’éf, xxxiii. 1 Magog, vii. 19; ix. 8 Mahalalel, iv. 14, 15; xix. 24 Mahalath, xxix. 18 Maka, wife of Gad, xxxiv. 20 Makamiaron, xlvi. 6 Malala, John, pp. 34, 37, 41, 66, 67 Mamre (a person), xiii. 29 (a place), xiv. 10; xvi. 1 Manasseh, xliv. 24 Marriage with sisters ceases in Maha- lalel’s time, iv. 15 note Mastéma, pp. xxxi, xlix, lviii, Ixxxvi ; x, 8 note; xi. 5, 11; xix. 28 =Satan, x. 8, 11 prince or chief, xvii. 16; xlviii. 2 prince of the, xviii. 9, 12; xlviii. 9, 12, 15 MA&tik, sea of, viii. 22, 26 Mé@’at (= Maedis), viii. 12, 27; ix. 8 Mebri, mountains of, ix. 2 Medan, xix. 12 Melchizedek, pp. xlviii, Ixxxviii; xiii. 25 note Mélka, wife of Levi, xxxiv. 20 wife of Kéinam, viii. 5 wife of Nahor, xix. 10 wife of Serug, xi. 7 Merari, xliv. 14 Meshech, vii. 19; ix. 12 Mesopotamia, ix. 5 ; xxvii. 10, 12, 18; xxix. 18 Messiah from Judah, p, Ixxxvii; xxxi. 18 note INDEX II 273 Messianic kingdom, gradual develop- ment of the, pp. xiii, Ixxxvii; i, 29 note; v. 12; xxiii, 26-30 notes righteous do not rise to share in the, xxiii, 30, 31 woes, xxiii. 9, 11-15, 17-19, 22-25 Methuselah, iv. 27 Midian, xix. 12 Midrash Bereshith rabba, pp. 12, 25, 33, 41, 49, 61, 89, 94, 96, 109, ee 157, 162, 165, 169, 179, 206, is) Shem. rabba quoted, pp. 3, 183 Wajjisau, pp. xliv, 200, 201, 202, 203 Tadshe quoted, pp. xl, Ixxvi, 11, 18, 24, 171 Mishna, pp. 20, 46, 53, 106, 109, 135, 141, 181, 193, 255, 257, 259, 260, 261 Misiir, xxix. 10 Mizraim, vii. 13; ix. 1 Moab, xxxvii. 6, 10; xxxviii. 6 Moloch, xxx. 10 Moon, polemic against calculations by the, vi. 36 Moses born, xlvii. 1 twenty-one years at court of Pharaoh, xlvii. 10 thirty-six years in Midian, xlviii. 1 Assumption of, pp. xv, xviii Most High, the, p. lxvi; xxxvi. 16 note Mount of the Hast, iv. 26 MS Coislinianus, p. 11 r in Lagarde’s Genesis, pp. 1xxxiii, 33, 40, 42, 67 z in Lagarde’s Genesis, pp. lxxxiii, 48, 49 Mit’ak, wife of Shelah, viii. 6 Mialéléth, wife of Kenan, iv. 14 Muppim, xliv. 25 Naaman, xliv. 25 Nahor, father of Terah, xi. 8 son of Terah, xii. 11 Naphil, vii. 22 Naphtali, xxviii. 19 ; xliv. 30 Navel of the earth, viii. 19 Nebaioth, xvii. 14 Nébréd, viii. 7 N@élatamé’fik, vii. 14, 17 Néstag, xi. 9 Nicephorus, Catena of, pp. xviii, lxxviii, 37, 82, 85, 96 Catalogue of, p. xvii. Nicolaus of Damascus, p. 47 Ni’iman, wife of Zabulon, xxxiv. 20 Nineveh, ix. 3 Noah, iv. 28; xix. 24, 27; xxii. 13 ordinances of, vii, 20-39 ancient Book of, pp. Ixxi sq. Hebrew Book of, pp. xliv; 47, 61, 62, 78, 79, 81 saga of, earlier than that of Enoch, p. xxii Noam, wife of Enos, iv. 13 Ohad, xliv. 13 Onan, xliv. 4, 5 nme pp. 32, 33, 60, 106, 116, 126, 2 Ord, wife of Reu, xi. 1 Origen, pp. xxx, 108, 194, 227 Pallu, xliv. 12 Paran, wilderness of, xvii. 12; xx. 12 Paronomasiae, p. xxxiii; iv. 9, 15, ee vill. 5, 8; x, 18, 26; xi. 6, 1 Passover, the laws regulating the observ- ance of the, p. 49 Peleg, viii. 8; x. 18 Pentateuch, the book of the first Law written by an angel, p. 1; i. 27; vi. 22; xxx. 12, 21 Pentecost, p. xvi; vi. 17 note Perez, xli, 213; xliv. 15 Perizzites, xiv. 18; xxx. 25 Phakorites, xiv. 18 Pharaoh, contemporary of Abram xiii. 13 contemporary of Joseph, xl. 1, 3, 5, ete. contemporary of Moses, xlvii. 2 Pharnak, ix. 2 Phicol, xxiv, 26 Philip, Acts of, p. 80 Philistia, xxxvii. 6, 10 Philistines, pp. lvi, lxiii; xxiv. 14, 15, ete, Philo quoted, pp. 8, 11, 28, 44, 106, 179 Philo, Pseudo-, Antiguitatum bibl. Liber, pp. 32, 205 Phia, xliv. 16 Pithom, xlvi. 14 Plagues, the ten, xlviii. 5-11 Plant, the, of uprightness, i. 16; xvi. 26 note ; xxi. 24; xxxvi. 6 Plough, the invention of the, xi. 23-24 Poetical element in Jubilees, pp. xlii sqq. : Potiphar, chief of the cooks, xxxiv. 11 ; xxxix. 2 Priest of the Most High God, p. lix ; xe, 1 18 274 Purification, laws of, iii. 10-12 Put, vii. 18; ix. 1 Qafratéf, xxxiv. 15 Qélt (=Celts) viii. 26 Raamses, xlv. 6; xlvi. 14 Rachel, xxviii. 1, 9; xxxii. 34 Rafa (=Rhipaean Mountains), viii. 12, 16 Raké’él, brother of Lamech, iv. 33 Rast’éja, wife of Arpachshad, viii. 1 Rasdjal, iv. 16 Rast’, wife of Naphtali, xxxiv. 20 Ravens put to flight by Abram, xi. 18- 22 Rebecca, xix. 10, 18, 16; xxxv. 27 Red Sea, the, viii. 21; ix. 2, 4 Rephaim, the, xiv. 18; xxix. 9 Resurrection, no, of the body, xxiii. 30 Retaliation, law of literal, iv. 31 note ; xviii. 14 note Reu, x. 18 Reuben, xxviii. 11 sin of, with Bilhah, xxxiii. 1-9 Ro6bél (corrupt for Arbael), xxxiv. 8 Ronsch, pp xvii, xix, xxiv, xxviii, xxxi, Ixxvii, 33, 39, 80, 83, 96, 121, 170, 171, 177, 192, 195 Rosh, xliv. 25 Rubin, p. xxiv Rufinus quoted, p. 12 Ryle, p. xxxix Sabbath, the, to be kept by the highest angels and Israel, p. 1; ii. 17-21 notes ; ii. 31 note not for the inferior angels, nor for the Gentiles, ii. 2 note; ii. 31 note first celebrated by Jacob, ii. 23 note; ii. 31 note laws for the observance of the, pp. lx, lxi; ii, 25-30; 1. 6-13 various interpretations of the term, in relation to the feast of weeks, xv. 1 note Sack, p. xxv Sacrifices to the dead, xxii, 17 to demons, i. 11 note; xxii. 17 note Sallam, xliv. 30 Salémén, xliv. 28 Salt Sea, xiii. 22 Salt to be used in sacrifices, xxi. 11 Samaritan Chronicle, pp. lxxvi sq., 40, 47, 58 Simin, xliv. 28 Sanir (= Biblical Senir), viii. 21; ix. 4 THE BOOK OF JUBILEES Sarai, xii. 9 called Sarah, xv. 15 death of, xix. 2, 7 Satan, x. 11 to be punished finally, x. 8 confined at different periods, xxiii. 29; xl. 9; xlvii2; 15 Sayce, p. 48 Schatzhohle, die, pp. 28, 29, 34 Schodde, p. xxi Schiirer, pp. xxv, lxxx, Ixxxviii, 147, 259 Sédéqétélébab, vii. 16, 17 Seder Olam rabba, p. 103 Seir, xxix. 13, 18 Séllasar, xiii. 22 Sél6 (=Shiloh), xxxiv. 4, 7 Séphantiphans, xl. 10 Séragin (=Sartan), xxxiv. 4, 7 Serah, xliv. 21 Sered, xliv. 17 Séréh, xi. 1, 6 Serug, xi. 6 Seth, iv. 17; xix. 24 saga, pp. xxii, 33-36 later glorification of, in Jewish and Christian writings, pp. 34, 35 notes Severus of Antioch, pp. xv, lxxviii Shaul, xliv. 13 Shechem, city of, xiii. i destroyed by Levi and Simeon, xxx. 4-6 taken from the Amorites by Jacob and his sons, xxxiv. 2-8 note Shechem, son of Hamor, xxx. 2 Shelah, son of Arpachshad, viii. 5, 6 son of Judah, xli. 6, 7 Shem, iv. 33; vii. 9, 11, 12,16; xix. 24, 27 lot of, viii. 12-21 Sheol, a place of punishment but not of fire, vii. 29; xxii, 22; xxiv. 31 Shimron, xliv. 16 Shinar, land of, ix. 3; x. 18, 19, 20; xiii. 22 Shua, xix. 12 Shuni, xliv. 20 Shur, xvi. 10 Siddim, xiii. 22 Simeon, xxviii. 18 ; xxx. 4; xxxiv. 20 21; xliv. 13 ᾿ Simon Maccabaeus, pp. Ixiii, Lxxxviii Sina’ar, father-in-law of Peleg, x. 18 Sinai, i. 2, 5; viii. 19 Singer, pp. xxvi, 7, 63, 98, 96, 101, 109, 113, 117, 134, 144, 165, 166, 169, 181, 227 Sinker, p. xxiv ᾿ Sirach quoted, p. 117 INDEX II 275 Six days of creation, ii. 1-14 Séderblom quoted, p. 9 Sodom, xiii. 17, 22; xvi. 5; xx. 5,6; xxii. 22 Son of God, the individual Israelite a, i. 24 note ; i. 25, 28; xix. 29 Spirit, a holy, i. 21, 23 of righteousness (or truth), xxv. 14 note Suidas, pp. lxxxii, 91 Sun, the, to regulate the year, ii, 9 note ; vi. 36-38 notes Syncellus, pp. xvi, xvii, xix, Lxxviii, Ixxix, 11, 14, 18, 21, 28, 26, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 34, 35, 41, 59, 62, 66, 68, 69, 71, 73, 74, 78, 85, 89, 93, 95, 157, 164, 171, 186, 191, 192, 208 Syriac Fragment, the, pp. 30, 60, 61, 66, 67, 86, 87, 206 Tables, two, of stone, i. 1 Talroud, pp. lix, lxi, Ixxxviii, 3, 12, 23, 27, 28, 32, 42, 61, 89, 96, 101, 102, 118, 120, 121, 128, 144, 181, 191, 195, 197, 206, 220, 228, 252, 256, 258, 259, 260, 261 Tamar, xli. 1, 6, 8, 16, 19 Tamnatarés (= Timnath-heres), xxxiv. 8 Tanais (=Zoan), xiii. 12 Tapha, xxxiv. 4 Targum, Ps, Jonathan, pp. 2, 22, 26, 82, 33, 103, 116, 201 Taylor quoted, p. 7, 125 Temple, the second, i. 17 Terah, xi. 10 Tergal, xiii. 22 Tertullian quoted, p. 101 Testaments of XII. Patriarchs, pp. xliv, xlv, 8, 9, 24, 182, 134, 170, 171, 179, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 191, 192, 197, 198, 201, 202, 208, 206, 213, 214, 216, 220, 221, 228, 229, 230, 231, 245, 246 Tharmuth, xlvii. 5 Third month, i. 1 note Thomson, p. xxv Thousand years=one day, iv. 30 note years of life for the righteous, xxiii. 27 (iv. 30; xxiii, 15) Tigris, ix, 2, 5 THE Timnah, xli. 8, 9 Tina (=Tanais= Don), viii. 12, 16, 25, 28; ix. 2, 8 Tiras, vii. 19; ix. 13 Tithes, xiii. 25, 26 ; xxxii. 2, 8,9, 10-15 double, xxxii. 9-11 Tobit quoted, p. 166 Tola, xliv. 16 Tower of Abraham, xxix. 16, 19 Treuenfels, p. xxii, Tubal, vii. 19; ix. 11 Twenty-two—a significant number, pp. xxxix-xl; ii, 23 note Or, father-in-law of Reu, xi. 1 Ur, city of, xi. 3, 7, 8; xii. 14, 15 War forbidden on the Sabbath, 1. 12 Washings obligatory in connection with sacrifices, xxi. 16 Watchers, the. See Angels Well of the Oath (see Beersheba), xvi. 11, 15; xviii. 17; xxii. 1; xxiv. 21, 26; xxvii. 19; xxix. 17; xliv. 1 Vision, xxiv. 1 Wine to be drunk at the Passover, xlix. 6, 9 Wisdom, Book of, pp. 126, 252 makes use of Jubilees, pp. Ixxiv, sq. Woods to be used in sacrificing, xxi. 12-14 Year, the=364 days, vi. 29-38 notes Years, civil and ecclesiastical, implied (2) in Jubilees, p. Ixviii; vi. 29-30 note 430, from birth of Isaac to The Exodus, xiv. 13 note Zabulon, xxviii. 23 Zeboim, xiii. 23 ; xvi. 5 Zephathite, xliv. 13 Zerah, xli. 21; xliv. 15 Zilpah, sister of Bilhah, xxviii. 3, 9; xliv. 19 Zimram, xix. 12 Zion, i. 28, 29; viii. 19 Ziphion, xliv. 20 Zonaras quoted, pp. xvi, Ixxix, 35 END Printed by R. & R. Crark, ΓΙΜΙΤΕΡ, Edinburgh. A CRITICAL HISTORY OF THE DOC- TRINE OF A FUTURE LIFE IN ISRAEL, IN JUDAISM, AND IN CHRISTIANITY; or, Hesrew, JEWISH, AND CHRISTIAN ESCHATOLOGY FROM PRE-PROPHETIC TIMES TILL THE CLOSE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT CANON (tHE JowErt LEcTURES FOR 1898-99). BY THE REv. R. H. CHARLES, M.A. PROFESSOR OF BIBLICAL GREEK, TRINITY COLLEGE, DUBLIN Demy 8vo. Cloth, Price 15s. “If the Jowett Lectures rise always to this height, we shall receive a series of volumes which will rival in value any lectureship in exist- ence. For this is a thoroughly capable treatment of perhaps the most difficult subject in theology.” —Exposttory Times. ““We may at the outset congratulate Dr. Charles on the appear- ance of this interesting and scholarly work. The theme chosen is one of the most difficult and intricate in the whole range of theologi- cal science, but the clearness of treatment and lightness of touch which characterise the book throughout enable the reader to pass pleasantly through the various stages of a long and exhaustive investigation.” — The Athenaeum. “Within its own sphere Dr. Charles’s work is valuable and ex- haustive, traversing the whole field of scriptural and apocalyptic conceptions relative to a future state.”— The Scotsman. “It is a pleasure to come upon the scholarly and really thorough work which Professor Charles gives us,”—7he St. James’s Gazette. ‘‘ His book is one which no serious student can afford to leave unread,” — Zhe Pall Mall Gazette. «.(Α learned and courageous attempt to deal with’ a subject which is as important as it is obscure, and therefore deserves the respectful consideration of all students of theology.” — The Christian World. A. & C. BLACK, SOHO SQUARE, LONDON. I THE ASCENSION OF ISAIAH TEXTS, TRANSLATIONS, AND COMMENTARY BY THE Rev. R. H. CHARLES, M.A. PROFESSOR OF BIBLICAL GREEK, TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE Crown 8vo. Cloth. Price 7s. 6d. net. ‘Its most striking features are the introduction, which abounds in learning and acute criticism, the Latin translation of the Slavonic version, which has hitherto been a sealed book except to a few specialists, and the papyrus fragment containing about a sixth of the original Greek text.” The Christian World. “ Dr. Charles has laid scholars under an additional obligation by this edition of the Ascension of Isaiah." Zhe Scotsman. “By editing this and other Apocrypha, Mr. Charles is doing service which cannot be too warmly acknowledged, and by his learned and scholarly notes he succeeds in throwing a flood of light on the New Testament.”— Zhe British Weekly. “The entire volume is one which will receive the same grateful welcome from all readers of apocalyptic literature as has been ex- tended to the author’s previous important contributions to this branch of scholarship.”— Record. ‘‘ Professor Charles is doing much to raise English scholarship in the eyes of the world.”—7he Weekly Register. A. & C. BLACK, SOHO SQUARE, LONDON. 4 THE APOCALYPSE OF BARUCH TRANSLATED FROM THE SYRIAC BY THE Rev. Κα. H. CHARLES, M.A. PROFESSOR OF BIBLICAL GREEK, TRINITY COLLEGE, DUBLIN Crown 8vo. Cloth. Price 7s. 6d. net. “Mr. Charles’s last work will have a hearty welcome from students of Syriac whose interest is linguistic, and from theological students who have learned the value of Jewish and Christian pseud- epigraphy ; and the educated general reader will find much of high interest in it, regard being had to its date and its theological stand- point.”— Record. “Mr. Charles has in this work followed up the admirable editions of other pieces of apocalyptic literature with an edition equally admir- able. Some of the notes on theological or other points of special interest are very full and instructive. The whole work is an honour to English scholarship. . . . The work before us is one that no future student of apocalyptic literature will be able to neglect, and students of the New Testament or the contemporary Jewish thought will find much to interest them in it.” —Primztive Methodist Quarterly Review, “ As is intimated in the title-page, the Syriac text, based on ten MSS., from which the Epistle of Baruch is translated, is included in the volume. The learned footnotes which accompany the translation throughout will be found most helpful to the reader. Indeed, nothing. seems to have been left undone which could make this ancient writ- ing intelligible to the student.”—Scotsman. “To say that this is zke edition of the Apocalypse of Baruc' is to say nothing. Let us say that it is an edition which alone would give an editor a name to live.’Lxfository Times. A. & C. BLACK, SOHO SQUARE, LONDON. 3 'THE ASSUMPTION OF MOSES Translated from the Latin Sixth Century MS., the unemended Text of which is published herewith, together with the Text in its restored and critically emended form. WITH INTRODUCTION, NOTES, AND INDICES BY THE Rev. R. Η, CHARLES, M.A. PROFESSOR OF BIBLICAL GREEK, TRINITY COLLEGE, DUBLIN Crown 8vo. Cloth. Price 7s. 6d. “(In this admirable little book the Rev. R. H. Charles has added another to the excellent series of editions by which he has earned the gratitude of all students of early Christian literature.” — Zimes, “‘Nothing has been left undone by the author which could con- tribute to the settling of the text, the elucidation of the general pur- pose of the book, and the interpretation of particular passages. In short, it is worthy to rank with his edition of the ‘Apocalypse of Baruch,’ and higher praise than that could hardly be given.” —Prizzz- tive Methodist Quarterly Review. “Tf ever man found his vocation in life, it is Mr. Charles. He is at home and happy among these unknown apocryphal authors, as you or I might be with Isaiah or St. Paul, and he sees to it that the edition of their works he publishes is better than any edition that has gone before. There have been editions of the Assumption of Moses before ; there is no edition that one would dream of buying now but this.".— Expository Times. ‘“The Rev. R. H. Charles’s edition of ‘The Assumption of Moses’ adds another to the number of valuable books which he has given to students of the non-canonical scriptures of the Jews.”— Scotsman, A. ἃ C. BLACK, SOHO SQUARE, LONDON. 4 ciel ξυμ κα λνακλα κομμδρείς ρει ῤίαιυῳ nila μου αὐρα τ Ra ia bint As ibe au ea AOL Sa aa Litas einer et 5 " sae ibaa AM lh i I mci ah Selita Ctl ie aise a ash oes ese! i,